FIRST DEPOSIT MASTER TRUST
424B2, 1996-06-06
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: RENAL TREATMENT CENTERS INC /DE/, 10-Q/A, 1996-06-06
Next: MULTI MARKET RADIO INC, SC 13D, 1996-06-06



<PAGE>
Information   contained  herein  is  subject   to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement  relating to  these securities  has been  filed with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission. These securities  may not be  sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted without the delivery of a final prospectus  supplement
and an accompanying prospectus. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to
sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these
securities  in any  State in  which such  offer, solicitation  or sale  would be
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any
such State.
<PAGE>
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 3, 1996
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
TO PROSPECTUS DATED JUNE 3, 1996
 
                                  $750,500,000
                           FIRST DEPOSIT MASTER TRUST
             FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1996-1
                          FIRST DEPOSIT NATIONAL BANK
                              SELLER AND SERVICER
                            PROVIDIAN NATIONAL BANK
                                     SELLER
                                ----------------
 
    The Floating  Rate Asset  Backed Certificates,  Series 1996-1  (the  "Senior
Certificates")  offered hereby evidence undivided interests in certain assets of
the First Deposit Master Trust (the  "Trust"), formed pursuant to a Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement among First  Deposit National Bank  ("FDNB"), as seller and
servicer, Providian National Bank ("PNB";  together with FDNB, the "Banks"),  as
seller,  and  Bankers  Trust Company,  as  Trustee, and  undivided  interests in
certain other  property described  herein. The  property of  the Trust  includes
receivables  (the "Receivables") generated  from time to time  in a portfolio of
consumer revolving  credit card  accounts and  other consumer  revolving  credit
accounts  (the "Accounts"),  collections thereon  and certain  other property as
more fully described herein. The Trust  will also issue the Collateral  Interest
(as  defined herein), an uncertificated undivided  interest in certain assets of
the  Trust  and  certain  other   property  described  herein,  which  will   be
subordinated  to the Senior Certificates as  described herein and will be issued
in  the  initial  amount  of  $199,500,000.  The  Senior  Certificates  and  the
Collateral Interest together constitute the "Series 1996-1 Certificates".
 
    POTENTIAL INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE INFORMATION SET
FORTH IN "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 14 IN THE PROSPECTUS.
                              -------------------
THE  SENIOR  CERTIFICATES  WILL REPRESENT  INTERESTS  IN THE  TRUST  AND CERTAIN
   OTHER PROPERTY ONLY AND WILL NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF
      EITHER BANK OR ANY  AFFILIATE OF EITHER  BANK. NEITHER THE  SENIOR
        CERTIFICATES NOR THE UNDERLYING ACCOUNTS OR RECEIVABLES OR ANY
           COLLECTIONS  THEREON ARE INSURED  OR GUARANTEED BY THE
               FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER
                      GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.
 
THESE SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE  SECURITIES
    AND   EXCHANGE   COMMISSION   OR   ANY   STATE   SECURITIES   COMMISSION
       NOR HAS  THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE
           SECURITIES   COMMISSION  PASSED   UPON  THE   ACCURACY  OR
                ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY  REPRESENTATION
                     TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                             ---------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                PROCEEDS TO
                                                     PRICE TO     UNDERWRITING      THE
                                                    PUBLIC (1)     DISCOUNT      BANKS (2)
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>
Per Senior Certificate............................           %             %             %
Total.............................................  $             $             $
</TABLE>
 
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from and including the Series Issuance Date.
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Banks, estimated to be $600,000.
 
                             ---------------------
 
    The  Senior Certificates  are offered  by the  Underwriters when,  as and if
issued to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to their right to  reject
orders  in whole or in part. It is expected that the Senior Certificates will be
offered globally and  delivered in book-entry  form on  or about June   ,  1996,
through  the facilities  of The  Depository Trust  Company, Cedel  Bank, societe
anonyme and the Euroclear System.
 
LEHMAN BROTHERS
                 CS FIRST BOSTON
                              CHASE SECURITIES, INC.
                                          CITICORP SECURITIES, INC.
                                                            GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
The date of this Prospectus Supplement is June   , 1996.
<PAGE>
(Continued from previous page)
 
    The Trust  has previously  issued  six other  Series of  Certificates,  each
evidencing undivided interests in certain assets of the Trust. In addition, from
time  to  time, the  Banks  may offer  other  Series of  Certificates evidencing
undivided interests in the Trust,  which may have terms significantly  different
from  the Series 1996-1 Certificates. Interest will be distributed on the Senior
Certificates on July 15, 1996 and on the 15th day of each month thereafter  (or,
if  any such 15th day  is not a business day,  the next succeeding business day)
(each  an  "Interest  Payment  Date").  Interest  will  accrue  on  the   Senior
Certificates  with respect  to each Interest  Period (as defined  herein) at the
rate of     % per annum above the  London interbank offered quotations rate  for
one-month  United  States  Dollar  deposits as  determined  herein  (the "Senior
Certificate Rate"). Principal is  scheduled to be distributed  on the June  2003
Distribution   Date  or   earlier  in  certain   circumstances  described  under
"Description of the Certificates Pay--Out Events" in the Prospectus and  "Series
Provisions--Pay  Out Events"  herein. On  the Series  Issuance Date,  the Senior
Certificates will  evidence  an  aggregate  undivided  interest  in  Receivables
arising  in respect  of amounts  charged by  accountholders for  merchandise and
services and cash advances ("Principal  Receivables") and an undivided  interest
in  investments and moneys held in an account established for the benefit of the
Senior Certificateholders and  the Collateral Interest  Holder (the  "Prefunding
Account").  During the Funding Period (as  defined herein), except under certain
circumstances described  herein, the  Certificates will  evidence an  increasing
interest in Principal Receivables, up to a maximum amount of $750,500,000, and a
decreasing interest in investments and moneys held in the Prefunding Account, to
a  minimum of zero.  The Collateral Interest will  also constitute an increasing
interest in Principal Receivables, up to a maximum amount of $199,500,000 and  a
decreasing interest in investments and moneys held in the Prefunding Account, to
a  minimum of  zero. The  Senior Certificates  initially will  be represented by
certificates that will be registered in the  name of Cede & Co., the nominee  of
The  Depository Trust Company. The interests  of holders of beneficial interests
in the Senior Certificates (the "Senior Certificateholders") will be represented
by book entries on the records of The Depository Trust Company and participating
members  thereof.   Definitive  Certificates   will  be   available  to   Senior
Certificateholders  only under  the limited  circumstances described  under "The
Pooling Agreement Generally-- Definitive Certificates" in the Prospectus.  There
currently  is no secondary market  for the Senior Certificates,  and there is no
assurance that one will develop or, if  one does develop, that it will  continue
until the Senior Certificates are paid in full.
                             ---------------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH  STABILIZE  OR  MAINTAIN  THE  MARKET  PRICE  OF  THE  SENIOR
CERTIFICATES  AT A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
                             ---------------------
 
    THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  DOES  NOT  CONTAIN  COMPLETE  INFORMATION  WITH
RESPECT  TO THE OFFERING  OF THE SENIOR  CERTIFICATES. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS
CONTAINED IN  THE  PROSPECTUS  AND  PURCHASERS  ARE  URGED  TO  READ  BOTH  THIS
PROSPECTUS   SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE  PROSPECTUS  IN  FULL.  SALES  OF  THE  SENIOR
CERTIFICATES MAY NOT BE CONSUMMATED UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH  THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS.
 
                                      S-2
<PAGE>
                            SUMMARY OF SERIES TERMS
 
    This  Summary of Series Terms  sets forth and defines  specific terms of the
Senior Certificates offered  by this Prospectus  Supplement and the  Prospectus,
but  is  qualified in  its  entirety by  reference  to the  detailed information
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus.  Reference
is made to the Glossary in each of this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus
for  the  location  herein and  therein  of certain  capitalized  terms. Certain
capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned thereto
in the Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
Title of Securities....................  $750,500,000 Floating Rate Asset Backed
                                         Certificates, Series 1996-1.
 
Senior Initial Amount..................  $750,500,000.
 
Senior Certificate Rate................  A rate per annum equal  to LIBOR for United  States
                                         Dollar   deposits  for   a  period   of  one  month
                                          determined as of the LIBOR Determination Date,  as
                                          described herein, plus   %.
 
Interest Payment Dates.................  The  15th day of  each month (or,  if any such 15th
                                         day is  not a  business  day, the  next  succeeding
                                          business  day), commencing July  15, 1996. As used
                                          herein, a "business day" is any day other than (a)
                                          a Saturday or a Sunday or (b) a day on which banks
                                          are legally obligated  or authorized  to close  in
                                          New  York  City  or  any  of  the  cities  in  New
                                          Hampshire and California  in which  the Banks  are
                                          headquartered   or   have   affiliated  operations
                                          centers.
 
Collateral Initial Amount..............  $199,500,000.
 
Controlled Accumulation Amount.........  For each Distribution Date during the  Accumulation
                                          Period,   $31,270,833.33  (except   that,  if  the
                                          commencement of the Accumulation Period is delayed
                                          as described herein under "Series
                                          Provisions--Principal", the Controlled
                                          Accumulation Amount  for  each  Distribution  Date
                                          during  the Accumulation Period will be determined
                                          as described under "Series Provisions--Application
                                          of  Collections--  Payments  of  Principal").  See
                                          "Description  of  the  Certificates--Principal" in
                                          the Prospectus.
 
Expected Final Payment Date............  The June 2003 Distribution Date.
 
The Senior Certificates; the Collateral
  Interest.............................  Each of  the  Senior  Certificates  offered  hereby
                                         represents  an undivided interest  in certain Trust
                                          Assets and  an undivided  interest in  investments
                                          and  moneys  on deposit  in the  Principal Funding
                                          Account and the  Prefunding Account. In  addition,
                                          an  undivided interest in certain Trust Assets and
                                          investments  and   moneys   on  deposit   in   the
                                          Prefunding  Account (collectively, the "Collateral
                                          Interest")  will  be  issued  in  the   Collateral
                                          Initial Amount, which amount will equal 21% of the
                                          sum   of  the   Senior  Initial   Amount  and  the
                                          Collateral Initial Amount (together, the  "Initial
                                          Amount")    and   will   constitute   the   Credit
                                          Enhancement  for  the  Senior  Certificates.   The
                                          provider   of  such  Credit   Enhancement  is  the
                                          "Collateral Interest Holder".  The portion of  the
                                          Trust Assets allocated
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                          to  the  holders of  the Investor  Certificates as
                                          described under "Description of the  Certificates"
                                          in  the Prospectus  will be  allocated between the
                                          holders of  the Senior  Certificates (the  "Senior
                                          Certificateholders'  Interest") and the Collateral
                                          Interest Holder  as described  herein. The  Senior
                                          Certificateholders'  Interest  and  the Collateral
                                          Interest are  sometimes collectively  referred  to
                                          herein  as the  "Series 1996-1 Certificateholders'
                                          Interest".
 
                                         After the Funding Period,  the principal amount  of
                                          the   Senior  Certificateholders'   Interest  will
                                          remain fixed, except as otherwise provided herein.
                                          The Collateral Interest may decline as a result of
                                          (a) the allocation to  the Collateral Interest  of
                                          Defaulted   Amounts,  including   those  otherwise
                                          allocable  to   the   Senior   Certificateholders'
                                          Interest,  and (b) the reallocation of collections
                                          of Principal  Receivables otherwise  allocable  to
                                          the  Collateral Interest to  fund certain payments
                                          in respect of the Senior Certificates and  certain
                                          servicing   fees.  Any  such   reductions  in  the
                                          Collateral  Interest  may  be  reimbursed  out  of
                                          Available Finance Charge Collections, as described
                                          herein.  During the  Accumulation Period,  for the
                                          purpose  of  allocating  collections  of   Finance
                                          Charge  Receivables and the  Defaulted Amount with
                                          respect  to  each   Monthly  Period,  the   Senior
                                          Certificateholders'   Interest  will   be  further
                                          reduced by the amount on deposit in the  Principal
                                          Funding   Account  (as  so  reduced,  the  "Senior
                                          Adjusted Invested Amount"  and, together with  the
                                          Collateral Invested Amount, the "Adjusted Invested
                                          Amount").
 
                                         The Series 1996-1 Certificateholders' Interest will
                                          include  the  right to  receive  (but only  to the
                                          extent needed to make required payments under  the
                                          Pooling Agreement and the Series 1996-1 Supplement
                                          and subject to any reallocation of such amounts as
                                          described   herein)  varying  percentages  of  the
                                          collections  of  Finance  Charge  Receivables  and
                                          Principal  Receivables  and  will  be  allocated a
                                          varying percentage  of the  Defaulted Amount  with
                                          respect  to  each Monthly  Period.  Finance Charge
                                          Receivables collections and  the Defaulted  Amount
                                          will   be   allocated   to   the   Series   1996-1
                                          Certificateholders' Interest based on the Floating
                                          Allocation Percentage. The  Defaulted Amount  with
                                          respect  to  each Monthly  Period will  be further
                                          allocated between the Senior Certificates and  the
                                          Collateral  Interest as  described herein. Finance
                                          Charge Receivables  collections  with  respect  to
                                          each  Monthly  Period allocated  to  Series 1996-1
                                          will be  applied to  pay  interest on  the  Senior
                                          Certificates  and, to  the extent  available after
                                          making such payments and  other payments having  a
                                          higher  priority as described  herein, interest on
                                          the Collateral Interest. See "Series
                                          Provisions--Application  of  Collections--Payments
                                          of Interest, Fees and Other Items". Collections of
                                          Principal  Receivables  will be  allocated  to the
                                          Series   1996-1    Certificateholders'    Interest
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                          based on the Principal Allocation Percentage. Such
                                          percentage  will  vary as  described  herein under
                                          "Series Provisions--Allocation Percentages"
                                          depending on whether  the Senior Certificates  are
                                          in  their Revolving Period, Accumulation Period or
                                          Early Amortization Period.  See also  "Description
                                          of  the Certificates--  Allocation Percentages" in
                                          the  Prospectus.  Such  amounts  will  be  further
                                          allocated  between the Senior Certificates and the
                                          Collateral  Interest  as  described  herein.   See
                                          "Series Provisions--Allocation Percentages".
 
                                         Interest   rate  swap  or  cap  agreements  may  be
                                          assigned to  the  Trust  with  respect  to  Series
                                          1996-1,  the payments from which would be included
                                          in Available  Finance Charge  Collections. If  any
                                          such   agreement  is  entered   into,  it  may  be
                                          discontinued or  removed  from the  Trust  at  any
                                          time. See "Series Provisions--Interest".
 
Subordination; Additional Amounts
  Available to Senior
  Certificateholders...................  The  fractional  undivided  interest  in  the Trust
                                         Assets constituting the Collateral Interest will be
                                          subordinated  to  the  extent  necessary  to  fund
                                          payments  with respect to  the Senior Certificates
                                          as described herein.
 
                                         If, as of any Distribution Date, Available  Finance
                                          Charge  Collections are  less than the  sum of (a)
                                          current and  overdue Senior  Monthly Interest  and
                                          any  Senior Additional  Interest, (b)  current and
                                          overdue Monthly Servicing Fee  and (c) the  Senior
                                          Defaulted  Amount,  as  of,  in  each  case,  such
                                          Distribution Date (such deficiency, the  "Required
                                          Amount"),  then Reallocated  Principal Collections
                                          that  would   otherwise   be  allocable   to   the
                                          Collateral  Invested  Amount with  respect  to the
                                          related Monthly Period  will be used  to fund  the
                                          Required    Amount.   If   Reallocated   Principal
                                          Collections with  respect to  such Monthly  Period
                                          are  insufficient to fund  the Required Amount for
                                          such  Distribution  Date,   then  the   Collateral
                                          Invested  Amount will be reduced  by the amount of
                                          such deficiency (but not  by more than the  Senior
                                          Defaulted Amount for such Monthly Period). If such
                                          reduction  would  cause  the  Collateral  Invested
                                          Amount  to  be  reduced  below  zero,  the  Senior
                                          Invested  Amount will be reduced  by the amount by
                                          which the  Collateral Invested  Amount would  have
                                          been  reduced below zero, but not by more than the
                                          excess of  the Senior  Defaulted Amount  for  such
                                          Monthly   Period   over  the   reduction   in  the
                                          Collateral Invested  Amount with  respect to  such
                                          Monthly  Period,  and,  in such  case,  the Senior
                                          Certificateholders will bear  directly the  credit
                                          and  other risks  associated with  their undivided
                                          interest in  the Trust.  See "Series  Provisions--
                                          Application   of  Collections"   and  "--Defaulted
                                          Amounts; Charge-Offs".
 
Credit Enhancement.....................  On  each  Distribution  Date,  the  amount  of  the
                                         Collateral  Interest, which  constitutes the Credit
                                          Enhancement for
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                          the  Senior  Certificateholders,  will  equal  the
                                          lesser  of (a) the  Collateral Invested Amount and
                                          (b) the Required  Collateral Invested Amount.  The
                                          Required  Collateral Invested  Amount will  be (a)
                                          initially and  with respect  to each  Distribution
                                          Date   before  the  end  of  the  Funding  Period,
                                          $199,500,000 and  (b)  on the  first  Distribution
                                          Date  following the end of  the Funding Period and
                                          with respect to any Distribution Date  thereafter,
                                          subject   to   certain   limitations   more  fully
                                          described herein, the product of (i) the  Adjusted
                                          Invested  Amount  and  (ii)  21%.  If,  as  of any
                                          Distribution Date, the Collateral Invested  Amount
                                          is  less  than  the  Required  Collateral Invested
                                          Amount,  Available   Finance  Charge   Collections
                                          remaining  after  making  payments  on  such  date
                                          having a  higher  priority, as  described  herein,
                                          will  be used to  increase the Collateral Invested
                                          Amount to the extent of such shortfall. If, as  of
                                          any  Distribution  Date,  the  Collateral Invested
                                          Amount exceeds  the Required  Collateral  Invested
                                          Amount,  Available Principal Collections remaining
                                          after payment of any  Senior Monthly Principal  on
                                          such  date will  be used to  reduce the Collateral
                                          Invested  Amount   to  the   Required   Collateral
                                          Invested    Amount.   See   "Series   Provisions--
                                          Application of Collections".
 
Other Series...........................  The Trust  has  previously  issued  six  Series  of
                                         Certificates,  which  are  still  outstanding.  See
                                          "Annex I: Previous Issuance of Certificates" for a
                                          summary   of   those   outstanding   certificates.
                                          Additional  Series are expected  to be issued from
                                          time to time by the Trust. See "Description of the
                                          Certificates--New Issuances" in the Prospectus.
 
Sharing of Additional Finance
  Charges..............................  The Series 1996-1 Certificates will be the  seventh
                                         Series  issued by the Trust, and upon such issuance
                                          all  the  Series  issued  by  the  Trust  will  be
                                          outstanding  as  of the  Series Issuance  Date and
                                          will be included in  a group of Series  designated
                                          as  "Group One". Group One  is expected to include
                                          additional  Series  issued  from  time  to   time.
                                          Subject  to  certain  limitations  described under
                                          "Description  of   the  Certificates--Sharing   of
                                          Additional  Finance  Charges"  in  the Prospectus,
                                          Additional Finance Charges,  if any, with  respect
                                          to  any  Series  included  in  Group  One  will be
                                          applied to cover  any shortfalls  with respect  to
                                          amounts payable from collections of Finance Charge
                                          Receivables allocable to any other Series in Group
                                          One,  pro  rata  based  upon  the  amount  of  the
                                          shortfall, if  any,  with respect  to  each  other
                                          Series  in  Group  One.  See  "Description  of the
                                          Certificates--Sharing   of   Additional    Finance
                                          Charges" in the Prospectus.
 
The Receivables........................  The aggregate amount of Receivables in the Accounts
                                         as  of  March  31, 1996  (including  Receivables in
                                          Accounts  added   to  the   Trust  and   excluding
                                          Receivables  in  Accounts removed  from  the Trust
                                          after March 31, 1996 and on or prior to the Series
                                          Issuance Date) was $4,091,350,164 of
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                          which $4,024,438,686  were  Principal  Receivables
                                          and  $66,911,478  were Finance  Charge Receivables
                                          (which   amounts    include   overdue    Principal
                                          Receivables and overdue Finance Charge
                                          Receivables,  respectively).  The  amount  of such
                                          Finance Charge  Receivables  will not  affect  the
                                          amount   of   the   Certificateholders'   Interest
                                          represented by the Certificates  or the amount  of
                                          the Sellers' Interest, which are determined on the
                                          basis  of the  amount of  Principal Receivables in
                                          the Trust. See  "The Accounts"  in the  Prospectus
                                          and "Composition of the Accounts" herein.
 
Series Cut-Off Date....................  May 31, 1996.
 
Series Issuance Date...................  On or about June   , 1996.
 
Funding Period.........................  During  the period (the  "Funding Period") from and
                                          including the Series Issuance  Date and ending  on
                                          the  earliest of (a) the  commencement date of the
                                          Early Amortization Period, (b)  the date on  which
                                          the   balance  in  the   Prefunding  Account  (the
                                          "Prefunding Account Balance") equals zero and  (c)
                                          November  30, 1996, the Prefunding Account Balance
                                          will equal the amount deposited in the  Prefunding
                                          Account  on  the  Series Issuance  Date,  less the
                                          amounts of any increases  in the Initial  Invested
                                          Amount  pursuant to the  Series 1996-1 Supplement.
                                          The amount deposited in the Prefunding Account  on
                                          the  Series Issuance Date in respect of the Senior
                                          Certificates  will  be   $118,500,000.  Funds   on
                                          deposit in the Prefunding Account will be invested
                                          by the Trustee in Eligible Investments.
 
                                         From  time to  time during the  Funding Period, the
                                          Initial Invested Amount (a)  may be increased,  at
                                          the  discretion of  the Banks,  if (i)  the amount
                                          (the "Sellers' Participation Amount") equal to the
                                          total  amount  of  Principal  Receivables  in  the
                                          Trust,  plus  the  aggregate  principal  amount on
                                          deposit in the Special Funding Account and in  the
                                          Principal  Funding  Accounts  for  all outstanding
                                          Series, minus the  aggregate Invested Amounts  and
                                          Enhancement  Invested  Amounts,  if  any,  for all
                                          outstanding Series on such  day exceeds (ii)  5.5%
                                          of  the sum  of the  Principal Receivables  in the
                                          Trust and  the amount  on deposit  in the  Special
                                          Funding  Account  on  such  day  and  (b)  will be
                                          increased if  the  Sellers'  Participation  Amount
                                          exceeds   15%   of  the   sum  of   the  Principal
                                          Receivables in the Trust and the amount on deposit
                                          in  the  Special  Funding  Account  on  such  day;
                                          PROVIDED,   HOWEVER,  that  the  Initial  Invested
                                          Amount will  in no  event exceed  $950,000,000  or
                                          increase  by an amount in excess of the Prefunding
                                          Account Balance immediately  before giving  effect
                                          to such increase. Upon any increase in the Initial
                                          Invested Amount, the Trustee will withdraw and pay
                                          to the Banks, or to any other person at the Banks'
                                          direction,  funds  on  deposit  in  the Prefunding
                                          Account equal to the amount of such increase.  The
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-7
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                          Series  1996-1  Certificateholders  will  have  no
                                          further right to  or interest in  such funds  upon
                                          their  withdrawal from  the Prefunding  Account in
                                          connection with  such  increases  in  the  Initial
                                          Invested Amount.
 
                                         Generally,  the Sellers'  Participation Amount will
                                          increase if additional  Principal Receivables  are
                                          added  to the Trust or  if the Invested Amount (as
                                          defined in  the  related  supplement)  of  another
                                          Series is decreased. The Invested Amount of Series
                                          1993-3   (see  "Annex  I:   Previous  Issuance  of
                                          Certificates" for a summary of the terms of Series
                                          1993-3) may be decreased during the Funding Period
                                          if the Banks elect to  purchase and cancel any  of
                                          the Series 1993-3 Certificates during such period.
                                          There   can  be  no  assurance  that  any  of  the
                                          foregoing events will occur.
 
                                         Should the  Prefunding Account  Balance be  greater
                                          than  zero at the  end of the  Funding Period, the
                                          amounts remaining  on  deposit in  the  Prefunding
                                          Account  will be  payable pro  rata to  the Senior
                                          Certificateholders  and  the  Collateral  Interest
                                          Holder  on the  first Distribution  Date following
                                          the end of the Funding Period, which would  result
                                          in the Initial Invested Amount being less than the
                                          Initial Amount. See "Series Provisions--Prefunding
                                          Account".
 
Revolving Period and Accumulation
  Period...............................  Unless a Pay Out Event occurs, the revolving period
                                         with respect to the Series 1996-1 Certificates (the
                                          "Revolving Period") will end, and the accumulation
                                          period   with   respect  to   the   Series  1996-1
                                          Certificates  (the  "Accumulation  Period")   will
                                          commence,  at the  close of  business on  the last
                                          business day of May 2001 (except that, subject  to
                                          the  conditions set forth under "Series Provisions
                                          Principal", the day on which the Revolving  Period
                                          ends  and  the Accumulation  Period begins  may be
                                          delayed to not later than the last business day of
                                          November   2002).   See   "Description   of    the
                                          Certificates--Principal" in the Prospectus.
 
Series Servicing Fee Percentage........  For  so  long as  FDNB is  the Servicer,  1.75% per
                                         annum or, if a  successor Servicer is appointed,  a
                                          percentage  determined by the  Trustee, which will
                                          not exceed 2.00% per  annum. The Monthly  Investor
                                          Servicing  Fee will  be paid  on each Distribution
                                          Date as described under "Series
                                          Provisions--Application of Collections--Payment of
                                          Interest,  Fees   and  Other   Items".  See   also
                                          "Description    of   the   Certificates--Servicing
                                          Compensation  and  Payment  of  Expenses"  in  the
                                          Prospectus.
 
Registration...........................  The   Senior   Certificates   initially   will   be
                                         represented by certificates registered in the  name
                                          of  Cede, as nominee  of DTC, and  no purchaser of
                                          Senior Certificates will be entitled to receive  a
                                          definitive   certificate   except   under  certain
                                          limited circumstances.  Senior  Certificateholders
                                          may   elect  to  hold  their  Senior  Certificates
                                          through DTC
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-8
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                          (in the United States)  or CEDEL or Euroclear  (in
                                          Europe). See "The Pooling Agreement
                                          Generally--Book-Entry Registration" and
                                          "--Definitive Certificates" in the Prospectus.
 
Optional Repurchase....................  On  any day occurring on or  after the day on which
                                         the Invested Amount is reduced to 5% or less of the
                                          sum of the Senior Initial Invested Amount and  the
                                          Collateral  Initial Invested  Amount (the "Initial
                                          Invested Amount"), the Banks will have the  option
                                          to repurchase the Series 1996-1
                                          Certificateholders'  Interest  and  thereby retire
                                          the Series 1996-1 Certificates. The purchase price
                                          will be equal to the sum of the Adjusted  Invested
                                          Amount  and  accrued  and unpaid  interest  on the
                                          Senior Certificates  and the  Collateral  Interest
                                          (and  accrued and unpaid  interest with respect to
                                          interest amounts that were due but not paid on any
                                          prior Interest Payment  Date) through  (a) if  the
                                          day   on  which   such  repurchase   occurs  is  a
                                          Distribution Date, the  day immediately  preceding
                                          such Distribution Date, or (b) if the day on which
                                          such repurchase occurs is not a Distribution Date,
                                          the  day  immediately  preceding  the Distribution
                                          Date following such day.  See "Description of  the
                                          Certificates--Optional  Termination; Final Payment
                                          of Principal" in the Prospectus.
 
Series Termination Date................  The August  2007  Distribution  Date.  See  "Series
                                          Provisions--Series Termination".
 
ERISA Eligibility......................  Senior Certificates may be eligible for purchase by
                                         Benefit  Plans. See  "ERISA Considerations"  in the
                                          Prospectus.
 
Ratings................................  It is a  condition to  the issuance  of the  Senior
                                         Certificates  that  they  be rated  in  the highest
                                          rating  category  by   at  least  one   nationally
                                          recognized rating agency. The rating of the Senior
                                          Certificates  is based  primarily on  the value of
                                          the Receivables  and  the circumstances  in  which
                                          funds   otherwise  allocable   to  the  Collateral
                                          Interest  may   be   available   to   the   Senior
                                          Certificateholders.   The  rating  of  the  Senior
                                          Certificates is not based  on the availability  of
                                          payments  under  any  interest  rate  swap  or cap
                                          agreement that may be  assigned to the Trust  with
                                          respect  to  the Series  1996-1  Certificates. See
                                          "Risk Factors--Limited  Nature of  Rating" in  the
                                          Prospectus.
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-9
<PAGE>
                            MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS
 
    The  Pooling Agreement  and the  Series 1996-1  Supplement provide  that the
Senior Invested  Amount is  payable  to the  Senior Certificateholders,  to  the
extent  funds are  available therefor in  the Principal Funding  Account, on the
June 2003 Distribution Date  (the "Expected Final Payment  Date") or earlier  in
the  event of  a Pay  Out Event which  results in  the commencement  of an early
amortization period with respect  to the Series  1996-1 Certificates (an  "Early
Amortization  Period"). The  Senior Certificateholders will  receive payments of
principal on each Distribution Date following the Monthly Period in which a  Pay
Out  Event occurs (each such Distribution  Date, a "Special Payment Date") until
the Senior  Invested Amount  is paid  in  full or  the Series  Termination  Date
occurs.
 
    On each Distribution Date during the Accumulation Period (on or prior to the
Expected Final Payment Date), Available Principal Collections in an amount up to
the  Controlled Deposit  Amount with respect  to such Distribution  Date will be
deposited   in   the   Principal    Funding   Account   (as   described    under
"Series--Provisions  Application of Collections--Payments  of Principal"), until
the Principal Funding Account  Balance is equal to  the Senior Invested  Amount.
The  Senior Certificateholders  will receive  the aggregate  principal amount on
deposit in the  Principal Funding Account  on the Expected  Final Payment  Date.
Although  it is anticipated that Available Principal Collections with respect to
each Monthly Period during  the Accumulation Period will  be sufficient to  fund
the  deposit of the  Controlled Deposit Amount in  the Principal Funding Account
for payment to the Senior Certificateholders on the Expected Final Payment Date,
no assurance can be given in that regard.
 
    At or after the time at  which the Accumulation Period commences for  Series
1996-1,  the Banks may designate  another Series (or some  portion thereof) as a
Paired Series with respect  to Series 1996-1  and may use  such other Series  to
finance  the increase  in the  Sellers' Interest  caused by  the accumulation of
principal in the  Principal Funding  Account with  respect to  Series 1996-1.  A
Paired  Series is intended to be issued as a  pair with a Series which is in its
Accumulation Period  or Scheduled  Amortization  Period, and,  accordingly,  new
Paired  Series may be excluded from the definition of Required Principal Balance
and thereby increase the  aggregate Invested Amounts that  may be issued by  the
Trust  in relation to the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables (although no
new Series  may be  issued if  the aggregate  Invested Amounts  and  Enhancement
Invested  Amounts of the outstanding Series would exceed the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables in the  Trust plus any amounts  on deposit in the  Special
Funding  Account  and  in the  Principal  Funding Accounts  for  all outstanding
Series). If a Pay  Out Event occurs  with respect to any  Paired Series and  the
Early  Amortization Period for  such Series overlaps  the Accumulation Period or
the Early  Amortization Period  for the  Series 1996-1  Certificates, the  final
payment of principal to the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders may be delayed.
 
    If a Pay Out Event occurs with respect to the Series 1996-1 Certificates and
the  Early Amortization Period commences or if the Senior Invested Amount is not
paid in full on the  Expected Final Payment Date, any  amount on deposit in  the
Principal Funding Account and the Senior Certificateholders' pro rata portion of
any  amount on  deposit in  the Prefunding  Account will  be paid  to the Senior
Certificateholders  on  the   first  Special   Payment  Date   and  the   Senior
Certificateholders  will be entitled to  receive Available Principal Collections
on each Distribution Date during such Early Amortization Period or following the
Expected Final  Payment Date,  as the  case may  be, until  the Senior  Invested
Amount  is  paid  in full  or  until  the Series  Termination  Date  occurs. See
"Description of the Certificates--Pay Out Events" in the Prospectus and  "Series
Provisions--Pay  Out  Events" herein.  If the  commencement of  the Accumulation
Period is delayed as described  under "Series Provisions--Principal", and a  Pay
Out  Event with respect to the Series 1996-1 Certificates or with respect to any
other Series occurs after the date originally scheduled for the commencement  of
the  Accumulation Period, then it is probable that the Senior Certificateholders
would receive some of their principal later than if the Accumulation Period  had
not been delayed.
 
    The  following table sets forth the highest and lowest accountholder monthly
payment rates for  the First Deposit  Portfolio during any  month in the  period
shown  and the average accountholder monthly payment rates for all months during
the periods shown,  in each  case calculated as  a percentage  of total  opening
 
                                      S-10
<PAGE>
monthly  account balances  during the applicable  months. Payments  shown in the
table consist of amounts that would be deemed payments of Principal  Receivables
and Finance Charge Receivables with respect to the Accounts.
 
                      ACCOUNTHOLDER MONTHLY PAYMENT RATES
                            FIRST DEPOSIT PORTFOLIO
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED   -------------------------------
                                                                    MARCH 31, 1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                                  -------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                               <C>                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Lowest..........................................................           7.86%           7.31%      7.29%      6.62%
Highest.........................................................           8.20%           8.95%      8.98%      8.23%
Monthly Average.................................................           8.03%           8.01%      8.20%      7.42%
</TABLE>
 
    The   amount  of  outstanding   Receivables  and  the   rates  of  payments,
delinquencies, charge-offs  and new  borrowings on  the Accounts  depend upon  a
variety  of factors,  including seasonal  variations, the  availability of other
sources of  credit,  legal factors,  general  economic conditions  and  consumer
spending  and borrowing patterns. The Banks cannot predict, and no assurance can
be given as to, the accountholder monthly payment rates that will actually occur
in any future period.  There can be no  assurance that collections of  Principal
Receivables  with  respect to  the  Accounts, and  thus  the rate  at  which the
Principal Funding Account could be funded during the Accumulation Period or  the
rate  at which  Senior Certificateholders  could expect  to receive  payments of
principal on their  Senior Certificates  during the  Early Amortization  Period,
will  be similar to the historical experience  set forth above. In addition, the
Trust, as a master trust, has issued  and may issue additional Series from  time
to  time, and there can be no assurance  that the terms of any such Series might
not have an  impact on the  timing or amount  of payments received  by a  Senior
Certificateholder.  If a Pay Out Event occurs  with respect to the Series 1996-1
Certificates or other Series in certain circumstances discussed above,  payments
of   principal  on   the  Senior  Certificates   could  be   delayed.  In  other
circumstances, if  a Pay  Out Event  occurs with  respect to  the Series  1996-1
Certificates,  the average life and maturity of the Senior Certificates could be
significantly reduced. As a  result, there can be  no assurance that the  actual
number of months elapsed from the date of issuance of the Senior Certificates to
the  final Distribution Date with respect  to the Senior Certificates will equal
the expected number of months. See "Risk Factors--Payments and Maturity" in  the
Prospectus.
 
                          THE FIRST DEPOSIT PORTFOLIO
 
GENERAL
 
    Set  forth below  is certain information  with respect to  the First Deposit
Portfolio. See "The  Banks' Credit Card  and Consumer Lending  Business" in  the
Prospectus.  There  can be  no assurance  that the  yield, loss  and delinquency
experience with respect to the Receivables will be comparable to that set  forth
below with respect to the entire First Deposit Portfolio.
 
REVENUE EXPERIENCE
 
    Gross   revenues  from   monthly  periodic   charges  and   fees  billed  to
accountholders on  accounts contained  in the  First Deposit  Portfolio for  the
three months ended March 31, 1996 and each of the three years ended December 31,
1995,  1994 and  1993 are  set forth  in the  following table.  Revenue from the
Receivables will  depend  on the  types  of fees  and  charges assessed  on  the
Accounts, and could be adversely affected by future changes made by the Banks or
the  Servicer  in  such  fees  and  charges  or  by  other  factors.  See  "Risk
Factors--Certain Legal Aspects" and "--The Ability of the Banks to Change  Terms
of the Accounts" and "The Accounts--Billing and Payments" in the Prospectus.
 
                                      S-11
<PAGE>
                               REVENUE EXPERIENCE
                            FIRST DEPOSIT PORTFOLIO
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED   ----------------------------------------
                                                      MARCH 31, 1996         1995          1994          1993
                                                    -------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>           <C>           <C>
Average Receivables Outstanding(1)................     $   5,792,017     $  4,810,220  $  3,567,940  $  3,239,719
Finance Charge and Fee Income(2)..................           280,352          975,434       743,553       692,349
Average Revenue Yield(3)(4).......................             19.47%           20.28%        20.84%        21.37%
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) Average  Receivables Outstanding for  any period is equal  to the average of
    the Average Daily Balance for each  month in such period. The Average  Daily
    Balance  for a month is equal to  the average of the Receivables outstanding
    on each day in such month. Receivables outstanding on any day are the sum of
    Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables on such day.
 
(2) Finance Charge  and  Fee  Income  includes Interchange  and  is  reduced  by
    purchase rebates with respect to certain accounts.
 
(3) Average  Revenue  Yield is  the result  of dividing  Finance Charge  and Fee
    Income by Average Receivables Outstanding during the periods indicated.
 
(4) The percentage for the  three months ended March  31, 1996 is an  annualized
    figure.
 
LOSS AND DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
 
    The  following tables  set forth  the delinquency  and loss  experience with
respect to payments by accountholders on the First Deposit Portfolio for each of
the periods  shown.  There can  be  no assurance,  however,  that the  loss  and
delinquency  experience for  the Receivables will  be similar  to the historical
experience for the First Deposit Portfolio set forth below.
 
                             DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                            FIRST DEPOSIT PORTFOLIO
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             AT DECEMBER 31,
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        AT MARCH 31,
                            1996                       1995                       1994                       1993
                  -------------------------  -------------------------  -------------------------  -------------------------
NUMBER OF         DELINQUENT                 DELINQUENT                 DELINQUENT                 DELINQUENT
DAYS DELINQUENT     AMOUNT    PERCENTAGE(1)    AMOUNT    PERCENTAGE(1)    AMOUNT    PERCENTAGE(1)    AMOUNT    PERCENTAGE(1)
- ----------------- ----------  -------------  ----------  -------------  ----------  -------------  ----------  -------------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>               <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>
31-60 days.......  $ 90,794       1.50%       $ 81,933       1.45%       $ 54,160       1.34%       $40,329        1.15%
61-90 days.......    48,687       0.81          44,170       0.78          29,000       0.72         23,683        0.68
91 days or
  more...........    79,503       1.32          57,579       1.02          38,278       0.95         34,190        0.98
                  ----------       ---       ----------       ---       ----------       ---       ----------       ---
    Total........  $218,984       3.63%       $183,682       3.25%       $121,438       3.01%       $98,202        2.81%
                  ----------       ---       ----------       ---       ----------       ---       ----------       ---
                  ----------       ---       ----------       ---       ----------       ---       ----------       ---
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) The percentages are  the result  of dividing  the Delinquent  Amount by  the
    aggregate  Receivables  outstanding at  the  dates indicated.  The aggregate
    Receivables outstanding at March 31, 1996 and at December 31, 1995, 1994 and
    1993 were $6,032,646, $5,637,675,  $4,040,238 and $3,491,942,  respectively.
    Receivables  outstanding on any day are the sum of Principal Receivables and
    Finance Charge Receivables on such day.
 
                                      S-12
<PAGE>
                                LOSS EXPERIENCE
                            FIRST DEPOSIT PORTFOLIO
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED   ----------------------------------------
                                                      MARCH 31, 1996         1995          1994          1993
                                                    -------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>           <C>           <C>
Average Receivables Outstanding(1)................     $   5,792,017     $  4,810,220  $  3,567,940  $  3,239,719
Gross Charge-offs(2)
  Amount..........................................            77,668          253,367       197,936       192,057
  Recoveries......................................             9,831           35,555        28,283        21,901
Net Charge-offs as a Percentage of Average
  Receivables Outstanding(3)(4)...................              4.70%(5)         4.53%         4.75%         5.25%
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) Average Receivables Outstanding for  any period is equal  to the average  of
    the  Average Daily Balance for each month  in such period. The Average Daily
    Balance for a month is equal  to the average of the Receivables  outstanding
    on each day in such month. Receivables outstanding on any day are the sum of
    Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables on such day.
 
(2) Gross Charge-offs are Receivables charged off as uncollectible in accordance
    with  the  Banks' customary  practices  (excludes reductions  due  to fraud,
    returned goods and customer disputes for all periods shown).
 
(3) Gross  charge-offs  less  the  total  amount  of  recoveries  on  previously
    charged-off Accounts as a percentage of Average Receivables Outstanding.
 
(4) The  percentage for the three  months ended March 31,  1996 is an annualized
    figure.
 
(5) After giving effect to a change in account charge-off procedures. During the
    quarter ended March 31,  1996, an operational  change to account  charge-off
    procedures was instituted which automated account charge-offs for delinquent
    accounts  at 180 days  past due. Previously,  certain accounts were manually
    charged off between 165 and 179 days past due. The net effect of the  change
    was  a one-time reduction  in credit losses that  would have been recognized
    during the  quarter ended  March 31,  1996, but  for the  change in  account
    charge-off  procedures. Adjusted to eliminate the effect of such change, the
    Net Charge-offs as a Percentage  of Average Receivables Outstanding for  the
    quarter ended March 31, 1996 are estimated to be 5.39%.
 
                          COMPOSITION OF THE ACCOUNTS
 
    The  Receivables in the Accounts as of March 31, 1996 (including Receivables
in Accounts added  to the  Trust after March  31, 1996  and on or  prior to  the
Series  Issuance Date, which Accounts  are included in all  figures set forth in
this paragraph, and  excluding Receivables  in Accounts removed  from the  Trust
after March 31, 1996 and on or prior to the Series Issuance Date, which Accounts
are  excluded from all figures set forth in this paragraph) included $66,911,478
of Finance Charge Receivables and $4,024,438,686 of Principal Receivables (which
amounts  include  overdue  Finance  Charge  Receivables  and  overdue  Principal
Receivables,  respectively). As of March 31, 1996, there were 2,489,293 Accounts
(including 696,399 closed Accounts with  a zero balance and 211,390  charged-off
Accounts).  As of March  31, 1996, the  Accounts had an  average total Principal
Receivable balance of $4,138 (excluding 1,516,163 Accounts with a zero or credit
balance and  charged-off  Accounts)  and  an  average  credit  limit  of  $6,502
(excluding   907,789  closed  Accounts  with  a  zero  balance  and  charged-off
Accounts). As of March 31, 1996, the average total Principal Receivables balance
in the Accounts as a percentage of the average credit limit with respect to  the
Accounts  (excluding  1,516,163  Accounts  with a  zero  or  credit  balance and
charged-off Accounts in the case of average total Principal Receivables balance,
and with respect to average credit limit, excluding 907,789 closed Accounts with
a zero balance and  charged-off Accounts) was approximately  63.6%. As of  March
31, 1996, the
 
                                      S-13
<PAGE>
weighted average age of the Accounts was 33.5 months. The Accounts were selected
from the First Deposit Portfolio in the manner described in the Prospectus under
"The Accounts--General". See "The Accounts" in the Prospectus.
 
    The  following tables summarize the Accounts by various criteria as of March
31, 1996.  References  to  "Receivables Outstanding"  in  the  following  tables
include  both Finance Charge Receivables  and Principal Receivables. Because the
composition of the  Accounts will  change in the  future, these  tables are  not
necessarily indicative of the future composition of the Accounts.
 
                   COMPOSITION OF ACCOUNTS BY ACCOUNT BALANCE
                           (AS OF MARCH 31, 1996)(1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PERCENTAGE OF                              PERCENTAGE OF
                                 NUMBER OF    TOTAL NUMBER         RECEIVABLES         TOTAL RECEIVABLES
                                ACCOUNTS(2)    OF ACCOUNTS        OUTSTANDING(2)          OUTSTANDING
                                -----------   -------------   ----------------------   -----------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>           <C>             <C>                      <C>
Credit Balance(3).............      21,043         1.33%            $   (2,562)              (0.06)%
No Balance(4).................     587,331        37.14                     --                  --
$0.01 to $1,499.99............     263,135        16.64                129,510                3.17
$1,500.00 to $2,999.99........     154,038         9.74                363,696                8.89
$3,000.00 to $4,499.99........     158,038         9.99                585,433               14.30
$4,500.00 to $5,999.99........     186,185        11.77                964,209               23.57
$6,000.00 to $7,499.99........      73,655         4.66                490,601               11.99
$7,500.00 to $8,999.99........      46,023         2.91                373,493                9.13
$9,000.00 to $10,499.99.......      30,113         1.90                292,071                7.14
$10,500.00 and above..........      61,943         3.92                894,899               21.87
                                -----------      ------            -----------              ------
    Total.....................   1,581,504       100.00%            $4,091,350              100.00%
                                -----------      ------            -----------              ------
                                -----------      ------            -----------              ------
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) Includes Accounts added to the Trust after March 31, 1996 and on or prior to
    the Series Issuance Date, and excludes Accounts removed from the Trust after
    March 31, 1996 and on or prior to the Series Issuance Date.
 
(2) Receivables  outstanding are  the sum  of Principal  Receivables and Finance
    Charge Receivables. Does  not include  696,399 closed Accounts  with a  zero
    balance and 211,390 charged-off Accounts. The Receivables of the charged-off
    Accounts  are valued at zero. However, for purposes of realizing recoveries,
    the Receivables of such Accounts have been assigned to the Trust.
 
(3) Credit  Balances  are  a  result   of  accountholder  payments  and   credit
    adjustments  applied in excess of an Account's unpaid balance. Accounts with
    a credit balance are included, as Receivables may be generated with  respect
    thereto in the future.
 
(4) Accounts  with no balance are included, as Receivables may be generated with
    respect thereto in the future.
 
                                      S-14
<PAGE>
                    COMPOSITION OF ACCOUNTS BY CREDIT LIMIT
                           (AS OF MARCH 31, 1996)(1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL
                                 NUMBER OF    PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL        RECEIVABLES             RECEIVABLES
CREDIT LIMIT                    ACCOUNTS(2)   NUMBER OF ACCOUNTS        OUTSTANDING(2)           OUTSTANDING
- ------------------------------  -----------   -------------------   ----------------------   -------------------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>           <C>                   <C>                      <C>
$0.01 to $1,499.99............       6,327            0.40%               $      247                 0.01%
$1,500.00 to $2,999.99........      10,536            0.66                    10,201                 0.25
$3,000.00 to $4,499.99........     265,736           16.80                   390,995                 9.56
$4,500.00 to $5,999.99........     442,483           27.98                   766,982                18.75
$6,000.00 to $7,499.99........     421,734           26.67                   866,153                21.17
$7,500.00 to $8,999.99........     155,740            9.85                   460,482                11.25
$9,000.00 to $10,499.99.......     170,505           10.78                   447,294                10.93
$10,500.00 and above..........     108,443            6.86                 1,148,996                28.08
                                -----------         ------               -----------               ------
    Total.....................   1,581,504          100.00%               $4,091,350               100.00%
                                -----------         ------               -----------               ------
                                -----------         ------               -----------               ------
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) Includes Accounts added to the Trust after March 31, 1996 and on or prior to
    the Series Issuance Date, and excludes Accounts removed from the Trust after
    March 31, 1996 and on or prior to the Series Issuance Date.
 
(2) Receivables outstanding are  the sum  of Principal  Receivables and  Finance
    Charge  Receivables. Does  not include 696,399  closed Accounts  with a zero
    balance and 211,390 charged-off Accounts. The Receivables of the charged-off
    Accounts are valued at zero. However, for purposes of realizing  recoveries,
    the Receivables of such Accounts have been assigned to the Trust.
 
                   COMPOSITION OF ACCOUNTS BY PAYMENT STATUS
                           (AS OF MARCH 31, 1996)(1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL
                                 NUMBER OF    PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL        RECEIVABLES             RECEIVABLES
PAYMENT STATUS                  ACCOUNTS(2)   NUMBER OF ACCOUNTS        OUTSTANDING(2)           OUTSTANDING
- ------------------------------  -----------   -------------------   ----------------------   -------------------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>           <C>                   <C>                      <C>
Current(3)....................   1,553,133           98.21%               $3,932,589                96.12%
31-60 Days Delinquent.........      12,315            0.78                    65,831                 1.61
61-90 Days Delinquent.........       6,216            0.39                    35,277                 0.86
91 Days Delinquent or more....       9,840            0.62                    57,653                 1.41
                                -----------         ------               -----------               ------
    Total.....................   1,581,504          100.00%               $4,091,350               100.00%
                                -----------         ------               -----------               ------
                                -----------         ------               -----------               ------
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) Includes Accounts added to the Trust after March 31, 1996 and on or prior to
    the  Series Issuance Date and excludes Accounts removed from the Trust after
    March 31, 1996 and on or prior to the Series Issuance Date.
 
(2) Receivables outstanding are  the sum  of Principal  Receivables and  Finance
    Charge  Receivables. Does  not include 696,399  closed Accounts  with a zero
    balance and 211,390 charged-off Accounts. The Receivables of the charged-off
    Accounts are valued at zero. However, for purposes of realizing  recoveries,
    the Receivables of such Accounts have been assigned to the Trust.
 
(3) Includes  Accounts on which the minimum  payment has not been received prior
    to the  second  billing  date  following issuance  of  the  related  billing
    statement.
 
                                      S-15
<PAGE>
                     COMPOSITION OF ACCOUNTS BY ACCOUNT AGE
                           (AS OF MARCH 31, 1996)(1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       PERCENTAGE OF
                                              PERCENTAGE OF                                TOTAL
                                 NUMBER OF    TOTAL NUMBER         RECEIVABLES          RECEIVABLES
AGE                             ACCOUNTS(2)    OF ACCOUNTS        OUTSTANDING(2)        OUTSTANDING
- ------------------------------  -----------   -------------   ----------------------   -------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>           <C>             <C>                      <C>
0 to 6 months.................     208,102        13.16%            $  673,673             16.47%
Over 6 to 12 months...........     174,070        11.00                560,602             13.70
Over 12 to 24 months..........     310,905        19.66                937,996             22.93
Over 24 to 36 months..........     283,236        17.91                592,865             14.49
Over 36 to 48 months..........     131,028         8.29                294,558              7.20
Over 48 months................     474,163        29.98              1,031,656             25.21
                                -----------      ------            -----------            ------
    Total.....................   1,581,504       100.00%            $4,091,350            100.00%
                                -----------      ------            -----------            ------
                                -----------      ------            -----------            ------
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) Includes Accounts added to the Trust after March 31, 1996 and on or prior to
    the Series Issuance Date, and excludes Accounts removed from the Trust after
    March 31, 1996 and on or prior to the Series Issuance Date.
 
(2) Receivables  outstanding are  the sum  of Principal  Receivables and Finance
    Charge Receivables. Does  not include  696,399 closed Accounts  with a  zero
    balance and 211,390 charged-off Accounts. The Receivables of the charged-off
    Accounts  are valued at zero. However, for purposes of realizing recoveries,
    the Receivables of such Accounts have been assigned to the Trust.
 
                                      S-16
<PAGE>
             COMPOSITION OF ACCOUNTS BY GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION(1)
                           (AS OF MARCH 31, 1996)(2)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       PERCENTAGE OF
                                              PERCENTAGE OF                                TOTAL
                                 NUMBER OF    TOTAL NUMBER         RECEIVABLES          RECEIVABLES
STATE                           ACCOUNTS(3)    OF ACCOUNTS        OUTSTANDING(3)        OUTSTANDING
- ------------------------------  -----------   -------------   ----------------------   -------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>           <C>             <C>                      <C>
California....................     244,621        15.47%            $  581,423             14.21%
Texas.........................     125,525         7.94                322,192              7.88
New York......................     112,389         7.11                276,283              6.75
Florida.......................      93,012         5.88                214,428              5.24
Pennsylvania..................      70,942         4.49                179,118              4.38
Ohio..........................      58,539         3.70                164,261              4.01
Illinois......................      65,563         4.15                160,871              3.93
North Carolina................      42,259         2.67                133,741              3.27
New Jersey....................      59,023         3.73                133,401              3.26
Michigan......................      50,115         3.17                130,251              3.18
Georgia.......................      36,958         2.34                111,623              2.73
Indiana.......................      36,255         2.29                104,295              2.55
Washington....................      35,693         2.26                 92,228              2.25
Missouri......................      31,863         2.01                 86,666              2.12
Massachusetts.................      38,927         2.46                 86,561              2.12
Tennessee.....................      28,707         1.81                 86,302              2.11
Virginia......................      28,374         1.79                 85,443              2.09
Others(4)(5)..................     422,739        26.73              1,142,263             27.92
                                -----------      ------            -----------            ------
    Total.....................   1,581,504       100.00%            $4,091,350            100.00%
                                -----------      ------            -----------            ------
                                -----------      ------            -----------            ------
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) Determined on the basis of accountholders' telephone area codes.
 
(2) Includes Accounts added to the Trust after March 31, 1996 and on or prior to
    the Series Issuance Date, and excludes Accounts removed from the Trust after
    March 31, 1996 and on or prior to the Series Issuance Date.
 
(3) Receivables outstanding are  the sum  of Principal  Receivables and  Finance
    Charge  Receivables. Does  not include 696,399  closed Accounts  with a zero
    balance and 211,390 charged-off Accounts. The Receivables of the charged-off
    Accounts are valued at zero. However, for purposes of realizing  recoveries,
    the Receivables of such Accounts have been assigned to the Trust.
 
(4) No  state  other  than  those  listed  has  more  than  2.00%  of  the total
    Receivables Outstanding, excluding Accounts for which computer records  show
    "unknown" in the state field.
 
(5) Includes  Accounts  representing less  than 0.01%  of the  total Receivables
    Outstanding for which computer records show "unknown" in the state field.
 
                                      S-17
<PAGE>
                                   THE BANKS
 
    As  of  FDNB's  March 31,  1996  Call  Report, FDNB  had  total  deposits of
approximately $1,915 million, total assets  of approximately $2,446 million  and
total  equity of  approximately $234  million. As of  PNB's March  31, 1996 Call
Report, PNB had total  deposits of approximately $522  million, total assets  of
approximately  $1,040 million and total equity  of approximately $123 million. A
Call Report is required to be prepared in accordance with regulatory  accounting
principles,  which differ  in some  respects from  generally accepted accounting
principles. See "The Banks" in the Prospectus.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    Net proceeds from the sale of  the Series 1996-1 Certificates in the  amount
of  the Initial  Invested Amount,  less offering expenses,  will be  paid to the
Banks. The Banks will use such proceeds for general corporate purposes. Proceeds
from the sale of  the Series 1996-1  Certificates in the  amount of the  Initial
Amount  minus the  Initial Invested Amount  will be deposited  in the Prefunding
Account on  the  Series Issuance  Date,  and such  amount  will be  the  initial
Prefunding Account Balance.
 
                               SERIES PROVISIONS
 
GENERAL
 
    The  Series  1996-1  Certificates will  be  issued pursuant  to  the Pooling
Agreement and a Supplement  thereto relating to  the Series 1996-1  Certificates
(the "Series 1996-1 Supplement"). The Series 1996-1 Certificates will consist of
two  Classes,  the Class  of Senior  Certificates and  the Class  comprising the
Collateral Interest. Reference should be  made to the Prospectus for  additional
information concerning the Series 1996-1 Certificates and the Pooling Agreement.
 
INTEREST
 
    Interest  will accrue on  the Senior Amount at  the Senior Certificate Rate.
Interest will be distributed to the  Senior Certificateholders on July 15,  1996
and  each Interest Payment Date thereafter in  an amount equal to the product of
the Senior Certificate Rate, the Senior  Amount as of the preceding Record  Date
and  a fraction,  the numerator  of which is  the actual  number of  days in the
related Interest  Period and  the denominator  of which  is 360.  Interest  with
respect to the Senior Certificates due but not paid on any Interest Payment Date
will  be  due  on the  next  succeeding  Interest Payment  Date  with additional
interest on such amount  at a rate  equal to the sum  of the Senior  Certificate
Rate plus 2.00% per annum to the extent permitted by law.
 
    Interest  payments on the  Senior Certificates on  any Interest Payment Date
will be funded from Available Finance Charge Collections for the related Monthly
Period as described under  "--Application of Collections--Payments of  Interest,
Fees  and Other Items". To the  extent that Available Finance Charge Collections
for such  Monthly Period  are  insufficient to  pay such  interest,  Reallocated
Principal  Collections  that  would  otherwise be  allocable  to  the Collateral
Invested Amount  will be  used  to make  such  payments. Although  such  amounts
available  for the Senior Certificates are  limited, the Senior Certificate Rate
is not subject to a maximum rate.
 
    "Available  Finance  Charge   Collections"  means,  with   respect  to   any
Distribution  Date,  an amount  equal  to the  sum of:  (a)  the product  of the
Floating Allocation  Percentage  and  the aggregate  amount  of  collections  of
Finance Charge Receivables with respect to the related Monthly Period (including
any  investment earnings  and certain  other amounts that  are to  be treated as
collections of  Finance  Charge  Receivables  in  accordance  with  the  Pooling
Agreement,  but excluding any investment earnings constituting Principal Funding
Investment Proceeds  or  Prefunding  Investment  Proceeds);  (b)  the  Principal
Funding Investment Proceeds, if any, with respect to such Distribution Date; (c)
the  Prefunding Investment Proceeds,  if any, with  respect to such Distribution
Date; (d) if the Reserve Account is funded, amounts, if any, withdrawn from  the
Reserve  Account that  are required to  be included in  Available Finance Charge
Collections pursuant  to  the Series  1996-1  Supplement with  respect  to  such
Distribution Date; (e) any Additional Finance Charges from
 
                                      S-18
<PAGE>
other  Series in Group One  that are allocated to  Series 1996-1 with respect to
such Monthly Period;  and (f) payments,  if any, received  with respect to  such
Distribution  Date under any interest rate swap or cap agreement assigned to the
Trust for the benefit of the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders.
 
    The Servicer will determine LIBOR for each Interest Period as of the  second
LIBOR  business day  before the  commencement of  such Interest  Period (each, a
"LIBOR Determination Date"). For purposes of calculating LIBOR, a LIBOR business
day is any business day on which  dealings in deposits in United States  Dollars
are transacted in the London interbank market.
 
    "LIBOR"  means, with respect to each day of each Interest Period (or portion
thereof), the rate  per annum  shown on  page 3750 of  the Dow  Jones &  Company
Telerate  screen or  any successor  page as  the rate  for United  States Dollar
deposits for a period of one month as  of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the  LIBOR
Determination  Date for such Interest Period; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if no such
rate is shown, LIBOR will be the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if  necessary,
to  the nearest  one-sixteenth of  one percent) based  on the  offered rates for
United States Dollar deposits  for a period  of one month  as displayed on  page
"LIBO"  of the Reuters Monitor  Money Rates Service or  any successor page as of
11:00 a.m.,  London time,  on the  LIBOR Determination  Date for  such  Interest
Period, it being understood that if at least two such rates appear on such page,
the  rate will  be the  arithmetic mean  of such  displayed rates;  and PROVIDED
FURTHER, that (i) if fewer than two such rates are displayed, LIBOR will be  the
rate  per annum (rounded upwards, if  necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of
one percent) equal  to the arithmetic  mean of  the rates at  which deposits  in
United  States Dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00
a.m., London time, on the LIBOR  Determination Date for such Interest Period  to
prime banks in the London interbank market for a period of one month and (ii) if
fewer  than two such rates are provided as requested, LIBOR will be the rate per
annum (rounded  upwards,  if necessary,  to  the nearest  one-sixteenth  of  one
percent)  equal to the arithmetic mean of the  rates quoted by two or more major
banks in New York City, selected  by the Servicer, at approximately 11:00  a.m.,
New  York City time, on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Interest Period to
leading European banks  for United States  Dollar deposits for  a period of  one
month. If fewer than two major banks in New York City are quoting rates for such
deposits  at such time, the rate  for that day will be  deemed to be the rate as
determined with respect to the preceding Interest Period.
 
    "Reference Banks" means  two or  more major  banks in  the London  interbank
market selected by the Servicer.
 
    "Interest  Period" means,  with respect  to any  Interest Payment  Date, the
period from and including the preceding  Interest Payment Date to but  excluding
such  Interest Payment Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the initial Interest Period
will commence on and include the Series Issuance Date and end on but exclude the
first Interest  Payment Date  following the  Series Issuance  Date, which  first
Interest Payment Date will be July 15, 1996.
 
PRINCIPAL
 
    During  the Revolving  Period (which begins  on the Series  Cut-Off Date and
ends immediately prior  to the commencement  of the Accumulation  Period or,  if
earlier,  the Early Amortization Period), no  principal payments will be made to
the Senior Certificateholders. During  the Accumulation Period  (on or prior  to
the  Expected Final Payment Date), principal  will be deposited in the Principal
Funding Account on  each Distribution  Date in an  amount up  to the  Controlled
Deposit  Amount with  respect to such  Distribution Date and  amounts on deposit
therein will be  distributed to  the Senior Certificateholders  on the  Expected
Final Payment Date. During the Early Amortization Period, principal will be paid
to  the Senior Certificateholders monthly on each Special Payment Date until the
Senior Invested Amount is paid in full or the Series Termination Date occurs. If
a Pay Out Event occurs with respect to the Series 1996-1 Certificates during the
Funding Period, the Senior Certificateholders' pro rata portion of any amount on
deposit in the Prefunding Account will be paid to the Senior  Certificateholders
on the first Special Payment Date. If a Pay Out Event occurs with respect to the
Series 1996-1 Certificates during the Accumulation Period, any amount on deposit
in  the Principal Funding Account will  be paid to the Senior Certificateholders
on the first Special Payment  Date. See "--Application of  Collections--Payments
of  Principal" herein and see "--Pay Out  Events" herein and "Description of the
Certificates--Pay Out Events" in the Prospectus for a discussion of events  that
 
                                      S-19
<PAGE>
might  lead to the commencement of an Early Amortization Period. In addition, if
the Senior Invested Amount  is not paid  in full on  the Expected Final  Payment
Date,  principal will be  paid to the Senior  Certificateholders monthly on each
Distribution Date until the Senior Invested Amount is paid in full or the Series
Termination Date occurs.
 
    The Accumulation Period is scheduled to commence at the close of business on
the last business day of May 2001.  However, the Servicer may elect to  postpone
the  commencement  of  the Accumulation  Period  and  extend the  length  of the
Revolving Period, subject to  the conditions set forth  below. The Servicer  may
make  such  election  only  if the  Accumulation  Period  Length  (determined as
described below) is less  than twenty-four months  and if no  Pay Out Event  has
occurred   and  is  continuing  with  respect  to  any  other  Series.  On  each
Determination Date during the Revolving Period, the Servicer will determine  the
"Accumulation  Period  Length", which  is the  number of  months expected  to be
required fully to fund the Principal Funding Account no later than the  Expected
Final  Payment Date, based on (a)  the expected monthly collections of Principal
Receivables allocated to  all outstanding  Series (other  than certain  variable
funding  Series, including Series 1993-3), assuming  a principal payment rate no
greater than the lowest  monthly principal payment rate  on the Receivables  for
the  preceding twelve  months and  (b) the  amount of  principal expected  to be
distributable to the Certificateholders of all outstanding Series (excluding any
variable funding Series) that are not  expected to be in their revolving  period
during  the Series 1996-1 Accumulation Period. If the Accumulation Period Length
is less than twenty-four months, the  Servicer may, at its option, postpone  the
commencement  of the Accumulation Period such that the number of months included
in the Accumulation Period  will be equal to  or exceed the Accumulation  Period
Length.  The effect of the  foregoing calculation is to  permit the reduction of
the length of the Accumulation Period  based on the invested amounts of  certain
other  Series which  are expected  to be in  their revolving  periods during the
Accumulation Period  or on  increases in  the principal  payment rate  occurring
after  the Series Issuance Date. The length  of the Accumulation Period will not
be less  than six  months. If  the commencement  of the  Accumulation Period  is
delayed in accordance with the foregoing, and if a Pay Out Event with respect to
Series  1996-1 occurs after the date originally scheduled as the commencement of
the Accumulation Period  or a Pay  Out Event  occurs with respect  to any  other
Series,  then it  is probable that  the Senior  Certificateholders would receive
some of  their principal  later than  if the  Accumulation Period  had not  been
delayed.
 
ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES
 
    Pursuant  to the Pooling Agreement, for each day during each Monthly Period,
the  Servicer  will  allocate  between  the  Series  1996-1  Certificateholders'
Interest,  the  Sellers' Interest  and the  Certificateholders' Interest  of the
other Series issued and outstanding from time to time all collections of Finance
Charge Receivables  and  Principal Receivables  and  the Defaulted  Amount  with
respect  to such Monthly  Period. Collections of  Finance Charge Receivables and
the Defaulted Amount with respect to any Monthly Period will be allocated at all
times to the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders' Interest based on the  percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount
as  of the  last day  of the  immediately preceding  Monthly Period  (subject to
adjustment in the case  of any increase in  the Adjusted Invested Amount  during
the  Funding Period) and the denominator of which is the sum of the total amount
of Principal Receivables in the Trust and  the amount on deposit in the  Special
Funding Account as of the last day of such immediately preceding Monthly Period;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that for the first Monthly Period, the numerator will be the
Initial Invested Amount for  the period from and  including the Series  Issuance
Date through and including the last day of such first Monthly Period (subject to
adjustment  in the case of  any increase in the  Adjusted Invested Amount during
such first Monthly Period) and the denominator will be the sum of the  Principal
Receivables  in  the Trust  and the  amount  on deposit  in the  Special Funding
Account as of the  Series Cut-Off Date  (the "Floating Allocation  Percentage").
Collections of Principal Receivables with respect to each day during any Monthly
Period  at all times will be  allocated to the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders'
Interest based on  the percentage  equivalent of  a fraction,  the numerator  of
which is (a) during the Revolving Period, the Invested Amount as of the last day
of  the  preceding Monthly  Period (subject  to  adjustment in  the case  of any
increase in the  Adjusted Invested  Amount during  the Funding  Period) and  (b)
during  the Accumulation Period  or the Early  Amortization Period, the Invested
Amount as of the last day of  the Revolving Period and the denominator of  which
is the greater of (i) the sum of the Principal
 
                                      S-20
<PAGE>
Receivables  in  the Trust  and the  amount  on deposit  in the  Special Funding
Account as of the last day of the  preceding Monthly Period and (ii) the sum  of
the  numerators used  to calculate  the allocation  percentages with  respect to
collections of Principal Receivables for all  Series outstanding as of the  date
of determination (the "Principal Allocation Percentage").
 
    "Invested  Amount"  means, with  respect to  any  date of  determination, an
amount equal  to  the sum  of  the Senior  Invested  Amount and  the  Collateral
Invested  Amount. "Senior Invested Amount" means,  when used with respect to any
date of  determination, an  amount  equal to  (a)  the Senior  Initial  Invested
Amount,  minus (b)  the aggregate  amount of  principal payments  made to Senior
Certificateholders prior to such date  (other than principal payments made  from
amounts  on deposit in  the Prefunding Account,  if any, pursuant  to the Series
1996-1 Supplement), minus  (c) the excess,  if any, of  the aggregate amount  of
Senior Charge-Offs over the aggregate amount of Senior Charge-Offs reimbursed as
described  under "--Application  of Collections--Payments of  Interest, Fees and
Other Items" prior  to such date;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that  the Senior  Invested
Amount  will not be reduced below  zero. "Senior Initial Invested Amount" means,
with respect to any date of  determination, the Senior Initial Amount minus  the
sum  of (a) the product of  (i) a fraction the numerator  of which is the Senior
Initial Amount and the denominator of which  is the Initial Amount and (ii)  the
Prefunding  Account Balance, if any,  on such date of  determination and (b) the
amount of any principal  payments made to  Senior Certificateholders from  funds
available  in  the Prefunding  Account, if  any, pursuant  to the  Series 1996-1
Supplement before or on such date of determination. "Collateral Invested Amount"
means, when used with respect to any  date of determination, an amount equal  to
(a)  the Collateral Initial  Invested Amount, minus (b)  the aggregate amount of
principal payments made  to the Collateral  Interest Holder prior  to such  date
(other  than principal payments  made from amounts on  deposit in the Prefunding
Account, if any, pursuant to the Series 1996-1 Supplement), minus (c) the amount
by which  the Collateral  Invested Amount  has been  reduced in  respect of  the
application of Reallocated Principal Collections on all prior Distribution Dates
as  described under "--Application  of Collections-- Payments  of Interest, Fees
and Other Items", minus (d) the  amount by which the Collateral Invested  Amount
has been reduced on all prior Distribution Dates as described under "--Defaulted
Amounts; Charge-Offs", plus (e) the aggregate amount of Available Finance Charge
Collections  applied  on  all  prior  Distribution  Dates  for  the  purpose  of
reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant  to the foregoing clauses  (c) and (d)  as
described  under "--Application  of Collections--Payments of  Interest, Fees and
Other Items"; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Collateral Invested Amount will not be
reduced below zero. "Collateral Initial Invested Amount" means, with respect  to
any  date of determination, the  Collateral Initial Amount minus  the sum of (a)
the product of (i) a fraction the  numerator of which is the Collateral  Initial
Amount  and  the  denominator  of  which is  the  Initial  Amount  and  (ii) the
Prefunding Account Balance, if any, on  such date of determination, and (b)  the
amount  of any  principal payments made  to the Collateral  Interest Holder from
funds available in the Prefunding Account, if any, pursuant to the Series 1996-1
Supplement before or on such date of determination.
 
PREFUNDING ACCOUNT
 
    The Servicer will  establish and  maintain in the  name of  the Trustee,  on
behalf  of the Senior Certificateholders and the Collateral Interest Holder, the
Prefunding Account with an Eligible Institution. During the Funding Period,  the
Prefunding  Account Balance  will equal the  amount deposited  in the Prefunding
Account on the Series Issuance  Date, less the amounts  of any increases in  the
Senior  Initial Invested Amount and the Collateral Initial Invested Amount. From
time to time during the Funding Period,  the Initial Invested Amount (a) may  be
increased,  at the discretion of the Banks, if the Sellers' Participation Amount
on such day exceeds 5.5%  of the sum of the  Principal Receivables in the  Trust
and  the amount on  deposit in the Special  Funding Account on  such day and (b)
will be  increased if  the  Sellers' Participation  Amount  exceeds 15%  of  the
Principal  Receivables in  the Trust  and the amount  on deposit  in the Special
Funding Account on such day; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Initial Invested Amount
will in no event exceed the Initial Amount or increase by an amount in excess of
the Prefunding  Account  Balance immediately  prior  to giving  effect  to  such
increase.  Should the Prefunding Account Balance be greater than zero at the end
of the
 
                                      S-21
<PAGE>
Funding Period, any amounts remaining on deposit in the Prefunding Account  will
be  withdrawn for  pro rata  distribution to  Senior Certificateholders  and the
Collateral Interest Holder on the first  Distribution Date following the end  of
the Funding Period.
 
    Any  such increase  in the  Initial Invested Amount  shall be  effected on a
business day in the Funding Period designated by the Servicer, at its discretion
(but not later than  30 business days  following any day  on which the  Sellers'
Participation Amount exceeds 15% of the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables  in  the Trust  and the  amount  on deposit  in the  Special Funding
Account) upon  not less  than two  business days'  prior notice  to the  Trustee
(each,  a  "Funding  Date"). The  Servicer  shall  determine the  amount  of the
increase in the  Invested Amount  for any  Funding Date,  which will  be (i)  no
greater  than  the amount  by which  the Sellers'  Participation Amount  on such
Funding Date exceeds 5.5% of the sum  of the Principal Receivables in the  Trust
and  the amount on deposit in the  Special Funding Account on such Funding Date,
(ii) an integral multiple of $1,000,000, and  (iii) in the case of any  required
increase  in the Invested Amount, no less than  the amount, if any, by which the
Sellers' Participation Amount on such Funding Date exceeds 15% of the sum of the
Principal Receivables in  the Trust  and the amount  on deposit  in the  Special
Funding  Account on such  Funding Date rounded downward  to the nearest integral
multiple of $1,000,000. Upon any such  increase in the Initial Invested  Amount,
the  Servicer will instruct the Trustee  to withdraw from the Prefunding Account
and pay to or  at the direction of  the Banks, on the  day of such increase,  an
amount  equal to the amount of such increase in the Initial Invested Amount. The
Banks may direct that the amount withdrawn from the Prefunding Account shall  be
paid  to  the  holders  of  Investor Certificates  of  another  Series  on which
principal payments are then due or to the Trustee or a paying agent for  payment
to such holders.
 
    All  amounts on deposit  in the Prefunding  Account will be  invested by the
Trustee in Eligible Investments.  On each Distribution  Date during the  Funding
Period, the interest and other investment income (net of investment expenses and
losses)  then  on  deposit  in the  Prefunding  Account  ("Prefunding Investment
Proceeds") will be withdrawn from the Prefunding Account and will be included in
Available Finance Charge Collections for such Monthly Period as described  under
"--Interest" above.
 
APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
 
    PAYMENTS  OF INTEREST, FEES AND OTHER ITEMS.  On each Distribution Date, the
Servicer will  apply (if  FDNB is  the Servicer  and the  Collection Account  is
maintained  with  FDNB) or  will cause  the Trustee  to apply  Available Finance
Charge Collections  and  Reallocated Principal  Collections  on deposit  in  the
Collection  Account with respect to such Distribution Date to make the following
distributions:
 
    (a) On each  Distribution Date,  Available Finance  Charge Collections  with
respect to such Distribution Date will be distributed in the following priority:
 
        (i)  an amount  equal to Senior  Monthly Interest  for such Distribution
    Date, plus the amount of any Senior Monthly Interest previously due but  not
    distributed  to Senior  Certificateholders on  any prior  Distribution Date,
    plus the amount of any Senior Additional Interest for such Distribution Date
    and any Senior  Additional Interest  previously due but  not distributed  to
    Senior   Certificateholders  on   any  prior  Distribution   Date,  will  be
    distributed   to   the   Paying   Agent   for   payment   to   the    Senior
    Certificateholders;
 
        (ii)  an amount  equal to  the Monthly  Investor Servicing  Fee for such
    Distribution Date, plus  the amount  of any Monthly  Investor Servicing  Fee
    previously due but not distributed to the Servicer on any prior Distribution
    Date,  will  be distributed  to the  Servicer (unless  such amount  has been
    netted against deposits  to the  Collection Account in  accordance with  the
    Pooling Agreement);
 
       (iii)   an  amount  equal  to  the   Senior  Defaulted  Amount  for  such
    Distribution Date  will  be treated  as  a portion  of  Available  Principal
    Collections for such Distribution Date;
 
        (iv)  an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Senior Charge-Offs that
    have not  been  previously  reimbursed  will be  treated  as  a  portion  of
    Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date;
 
                                      S-22
<PAGE>
        (v) an amount equal to Collateral Monthly Interest for such Distribution
    Date,  plus the amount of any Collateral Monthly Interest previously due but
    not paid to the Collateral Interest  Holder on any prior Distribution  Date,
    will be paid to the Collateral Interest Holder for application in accordance
    with the Collateral Agreement;
 
        (vi)  an  amount  equal  to the  Collateral  Defaulted  Amount  for such
    Distribution Date  will  be treated  as  a portion  of  Available  Principal
    Collections with respect to such Distribution Date;
 
       (vii)  if the Reserve Account is  being funded, on each Distribution Date
    from and after the Reserve  Account Funding Date, but  prior to the date  on
    which   the  Reserve  Account  terminates  pursuant  to  the  Series  1996-1
    Supplement, an amount  up to  the excess, if  any, of  the Required  Reserve
    Account  Amount over the Available Reserve  Account Amount will be deposited
    into the Reserve Account;
 
      (viii) an amount  equal to the  aggregate amount by  which the  Collateral
    Invested  Amount has  been reduced  pursuant to clauses  (c) and  (d) of the
    definition of "Collateral Invested Amount" above  (but not in excess of  the
    aggregate   amount  of  such  reductions   that  have  not  been  previously
    reimbursed) will be treated as a portion of Available Principal  Collections
    with respect to such Distribution Date;
 
        (ix)  an amount equal to the aggregate  of any other amounts then due to
    the Collateral Interest Holder pursuant to the Collateral Agreement (to  the
    extent  such amounts are payable pursuant to the Collateral Agreement out of
    Available Non-Principal Funds (as defined in the Collateral Agreement)) will
    be  distributed  to  the  Collateral  Interest  Holder  for  application  in
    accordance with the Collateral Agreement; and
 
        (x)  the balance, if any, will constitute Additional Finance Charges for
    such Distribution Date and will be available for allocation to other  Series
    in  Group One or to  the Banks as described  under "Summary of Series--Terms
    Sharing of Additional Finance Charges".
 
    "Collateral Agreement" means the agreement between the Banks, the  Servicer,
the  Trustee  and the  Collateral Interest  Holder,  relating to  the Collateral
Interest, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
 
    "Collateral Amount" means,  with respect  to any date  of determination,  an
amount  equal to  the sum  of (i)  the Collateral  Invested Amount  and (ii) the
product of (x)  a fraction,  the numerator of  which is  the Collateral  Initial
Amount and the denominator of which is the Initial Amount and (y) the Prefunding
Account Balance, if any, on such date.
 
    "Collateral Defaulted Amount" means, with respect to each Distribution Date,
an  amount equal  to the  product of  (i) the  Defaulted Amount  for the related
Monthly Period multiplied by the Floating Allocation Percentage for such Monthly
Period and (ii) the Collateral Percentage for such Monthly Period.
 
    "Collateral Monthly Interest" means, with respect to any Distribution  Date,
the  product of (i) a  fraction, the numerator of which  is the actual number of
days in the related Interest  Period and the denominator  of which is 360,  (ii)
LIBOR  plus  1% per  annum, or  such lesser  rate  as may  be designated  as the
"Collateral Interest Rate" in the Collateral Agreement, and (iii) the Collateral
Amount as of the last business day  of the preceding Monthly Period or, for  the
first Distribution Date, the Initial Collateral Amount.
 
    "Collateral  Percentage"  means, with  respect to  any Monthly  Period, 100%
minus the Senior Percentage.
 
    "Senior Additional Interest"  means, with respect  to any Distribution  Date
and  the concurrent Interest Payment Date, if the Senior Interest Shortfall with
respect to the preceding Interest Payment  Date is greater than zero, an  amount
equal  to the product  of (i) a fraction,  the numerator of  which is the actual
number of days in the  related Interest Period and  the denominator of which  is
360, (ii) the Senior Certificate Rate plus 2.00% per annum and (iii) such Senior
Interest Shortfall.
 
                                      S-23
<PAGE>
    "Senior  Defaulted Amount" means, with respect  to any Distribution Date, an
amount equal to the product of (i) the Defaulted Amount for the related  Monthly
Period  multiplied by the Floating Allocation Percentage for such Monthly Period
and (ii) the Senior Percentage for such Monthly Period.
 
    "Senior Interest  Shortfall" means,  with respect  to any  Interest  Payment
Date,  the excess,  if any,  of the  Senior Monthly  Interest for  such Interest
Payment Date over the aggregate amount  of funds allocated and available to  pay
such Senior Monthly Interest on such Interest Payment Date.
 
    "Senior  Monthly Interest" means, with respect to any Interest Payment Date,
an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is  the
actual  number of  days in  the related Interest  Period and  the denominator of
which is 360, (ii) the Senior Certificate Rate and (iii) the Senior Amount as of
the immediately preceding Record Date.
 
    "Senior  Percentage"  means,  with  respect  to  any  Monthly  Period,   the
percentage  equivalent  of a  fraction,  the numerator  of  which is  the Senior
Adjusted Invested Amount as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly
Period (or, in the case of the  first Monthly Period, the Series Issuance  Date)
(subject  to adjustment  in the  case of any  increase in  the Adjusted Invested
Amount during the Funding Period) and  the denominator of which is the  Adjusted
Invested  Amount as of the last day of such immediately preceding Monthly Period
(or, in the case of the first Monthly Period, the Series Issuance Date).
 
    (b) On each  Distribution Date,  Reallocated Principal  Collections will  be
distributed  in  an  amount up  to  the Required  Amount,  if any,  to  fund any
deficiency pursuant to  paragraphs (a)(i),  (a)(ii) and (a)(iii)  above, in  the
priority  set forth in such paragraphs,  and the Collateral Invested Amount will
be reduced by the amount so distributed.
 
    "Reallocated Principal Collections" means, with respect to any  Distribution
Date, the lesser of (i) the Required Amount and (ii) the sum for each day of the
related  Monthly Period of the product obtained by multiplying (A) the Principal
Allocation Percentage with  respect to such  day, (B) the  amount of such  day's
collections of Principal Receivables and (C) the Collateral Percentage as of the
last  day of the immediately preceding  Monthly Period (subject to adjustment in
the case of  any increase  in the Adjusted  Invested Amount  during the  Funding
Period).
 
    PAYMENTS  OF PRINCIPAL.  On each  Distribution Date, the Servicer will apply
(if FDNB is the Servicer and the Collection Account is maintained with FDNB)  or
will  cause the Trustee to apply Available Principal Collections then on deposit
in the Collection Account to make the following distributions:
 
    (a) On each Distribution Date during  the Revolving Period, an amount  equal
to  the Available Principal Collections deposited  in the Collection Account for
the related Monthly Period will be distributed in the following priority:
 
        (i) an amount equal  to Collateral Monthly Principal,  if any, for  such
    Distribution  Date will be distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder for
    application in accordance with the Collateral Agreement; and
 
        (ii) the balance,  if any,  of Available Principal  Collections then  on
    deposit  in  the  Collection Account  will  be treated  as  Shared Principal
    Collections and applied in accordance with the Pooling Agreement.
 
    (b) On each Distribution Date during the period beginning on the earlier  to
occur  of  (w) the  commencement date  of  the Accumulation  Period and  (x) the
commencement date of the Early Amortization Period and ending on the earlier  to
occur  of (y) the  date on which  the Senior Invested  Amount and the Collateral
Invested Amount have been paid in full  and (z) the Series Termination Date,  an
aggregate  amount equal to the Available  Principal Collections deposited in the
Collection Account for  the related Monthly  Period will be  distributed in  the
following priority:
 
        (i)  an amount equal  to Senior Monthly  Principal for such Distribution
    Date will  be deposited  into  the Principal  Funding  Account, and  on  the
    Expected Final Payment Date and each Special Payment Date, such amounts will
    be paid to Senior Certificateholders;
 
                                      S-24
<PAGE>
        (ii)  an amount equal  to the Collateral Monthly  Principal, if any, for
    such Distribution Date will be distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder
    for application in accordance with the Collateral Agreement; and
 
       (iii) the balance,  if any,  of Available Principal  Collections then  on
    deposit  in  the  Collection Account  will  be treated  as  Shared Principal
    Collections and applied in accordance with the Pooling Agreement.
 
    "Available Principal Collections"  means, with respect  to any  Distribution
Date,  an aggregate amount equal to (i) the sum of (x) an aggregate amount equal
to the sum  for each day  in the related  Monthly Period of  the product of  the
Principal  Allocation Percentage with respect to such day and the amount of such
day's collections of Principal Receivables, (y) any Shared Principal Collections
with respect to other Series that are allocated to Series 1996-1 with respect to
such Monthly Period  and (z) any  other amounts treated  as Available  Principal
Collections  pursuant  to  the Series  1996-1  Supplement with  respect  to such
Distribution Date, minus (ii) Reallocated Principal Collections with respect  to
such Monthly Period.
 
    "Collateral  Monthly Principal" means (i) for any Distribution Date prior to
the Distribution Date  on which the  Senior Amount  is paid in  full, an  amount
equal to the lesser of (x) Available Principal Collections not applied to Senior
Monthly  Principal on such Distribution Date and  (y) the excess, if any, of the
Collateral Invested Amount over the  Required Collateral Invested Amount  (after
giving effect to any adjustments made to the Required Collateral Invested Amount
on  such  Distribution  Date)  and  (ii)  for  any  remaining  Distribution Date
beginning with the Distribution Date on which the Senior Amount is paid in full,
an amount  equal  to  Available  Principal Collections  (minus  the  portion  of
Available  Principal  Collections applied  to Senior  Monthly Principal  on such
Distribution Date).
 
    "Controlled Accumulation Amount" means, for any Distribution Date during the
Accumulation Period,  $31,270,833.33; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that  if the  Servicer
elects  to postpone  the commencement  of the  Accumulation Period  as described
above  under  "--Principal",  the   Controlled  Accumulation  Amount  for   each
Distribution Date during the Accumulation Period will be an amount determined by
the  Servicer such that the  sum of the Controlled  Accumulation Amounts for all
such Distribution  Dates will  not  be less  than  the Senior  Initial  Invested
Amount.
 
    "Controlled  Deposit  Amount" means,  for any  Distribution Date  during the
Accumulation Period, an amount equal to  the sum of the Controlled  Accumulation
Amount for such Distribution Date and any Deficit Controlled Accumulation Amount
for the preceding Distribution Date.
 
    "Deficit   Controlled  Accumulation   Amount"  means,   (i)  on   the  first
Distribution Date during  the Accumulation Period,  the excess, if  any, of  the
Controlled  Accumulation  Amount  for  such Distribution  Date  over  the amount
deposited in the Principal Funding Account as Senior Monthly Principal for  such
Distribution  Date  and (ii)  on each  subsequent  Distribution Date  during the
Accumulation Period, the excess, if  any, of the Controlled Accumulation  Amount
for  such subsequent Distribution  Date and any  Deficit Controlled Accumulation
Amount for  the  prior  Distribution  Date over  the  amount  deposited  in  the
Principal  Funding  Account  as  Senior  Monthly  Principal  on  such subsequent
Distribution Date.
 
    "Required Collateral Invested Amount" means  (i) initially and with  respect
to each Distribution Date before the end of the Funding Period, $199,500,000 and
(ii)  on the first Distribution Date following the end of the Funding Period and
with respect to any Distribution Date  thereafter, 21% of the Adjusted  Invested
Amount  on such Distribution  Date after taking into  account any adjustments to
the Adjusted  Invested Amount  on  such Distribution  Date,  but not  less  than
$28,500,000;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that (x)  if a Pay  Out Event  with respect to
Series 1996-1  has  occurred,  the  Required  Collateral  Invested  Amount  will
thereafter  equal the Required  Collateral Invested Amount  for the Distribution
Date immediately  preceding  such Pay  Out  Event, (y)  in  no event  shall  the
Required  Collateral Invested Amount exceed  the outstanding principal amount of
the Senior Certificates and (z) the  Required Collateral Invested Amount may  be
reduced at the Banks' option at any time, subject to the approval of each Rating
Agency   that  has  rated  the  Senior   Certificates  and  subject  to  certain
requirements to notify  the Servicer,  the Trustee and  the Collateral  Interest
Holder.
 
                                      S-25
<PAGE>
    "Senior  Amount" means, with respect to any date of determination, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) the Senior Invested Amount and (ii) the product of (x) a
fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is  the  Senior  Initial  Amount  and  the
denominator  of  which is  the  Initial Amount  and  (y) the  Prefunding Account
Balance, if any, on such date.
 
    "Senior Monthly Principal" means, beginning with  the first to occur of  (i)
the  first Special Payment  Date, if any,  and (ii) the  first Distribution Date
during the Accumulation Period,  an amount equal to  the least of (x)  Available
Principal  Collections on deposit in the Collection Account with respect to such
Distribution Date, (y) for each Distribution Date during the Accumulation Period
(and on or  prior to the  Expected Final Payment  Date), the Controlled  Deposit
Amount for such Distribution Date and (z) the Senior Adjusted Invested Amount on
such Distribution Date.
 
PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT
 
    The  Servicer will  establish and  maintain in the  name of  the Trustee, on
behalf of the Trust, an Eligible Deposit  Account for the benefit of the  Senior
Certificateholders  (the "Principal Funding Account"). Principal with respect to
the Senior Certificates will  be deposited in the  Principal Funding Account  on
each  Distribution Date during the Accumulation  Period as described above under
"--Application of Collections--Payments of Principal".
 
    Unless  a  Pay  Out  Event  occurs   with  respect  to  the  Series   1996-1
Certificates,  all  amounts on  deposit in  the  Principal Funding  Account (the
"Principal Funding  Account  Balance") with  respect  to any  Distribution  Date
(after  giving effect  to any  deposits to,  or withdrawals  from, the Principal
Funding Account to be made before or on such Distribution Date) will be invested
to the business day immediately preceding the following Distribution Date by the
Trustee at  the direction  of  the Servicer  in  Eligible Investments.  On  each
Distribution  Date during the  Accumulation Period (on or  prior to the Expected
Final Payment Date)  and on  the first Special  Payment Date,  the interest  and
other  investment income (net of investment  expenses and losses) earned on such
investments (the "Principal Funding Investment Proceeds") will be withdrawn from
the Principal Funding Account and will  be included in Available Finance  Charge
Collections  as described above under "--Application of Collections--Payments of
Interest, Fees and Other  Items". If such investments  with respect to any  such
Distribution  Date yield less  than the Senior Certificate  Rate for the related
Interest Period, the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds with respect to  such
Distribution  Date will  be less than  the Covered Amount  for such Distribution
Date. It  is intended  that any  such shortfall  will be  funded from  Available
Finance  Charge  Collections  available  therefor  (including,  if  necessary, a
withdrawal from  the Reserve  Account,  if any)  or from  Reallocated  Principal
Collections, as described above under "--Application of Collections--Payments of
Interest,  Fees and  Other Items".  Such available amounts  at any  time will be
limited and there can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available to
fund any such shortfall.
 
    On the first Special  Payment Date and on  the Expected Final Payment  Date,
the  Principal Funding  Account Balance, if  any, will be  distributed to Senior
Certificateholders as described under "--Distributions".
 
RESERVE ACCOUNT
 
    The Servicer  may establish  and maintain  in the  name of  the Trustee,  on
behalf  of the Trust, an Eligible Deposit  Account for the benefit of the Senior
Certificateholders (the "Reserve Account"). If  the Servicer elects to fund  the
Reserve  Account, on each  Distribution Date from and  after the Reserve Account
Funding Date, but prior to the termination of the Reserve Account, the  Trustee,
acting  pursuant to  the Servicer's  instructions, will  apply Available Finance
Charge Collections  (to  the  extent described  above  under  "--Application  of
Collections--Payment  of Interest, Fees and Other Items") to increase the amount
on deposit in the Reserve  Account (to the extent such  amount is less than  the
Required  Reserve Account Amount).  The "Reserve Account  Funding Date", if any,
will be determined by the Servicer such  that the Reserve Account may be  funded
from  Available Finance  Charge Collections,  to the  extent available  for such
purpose, before the beginning  of the Accumulation Period  (as it may have  been
postponed at the election of the Servicer as described under "--Principal").
 
                                      S-26
<PAGE>
    The  "Required Reserve Account  Amount" for any  Distribution Date after the
Reserve Account  Funding Date  will be  equal  to the  product of  a  percentage
between  0%  and  0.50%  and  the Senior  Initial  Invested  Amount  as  of such
Distribution Date, as provided in the Servicer's instructions to the Trustee. On
each Distribution Date, after giving  effect to any deposit  to be made to,  and
any  withdrawal to be made from, the  Reserve Account on such Distribution Date,
the Trustee  will withdraw  from the  Reserve  Account an  amount equal  to  the
excess,  if  any, of  the  amount on  deposit in  the  Reserve Account  over the
Required Reserve Account  Amount and will  distribute such excess  to or at  the
direction of the Banks.
 
    Provided  that  the Reserve  Account has  not  been terminated  as described
below, all  amounts  on deposit  in  the Reserve  Account  with respect  to  any
Distribution  Date (after giving effect to any deposits to, or withdrawals from,
the Reserve Account to be  made on such Distribution  Date) will be invested  to
the  business day immediately  preceding the following  Distribution Date by the
Trustee at the direction of the  Servicer in Eligible Investments. The  interest
and  other investment income  (net of investment expenses  and losses) earned on
such investments will  be retained  in the Reserve  Account (to  the extent  the
amount  on deposit therein is less than  the Required Reserve Account Amount) or
distributed to or at the direction of the Banks.
 
    On or before each of the  Distribution Dates during the Accumulation  Period
(on  or prior to the Expected Final  Payment Date) and the first Special Payment
Date, funds, if any, on  deposit in the Reserve  Account will be withdrawn  from
the  Reserve  Account,  deposited  in the  Collection  Account  and  included in
Available Finance Charge Collections as described above under "--Application  of
Collections--Payments  of Interest, Fees and Other Items", in an amount equal to
the lesser of  (a) the  Available Reserve Account  Amount with  respect to  such
Distribution  Date or Special  Payment Date and  (b) the excess,  if any, of the
Covered Amount with respect  to such Distribution Date  or Special Payment  Date
over the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds with respect to such Distribution
Date  or  Special  Payment Date;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the  amount  of such
withdrawal will be reduced to the extent that funds otherwise would be available
to be deposited  in the  Reserve Account on  such Distribution  Date or  Special
Payment  Date. On the business day immediately preceding each Distribution Date,
the amount available to  be withdrawn from the  Reserve Account (the  "Available
Reserve Account Amount") will be equal to the lesser of the amount on deposit in
the  Reserve Account  (before giving  effect to  any deposit  to be  made to the
Reserve Account  on such  Distribution Date)  and the  Required Reserve  Account
Amount  for such  Distribution Date. The  "Covered Amount"  for any Distribution
Date during the Accumulation  Period or the first  Special Payment Date will  be
equal  to the product  of (a) a fraction,  the numerator of  which is the actual
number of days in the  related Interest Period and  the denominator of which  is
360,  (b)  the Senior  Certificate Rate  for  such Interest  Period and  (c) the
Principal Funding  Account Balance,  if any,  as of  the preceding  Distribution
Date.
 
    The  Reserve Account will  be terminated following the  earliest to occur of
(a) the date on which the Senior Certificates are paid in full, (b) the business
day immediately preceding the  first Special Payment Date  and (c) the  business
day  immediately preceding the Expected Final Payment Date. Upon the termination
of the Reserve Account, all amounts  on deposit therein (after giving effect  to
any withdrawal from the Reserve Account on such date as described above) will be
distributed  to or at the direction of the Banks. Any amounts withdrawn from the
Reserve Account and distributed to or at the direction of the Banks as described
above will not be available for distribution to the Senior Certificateholders.
 
DEFAULTED AMOUNTS; CHARGE-OFFS
 
    If, on any Distribution  Date, the Collateral  Defaulted Amount exceeds  the
amount  of Available Finance Charge Collections available to fund the Collateral
Defaulted Amount on  such Distribution  Date as described  in paragraph  (a)(vi)
under "--Application of Collections--Payments of Interest, Fees and Other Items"
above, then the Collateral Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount of such
excess;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that  the Collateral  Invested  Amount will  not be
reduced below  zero.  Such reductions  will  thereafter be  reimbursed  and  the
Collateral  Invested Amount  increased (but  not by an  amount in  excess of the
aggregate unreimbursed reductions)  on any  Distribution Date by  the amount  of
Available  Finance Charge Collections available for that purpose as described in
paragraph (a)(viii) under "--Application  of Collections--Payments of  Interest,
Fees and Other Items" above.
 
                                      S-27
<PAGE>
    If,  on any Distribution  Date, the Required Amount  for the related Monthly
Period exceeds  the  Reallocated  Principal Collections  with  respect  to  such
Monthly   Period,  the  Collateral  Invested  Amount  (after  giving  effect  to
reductions in the Collateral  Invested Amount on such  Distribution Date (a)  as
described  in  paragraph (b)  under  "--Application of  Collections--Payments of
Interest, Fees  and Other  Items" above  in respect  of the  application of  the
Reallocated  Principal  Collections  and  (b) as  described  in  the immediately
preceding paragraph in respect of the  amount by which the Collateral  Defaulted
Amount  exceeded the amount of Available Finance Charge Collections available to
fund the Collateral  Defaulted Amount)  will be reduced  by the  amount of  such
excess,  but not by more than the excess of the Senior Defaulted Amount for such
Distribution Date over the  amount of Available  Finance Charge Collections  and
the  Reallocated Principal Collections used to  fund the Senior Defaulted Amount
for such  Distribution  Date.  If  such reduction  would  cause  the  Collateral
Invested  Amount to be a negative number, the Collateral Invested Amount will be
reduced to zero and the Senior Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount  by
which  the  Collateral Invested  Amount would  have been  reduced below  zero (a
"Senior Charge-Off"). Senior Charge-Offs will  thereafter be reimbursed and  the
Senior  Invested  Amount  increased (but  not  by  an amount  in  excess  of the
aggregate unreimbursed  Senior  Charge-Offs) on  any  Distribution Date  by  the
amount  of Available  Finance Charge Collections  available for  that purpose as
described in paragraph (a)(iv) under "--Application of Collections--Payments  of
Interest, Fees and Other Items" above.
 
PAY OUT EVENTS
 
    The  Pay  Out Events  with respect  to the  Series 1996-1  Certificates will
include each of the events specified in the Prospectus under "Description of the
Certificates--Pay Out Events".
 
    For purposes of the Pay Out Event described in clause (f) under "Description
of the Certificates--Pay Out  Events" in the Prospectus,  the terms "Base  Rate"
and  "Portfolio Yield"  will be  defined as follows  with respect  to the Series
1996-1 Certificates:
 
    "Base Rate"  means,  with respect  to  any Monthly  Period,  the  annualized
percentage  equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the sum
of the Senior Monthly Interest, the Collateral Monthly Interest and the  Monthly
Investor  Servicing Fee based  on an assumed Series  Servicing Fee Percentage of
2.00% per annum, in each case with respect to the related Distribution Date, and
the denominator of  which is the  sum of  the Senior Amount  and the  Collateral
Amount as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period.
 
    "Portfolio  Yield" means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the annualized
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to (a)  the
Floating Allocation Percentage of collections of Finance Charge Receivables with
respect  to such Monthly  Period (including any  investment earnings and certain
other  amounts  that  are  to  be  treated  as  collections  of  Finance  Charge
Receivables  in  accordance  with  the  Pooling  Agreement,  but  excluding  any
investment earnings  constituting Prefunding  Investment Proceeds  or  Principal
Funding Investment Proceeds), plus (b) any Additional Finance Charges from other
Series  in Group  One allocated  to Series 1996-1  with respect  to such Monthly
Period, in  each  case calculated  on  a cash  basis,  plus (c)  the  amount  of
Prefunding  Investment Proceeds  and Principal  Funding Investment  Proceeds, if
any, for the Distribution Date with respect to such Monthly Period, plus (d)  if
the  Reserve Account is funded,  the amount, if any,  withdrawn from the Reserve
Account and included  in Available  Finance Charge Collections  with respect  to
such  Monthly  Period, minus  (e)  the Series  1996-1  Defaulted Amount  for the
Distribution Date with respect  to such Monthly Period,  and the denominator  of
which  is the sum of the Senior Amount  and the Collateral Amount as of the last
day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    Payments to  Senior  Certificateholders will  be  made from  the  Collection
Account,  the  Principal  Funding  Account and,  in  limited  circumstances, the
Prefunding Account. The Servicer will instruct the Trustee to apply the funds on
deposit in such accounts to make the following distributions:
 
    (a) on each Interest Payment Date  and Special Payment Date with respect  to
the  Senior Certificates, all amounts on  deposit in the Collection Account that
are allocated  and available  to pay  interest on  the Senior  Certificates  (as
described  under  "--Application of  Collections")  will be  distributed  to the
Senior Certificateholders; and
 
                                      S-28
<PAGE>
    (b) (i) on the first Special Payment Date and on the Expected Final  Payment
Date,  the Principal Funding Account  Balance, if any, and  (ii) on each Special
Payment Date, all amounts  on deposit in the  Collection Account, the  Principal
Funding  Account or the  Prefunding Account that are  allocated and available to
pay principal of the Senior  Certificates (as described under "--Application  of
Collections"   and  "--Prefunding  Account")  will   be  distributed  to  Senior
Certificateholders up to a maximum amount on  any such date equal to the  Senior
Amount  on such date (unless there has been an optional repurchase of the Senior
Certificateholders' Interest due  to the  failure to find  a successor  Servicer
upon  a  Servicer Default  (as described  in the  Prospectus under  "The Pooling
Agreement  Generally--Servicer  Default"),   in  which   event,  the   foregoing
limitation will not apply).
 
PAIRED SERIES
 
    The  Series 1996-1 Certificates may be paired  with one or more other Series
(each, a  "Paired Series")  at or  after the  commencement of  the  Accumulation
Period. Each Paired Series either (a) will be prefunded in whole or in part with
an  initial  deposit to  a prefunding  account in  an amount  up to  the initial
principal balance of such Paired Series  and primarily from the proceeds of  the
offering of such Paired Series or (b) will have a variable principal amount. Any
such  prefunding account will be held for  the benefit of such Paired Series and
not  for  the  benefit  of  Series  1996-1  Certificateholders.  As  funds   are
accumulated  in  the Principal  Funding Account,  either  (i) in  the case  of a
prefunded Paired Series, an equal  or lesser amount of  funds on deposit in  any
prefunding account for such prefunded Paired Series may be released (which funds
will  be distributed to or at the direction of the Banks) or (ii) in the case of
a Paired Series having a variable principal amount, an interest in such variable
Paired Series in an  equal or lesser amount  may be sold by  the Trust (and  the
proceeds  thereof will be distributed to or at the direction of the Banks), and,
in either case,  the Invested Amount  in the  Trust of such  Paired Series  will
increase  by up to a corresponding amount.  In addition, it is expected that any
Paired Series will be  excluded from the calculation  of the Required  Principal
Balance  as described  under "Special Considerations--Payments  and Maturity" in
the Prospectus.  The  issuance  of  a  Paired Series  will  be  subject  to  the
conditions  described under "Description of  the Certificates--New Issuances" in
the Prospectus. There can be no assurance, however, that the terms of any Paired
Series might not have an impact on the timing or amount of payments received  by
a Senior Certificateholder. See "Risk Factors--Issuance of Additional Series" in
the Prospectus.
 
SERIES TERMINATION
 
    If,  on the  June 2007  Distribution Date,  two months  prior to  the Series
Termination Date,  the  Invested Amount  (after  giving effect  to  all  changes
therein  on such Distribution Date) exceeds  zero, the Servicer will, within the
40-day period beginning on such date, solicit bids for the sale of interests  in
certain  Principal Receivables, together  in each case  with the related Finance
Charge Receivables, in an amount  equal to the Invested  Amount at the close  of
business  on the last day of the Monthly Period preceding the Series Termination
Date (after giving effect to all distributions required to be made on the Series
Termination Date). The Banks and the Collateral Interest Holder will be entitled
to participate in,  and to receive  notice of each  bid submitted in  connection
with,  such  bidding process.  Upon the  expiration of  such 40-day  period, the
Trustee will determine  (a) which bid  is the highest  cash purchase offer  (the
"Highest  Bid") and (b)  the amount (the  "Available Final Distribution Amount")
which otherwise  would be  available in  the Collection  Account on  the  Series
Termination  Date for distribution to  the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders. The
Servicer will sell such Receivables on the Series Termination Date to the bidder
who provided the Highest Bid and will  deposit the proceeds of such sale in  the
Collection   Account  for   allocation  (together   with  the   Available  Final
Distribution Amount) to the Series 1996-1 Certificateholders' Interest.
 
                                      S-29
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Each  of  the underwriters  named below  (the "Underwriters")  has severally
agreed  to  purchase  from  the  Banks  the  principal  amount  of  the   Senior
Certificates set forth opposite its name:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PRINCIPAL
UNDERWRITER                                                                         AMOUNT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------
<S>                                                                             <C>
Lehman Brothers Inc...........................................................
CS First Boston Corporation...................................................
Chase Securities, Inc.........................................................
Citicorp Securities, Inc......................................................
Goldman, Sachs & Co...........................................................
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
           Incorporated.......................................................
Salomon Brothers Inc..........................................................
                                                                                --------------
    Total.....................................................................  $
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                --------------
</TABLE>
 
    The  underwriting agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") between the Banks
and the Underwriters provides  that the obligations of  the Underwriters to  pay
for  and accept delivery of the Senior  Certificates are subject to the approval
of certain legal matters by their  counsel and to certain other conditions.  The
Underwriters   are  committed  to  purchase  and  pay  for  all  of  the  Senior
Certificates if any are purchased.
 
    The Underwriters propose initially to  offer the Senior Certificates to  the
public at the price set forth on the cover page hereof and to certain dealers at
such  price less a concession not  in excess of     % of the aggregate principal
amount of the Senior Certificates. The Underwriters may allow, and such  dealers
may  reallow, a concession  not in excess  of     % of  such aggregate principal
amount to certain brokers  and dealers. After the  initial public offering,  the
public   offering  price  and  other  selling   terms  may  be  changed  by  the
Underwriters.
 
    Each Underwriter will represent and agree that:
 
    (a) it has complied  and will comply with  all applicable provisions of  the
Financial  Services Act 1986 with respect to  anything done by it in relation to
the Senior Certificates in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom;
 
    (b) it has only issued or  passed on and will only  issue or pass on in  the
United  Kingdom any document received by it  in connection with the issue of the
Senior Certificates to a person who is  of a kind described in Article 11(3)  of
the  Financial Services Act 1986  (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order
1995 or is a person  to whom such document may  otherwise lawfully be issued  or
passed on;
 
    (c)  if  it is  an authorized  person under  Chapter  III of  Part I  of the
Financial Services Act 1986, it has only promoted and will only promote (as that
term is defined in  Regulation 1.02(2) of the  Financial Services (Promotion  of
Unregulated  Schemes) Regulations 1991) to any  person in the United Kingdom the
scheme described in this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus if that person
is a kind described either in Section  76(2) of the Financial Services Act  1986
or  in  Regulation  1.04 of  the  Financial Services  (Promotion  of Unregulated
Schemes) Regulations 1991; and
 
    (d) it is a  person of a  kind described in Article  11(3) of the  Financial
Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995.
 
    The  Banks  will  indemnify the  Underwriters  against  certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Act, or contribute to payments the  Underwriters
may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
                                      S-30
<PAGE>
                       GLOSSARY FOR PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                                               PAGE
- -----------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Accounts.......................................        S-1
Accumulation Period............................        S-8
Accumulation Period Length.....................       S-20
Adjusted Invested Amount.......................        S-4
Available Final Distribution Amount............       S-29
Available Principal Collections................       S-25
Available Finance Charge Collections...........       S-18
Available Reserve Account Amount...............       S-27
Banks..........................................        S-1
Base Rate......................................       S-28
business day...................................        S-3
Collateral Agreement...........................       S-23
Collateral Amount..............................       S-23
Collateral Defaulted Amount....................       S-23
Collateral Initial Amount......................        S-3
Collateral Initial Invested Amount.............       S-21
Collateral Interest............................        S-3
Collateral Interest Holder.....................        S-3
Collateral Invested Amount.....................       S-21
Collateral Monthly Interest....................       S-23
Collateral Monthly Principal...................       S-25
Collateral Percentage..........................       S-23
Controlled Accumulation Amount.................       S-25
Controlled Deposit Amount......................       S-25
Covered Amount.................................       S-27
Deficit Controlled Accumulation Amount.........       S-25
Early Amortization Period......................       S-10
Expected Final Payment Date....................       S-10
FDNB...........................................        S-1
Floating Allocation Percentage.................       S-20
Funding Date...................................       S-22
Funding Period.................................        S-7
Group One......................................        S-6
Highest Bid....................................       S-29
Initial Amount.................................        S-3
Initial Invested Amount........................        S-9
Interest Payment Date..........................        S-2
Interest Period................................       S-19
Invested Amount................................       S-21
LIBOR..........................................       S-19
LIBOR Determination Date.......................       S-19
Paired Series..................................       S-29
PNB............................................        S-1
Portfolio Yield................................       S-28
Prefunding Account.............................        S-2
 
<CAPTION>
TERM                                               PAGE
- -----------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Prefunding Account Balance.....................        S-7
Prefunding Investment Proceeds.................       S-22
Principal Allocation Percentage................       S-21
Principal Funding Account......................       S-26
Principal Funding Account Balance..............       S-26
Principal Funding Investment Proceeds..........       S-26
Principal Receivables..........................        S-2
Reallocated Principal Collections..............       S-24
Receivables....................................        S-1
Reference Banks................................       S-19
Required Amount................................        S-5
Required Collateral Invested Amount............       S-25
Required Reserve Account Amount................       S-27
Reserve Account................................       S-26
Reserve Account Funding Date...................       S-26
Revolving Period...............................        S-8
Sellers' Participation Amount..................        S-7
Senior Additional Interest.....................       S-23
Senior Adjusted Invested Amount................        S-4
Senior Amount..................................       S-26
Senior Certificate Rate........................        S-2
Senior Certificates............................        S-1
Senior Certificateholders......................        S-2
Senior Certificateholders' Interest............        S-4
Senior Charge-Off..............................       S-28
Senior Defaulted Amount........................       S-24
Senior Initial Amount..........................        S-3
Senior Initial Invested Amount.................       S-21
Senior Interest Shortfall......................       S-24
Senior Invested Amount.........................       S-21
Senior Monthly Interest........................       S-24
Senior Monthly Principal.......................       S-26
Senior Percentage..............................       S-24
Series 1996-1 Certificates.....................        S-1
Series 1996-1 Supplement.......................       S-18
Series 1996-1 Certificateholders' Interest.....        S-4
Series Cut-Off Date............................        S-7
Series Issuance Date...........................        S-7
Series Servicing Fee Percentage................        S-8
Series Termination Date........................        S-9
Special Payment Date...........................       S-10
Trust..........................................        S-1
Underwriters...................................       S-30
Underwriting Agreement.........................       S-30
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-31
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX I
 
                       PREVIOUS ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES
 
    The table below sets forth the principal characteristics of the Asset Backed
Certificates, Series 1993-1, 1993-2, 1993-3, 1994-1, 1995-1 and 1995-2, the only
Series  heretofore issued by the Trust  and still outstanding. For more specific
information with respect to any Series, any prospective investor should  contact
the  Servicer (in care  of Providian Bancorp,  Inc., attention: Senior Financial
Officer) at (415) 543-0404.  The Servicer will provide,  without charge, to  any
prospective  purchaser  of  the Senior  Certificates  a copy  of  the Prospectus
Supplement for any previous publicly-issued Series or concurrent publicly issued
Series.
 
    Previous Issuance of Certificates
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1993-1.
Initial Invested Amount...................................      $500,000,000
Certificate Rate..........................................             4.90%
Expected Final Payment Date...............................     June 15, 1996
Scheduled Amortization Period Commencement Date...........      May 31, 1995
Controlled Amortization Amount............................    $41,666,666.67
Initial Cash Collateral Amount............................       $95,000,000
Group.....................................................               One
Series Servicing Fee Percentage...........................             1.75%(1)
Series Termination Date...................................     June 15, 2000
 
ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1993-2.
Initial Invested Amount...................................      $500,000,000
Certificate Rate..........................................             5.75%
Expected Final Payment Date...............................     June 15, 1998
Scheduled Accumulation Period Commencement Date...........      May 31, 1996(2)
Controlled Accumulation Amount............................    $20,833,333.34(2)
Initial Cash Collateral Amount............................      $100,000,000
Group.....................................................               One
Series Servicing Fee Percentage...........................             1.75%(1)
Series Termination Date...................................     June 15, 2001
 
REMARKETED ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1993-3.
Maximum Series Invested Amount............................      $750,000,000(3)
Maximum Amount of Remarketed Certificates.................       653,750,000
Initial Amount of Collateral Interest.....................        96,250,000
Initial Cash Collateral Amount............................        20,000,000
Group.....................................................               One
Certificate Rate..........................................          Floating
Series Servicing Fee Percentage...........................             1.75%(1)
                                                                February 28,(4)
Initial Revolving Period Expiration Date..................              1998
Series Termination Date...................................  October 15, 2002
 
ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1994-1.
Initial Invested Amount...................................      $475,000,000
Certificate Rate..........................................             6.90%
Expected Final Payment Date...............................     June 15, 1997
Scheduled Accumulation Period Commencement Date...........      May 31, 1995(2)
Controlled Accumulation Amount............................       $19,791,667(2)
Initial Cash Collateral Amount............................       $95,000,000
Group.....................................................               One
Series Servicing Fee Percentage...........................             1.75%(1)
Series Termination Date...................................   August 15, 2001
</TABLE>
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1995-1.
Senior Initial Invested Amount............................      $750,500,000
Senior Certificate Rate...................................          Floating
Expected Final Payment Date...............................     June 15, 2000
Scheduled Accumulation Period Commencement Date...........      May 31, 1998(2)
Controlled Accumulation Amount............................       $31,270,833(2)
Collateral Initial Invested Amount........................      $199,500,000
Group.....................................................               One
Series Servicing Fee Percentage...........................             1.75%(1)
Series Termination Date...................................   August 15, 2004
 
ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1995-2.
Senior Initial Invested Amount............................      $445,500,000
Senior Certificate Rate...................................             6.05%
Expected Final Payment Date...............................     June 15, 1998
Scheduled Accumulation Period Commencement Date...........      May 31, 1996(2)
Controlled Accumulation Amount............................       $18,562,500(2)
Collateral Initial Invested Amount........................      $104,500,000
Group.....................................................               One
Series Servicing Fee Percentage...........................             1.75%(1)
Series Termination Date...................................   August 15, 2002
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) Subject to change if FDNB is replaced as Servicer.
 
(2) Subject to change if the commencement of the Accumulation Period is delayed.
 
(3) Variable. Current amount is $750,000,000. May be decreased (and is  expected
    to  be  decreased  in connection  with  the  issuance of  the  Series 1996-1
    Certificates and subsequent increases in the Series 1996-1 Invested  Amount)
    and may subsequently be increased, but may not exceed $750,000,000.
 
(4) Subject to delay if the Series 1993-3 Revolving Period is extended.
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 29, 1996
 
REGISTRATION NO. 33-99462
                                                       POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT
                                                       NO. 1 TO REGISTRATION
                                                       STATEMENT NO. 33-84844
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
                         PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                           FIRST DEPOSIT MASTER TRUST
       (In which the Investor Certificates evidence undivided interests)
 
FIRST DEPOSIT NATIONAL BANK                              PROVIDIAN NATIONAL BANK
 
                  (Originators of the Trust described herein)
           (Exact name of registrants as specified in their charters)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                              <C>                              <C>
         UNITED STATES                     02-0118519                      UNITED STATES                     02-0443459
        (State or other                   (IRS employer                   (State or other                   (IRS employer
 jurisdiction of organization)       identification number)        jurisdiction of organization)       identification number)
                        295 MAIN STREET                                                  53 REGIONAL DRIVE
                  TILTON, NEW HAMPSHIRE 03276                                       CONCORD, NEW HAMPSHIRE 03301
                         (603) 286-4348                                                    (603) 225-7407
</TABLE>
 
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
          area code, of each registrant's principal executive offices)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>                            <C>
                                  MARY ELLEN RICHEY, ESQ.
                                  PROVIDIAN BANCORP, INC.
   (PRIOR TO JUNE 3, 1996)                                     (ON OR AFTER JUNE 3, 1996)
      88 KEARNY STREET                                             201 MISSION STREET
  SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA                                      SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105
            94108                                                    (415) 543-0404
       (415) 398-2893
</TABLE>
 
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                           --------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
           Gregory M. Shaw, Esq.                         Edward M. DeSear, Esq.
          Cravath, Swaine & Moore                    Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe
              Worldwide Plaza                               666 Fifth Avenue
             825 Eighth Avenue                          New York, New York 10103
          New York, New York 10019
</TABLE>
 
                           --------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE ON OR AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION
                                   STATEMENT.
                           --------------------------
 
    If  the  only securities  being registered  on this  Form are  being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the  following
box: / /
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box: /X/
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box. / /
                           --------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
                                                                PROPOSED MAXIMUM  PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                                                 OFFERING PRICE      AGGREGATE         AMOUNT OF
            TITLE OF EACH CLASS                  AMOUNT TO            PER             OFFERING        REGISTRATION
       OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED          BE REGISTERED    CERTIFICATE (1)      PRICE (1)          FEE (2)
Asset Backed Certificates...................   $1,000,000,000         100%         $1,000,000,000     $344,827.59
</TABLE>
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
 
(2) Previously  paid.  A filing  fee of  $65,800  was paid  with respect  to the
    $329,000,000 remaining amount of certificates referred to below.
                         ------------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANTS HEREBY  AMEND THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES  AS MAY  BE NECESSARY  TO DELAY ITS  EFFECTIVE DATE  UNTIL THE REGISTRANTS
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933, OR  UNTIL THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
    IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 429 OF  THE GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS UNDER  THE
SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933, THE PROSPECTUS INCLUDED HEREIN IS A COMBINED PROSPECTUS
WHICH ALSO RELATES TO $329,000,000  OF UNISSUED ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES  UNDER
THE  REGISTRANT'S  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  FORM  S-3 NO.  33-84844  AND THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  CONSTITUTES  POST-EFFECTIVE  AMENDMENT  NO.  1  TO  SUCH
REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                   P    R    O   S    P   E    C   T    U   S
 
                           First Deposit Master Trust
                           Asset Backed Certificates
                          First Deposit National Bank
                              Seller and Servicer
                            Providian National Bank
                                     Seller
                                  -----------
 
    First Deposit National  Bank ("FDNB")  and Providian  National Bank  ("PNB";
together  with FDNB, the "Banks"), may sell from time to time one or more series
(each a "Series") of asset  backed certificates (the "Certificates")  evidencing
undivided  interests  in  certain  assets of  First  Deposit  Master  Trust (the
"Trust"). The Trust  was formed pursuant  to a Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement
(the  "Pooling Agreement") among  FDNB, as seller and  servicer, PNB, as seller,
and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The property of the Trust
includes receivables  (the  "Receivables") generated  from  time to  time  in  a
portfolio  of  consumer  revolving  credit  card  accounts  and  other  consumer
revolving credit  accounts (the  "Accounts"),  collections thereon  and  certain
other  property, as more fully described herein and, with respect to any Series,
in an accompanying prospectus supplement (a "Prospectus Supplement") relating to
such Series.
 
    Certificates will be sold from time  to time under this Prospectus on  terms
determined  for each Series at the time of the sale and described in the related
Prospectus Supplement.  Each Series  will  consist of  one  or more  classes  of
Certificates  (each  a "Class").  Each Certificate  will represent  an undivided
interest in the Trust and the  interest of the Certificateholders of each  Class
or Series will include the right to receive a varying percentage of each month's
collections  with respect to the Receivables at  the times, in the manner and to
the extent described herein and, with  respect to any Series offered hereby,  in
the  related Prospectus Supplement. Interest and principal payments with respect
to each  Series  offered  hereby  will  be made  as  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement. One or  more Classes of  a Series offered  hereby may be
entitled to the benefits of a cash collateral account, letter of credit,  surety
bond,  insurance  policy  or  other  form of  enhancement  as  specified  in the
Prospectus Supplement relating to such  Series. In addition, any Series  offered
hereby  may include  one or  more Classes  which are  subordinated in  right and
priority to  payment of  principal of,  and/or interest  on, one  or more  other
Classes  of such Series or another Series,  in each case to the extent described
in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
    While the specific terms of any  Series in respect of which this  Prospectus
is  being delivered will be described  in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
terms of such Series will not be subject to prior review by, or consent of,  the
holders of the Certificates of any previously issued Series.
 
    Potential investors should consider, among other things, the information set
forth  in  "Risk  Factors" commencing  on  page  14 herein  and  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement.
                                 -------------
THE CERTIFICATES  WILL REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN  THE TRUST  ONLY AND  WILL  NOT
  REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF  EITHER BANK OR ANY AFFILIATE OF
    EITHER BANK. NEITHER THE CERTIFICATES  NOR THE UNDERLYING ACCOUNTS  OR
      RECEIVABLES OR ANY COLLECTIONS THEREON ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY
       THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT INSURANCE  CORPORATION  OR     ANY OTHER
                    GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS  THE
       SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
             COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF
                  THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                          CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                                 --------------
 
    Certificates may be sold by the Banks directly to purchasers, through agents
designated from time to time, through underwriting syndicates led by one or more
managing underwriters  or through  one  or more  underwriters acting  alone.  If
underwriters  or agents are involved in the  offering of the Certificates of any
Series offered hereby, the name of  the managing underwriter or underwriters  or
agents   will  be  set  forth  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  If  an
underwriter, agent or dealer is involved in the offering of the Certificates  of
any  Series offered  hereby, the  underwriter's discount,  agent's commission or
dealer's purchase price will  be set forth  in, or may  be calculated from,  the
related  Prospectus  Supplement, and  the net  proceeds to  the Banks  from such
offering will  be the  public  offering price  of  such Certificates  less  such
discount  in the case of an underwriter, the purchase price of such Certificates
less such commission  in the  case of  an agent or  the purchase  price of  such
Certificates in the case of a dealer, and less, in each case, the other expenses
of the Banks associated with the issuance and distribution of such Certificates.
See "Plan of Distribution".
 
      THIS PROSPECTUS MAY NOT BE USED TO CONSUMMATE SALES OF CERTIFICATES
     OF ANY SERIES UNLESS ACCOMPANIED BY THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
 
                  THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS JUNE 3, 1996.
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The  Banks, as originators of the Trust, have filed a Registration Statement
under the Securities Act  of 1933, as amended  (the "Act"), with the  Securities
and  Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on  behalf of the Trust with respect
to the Certificates offered hereby. This  Prospectus, which forms a part of  the
Registration Statement, omits certain information contained in such Registration
Statement  pursuant to the rules and  regulations of the Commission. For further
information, reference  is made  to the  Registration Statement  (including  any
amendments  thereof and  exhibits thereto) and  any reports  and other documents
incorporated herein  by reference  as described  below under  "Incorporation  of
Certain  Documents  by Reference",  which are  available for  inspection without
charge at the public  reference facilities maintained by  the Commission at  450
Fifth  Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549; 7 World Trade Center, New York, New
York 10048; and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of such  material may be obtained from  the
Public  Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.
 
                         REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
 
    Unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued, Monthly Reports,  which
contain  unaudited  information concerning  the Trust  and  are prepared  by the
Servicer, will be sent on behalf of the Trust to Cede & Co. ("Cede"), as nominee
of  The  Depository  Trust  Company   ("DTC")  and  registered  holder  of   the
Certificates offered hereby, pursuant to the Pooling Agreement. See "Description
of  the Certificates-- Reports" and "The Pooling Agreement Generally--Book-Entry
Registration"  and  "--Evidence  as  to  Compliance".  Such  reports  will   not
constitute  financial statements prepared in  accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. The Pooling  Agreement will not  require the sending  of,
and  the Banks do not intend to send,  any of their financial reports to holders
of interests  in Certificates  (the  "Certificateholders") offered  hereby.  The
Servicer will file with the Commission such periodic reports with respect to the
Trust as are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
    All  reports and  other documents  filed by the  Servicer, on  behalf of the
Trust, pursuant  to  Section 13(a),  13(c),  14 or  15(d)  of the  Exchange  Act
subsequent  to the date of  this Prospectus and prior  to the termination of the
offering of the Certificates offered hereby  shall be deemed to be  incorporated
by reference into this Prospectus and to be part hereof. The following documents
filed  with  the  Commission  by  the Servicer,  on  behalf  of  the  Trust, are
incorporated in this Prospectus by reference: the Trust's Annual Report on  Form
10-K  for the year ended  December 31, 1995 and the  Current Reports on Form 8-K
filed since December 31, 1995. Any  statement contained herein or in a  document
deemed  to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or
superseded for  purposes of  this  Prospectus to  the  extent that  a  statement
contained  in any other subsequently  filed document which also  is deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such
statement so modified or superseded shall  not be deemed, except as modified  or
superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
 
    The  Servicer  will provide  without charge  to  each person,  including any
beneficial owner  of  Certificates,  to  whom  a  copy  of  this  Prospectus  is
delivered,  on the written or oral request of  any such person, a copy of any of
or all the documents  incorporated herein by reference  (other than exhibits  to
such  documents). Written requests  for such copies should  be directed to First
Deposit National Bank, in care of  Providian Bancorp, Inc., 201 Mission  Street,
San Francisco, CA 94105, attention: Senior Financial Officer. Telephone requests
for  such  copies should  be  directed to  the  Servicer (in  care  of Providian
Bancorp, Inc., attention: Senior Financial Officer) at (tel: (415) 543-0404).
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    The  following  summary is  qualified in  its entirety  by reference  to the
detailed  information  appearing  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus  and  in   any
accompanying  Prospectus Supplement. Reference  is made to  the Glossary for the
location herein of  the definitions  of certain capitalized  terms used  herein.
Unless the context requires otherwise, capitalized terms used in this Prospectus
and  in  any accompanying  Prospectus Supplement  refer  only to  the particular
Series being offered by such Prospectus Supplement.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
Trust...........................  First Deposit Master Trust (the "Trust"). The Trust, as  a
                                  master  trust, has issued other  Series and is expected to
                                   issue additional Series from time to time. The assets  of
                                   the  Trust (the  "Trust Assets")  include a  portfolio of
                                   receivables  (the   "Receivables")  arising   under   the
                                   Accounts  included in the Trust  from time to time, funds
                                   collected or  to  be  collected  from  accountholders  in
                                   respect  of the Receivables, the right to receive certain
                                   Interchange attributable  to  accountholder  charges  for
                                   merchandise  and  services  in certain  of  the Accounts,
                                   certain amounts  recovered with  respect to  Accounts  in
                                   which   the   Receivables   have   been   charged-off  as
                                   uncollectible, monies on deposit  in certain accounts  of
                                   the  Trust,  any  Participations included  in  the Trust,
                                   funds collected or to be  collected with respect to  such
                                   Participations and any Series Enhancement with respect to
                                   a   particular   Series  or   Class.  The   term  "Series
                                   Enhancement" means, with respect  to any Series or  Class
                                   of  Certificates, any Credit Enhancement, guaranteed rate
                                   agreement, maturity  liquidity facility,  tax  protection
                                   agreement,  interest  rate cap  agreement,  interest rate
                                   swap agreement  or  other  similar  arrangement  for  the
                                   benefit  of Certificateholders  of such  Series or Class.
                                   The Trust Assets are expected to change over the life  of
                                   the   Trust  as  receivables  in  revolving  credit  card
                                   accounts and other revolving credit accounts and  related
                                   assets  are included in  the Trust and  as receivables in
                                   accounts subject to the Trust are charged-off or removed.
                                   See "The Trust" and "Description of the
                                   Certificates--Addition of  Trust Assets",  "--Removal  of
                                   Accounts" and "--New Issuances".
 
Banks...........................  First   Deposit  National  Bank   ("FDNB")  and  Providian
                                  National Bank (formerly  known as  First Deposit  National
                                   Credit   Card  Bank)  ("PNB";  together  with  FDNB,  the
                                   "Banks"), each  a  national banking  association  and  an
                                   indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Providian Corporation
                                   (formerly  known as Capital Holding Corporation), are the
                                   initial sellers of the Receivables and originators of the
                                   Trust. Subject  to  certain conditions  described  herein
                                   under   "The  Pooling   Agreement  Generally--The  Banks'
                                   Certificate; Additional Sellers", the Banks may designate
                                   one or more affiliates of  the Banks to sell  Receivables
                                   or  Participations  to  the  Trust  from  time  to  time.
                                   Additional Sellers will  generally have  the same  rights
                                   and obligations as those of the Banks described herein.
 
Trustee.........................  Bankers Trust Company (the "Trustee").
 
The Accounts....................  The  Accounts  consist  of the  Initial  Accounts  and any
                                  Additional Accounts  but  will  not  include  any  Removed
                                   Accounts.  The  Banks  have  conveyed  to  the  Trust all
                                   Receivables existing  on a  specified date  prior to  the
                                   issuance  of the first Series  (the "Trust Cut-Off Date")
                                   in certain consumer  revolving credit  card accounts  and
                                   other  consumer revolving  credit accounts  (the "Initial
                                   Accounts") and all Receivables arising in
</TABLE>
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
                                   the Initial Accounts from  time to time thereafter  until
                                   the  termination of  the Trust.  Since the  Trust Cut-Off
                                   Date, the Banks have conveyed to the Trust Receivables in
                                   certain  Additional  Accounts  in  accordance  with   the
                                   provisions  of  the  Pooling Agreement.  Pursuant  to the
                                   Pooling Agreement, the Banks  expect (subject to  certain
                                   limitations  and conditions),  and in  some circumstances
                                   will be obligated, to  designate Additional Accounts  the
                                   Receivables in which will be included in the Trust or, in
                                   lieu   thereof  or   in  addition   thereto,  to  include
                                   Participations in the Trust. The Banks will convey to the
                                   Trust all  Receivables  in Additional  Accounts,  whether
                                   such Receivables are then existing or thereafter created.
                                   The  addition to  the Trust of  Receivables in Additional
                                   Accounts (other  than Automatic  Additional Accounts)  or
                                   Participations  will  be subject  to  certain conditions,
                                   including, among others, that (a) such addition will  not
                                   result  in a Ratings Effect and  (b) the Banks shall have
                                   delivered to the Trustee and certain providers of  Series
                                   Enhancement a certificate of an authorized officer to the
                                   effect  that, in the reasonable belief of the Banks, such
                                   addition will  not,  based on  the  facts known  to  such
                                   officer  at the time  of such certification,  cause a Pay
                                   Out Event  to  occur  with respect  to  any  Series.  See
                                   "Description   of  the  Certificates--Addition  of  Trust
                                   Assets".
 
                                  Pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, each Bank will have the
                                   right (subject to certain limitations and conditions)  to
                                   remove  the Receivables  in certain Accounts  owned by it
                                   from the Trust ("Removed Accounts"). See "Description  of
                                   the Certificates--Removal of Accounts".
 
The Receivables.................  The   Receivables  consist  of   all  amounts  charged  by
                                  accountholders  for  merchandise  and  services  and  cash
                                   advances   ("Principal  Receivables")   and  all  related
                                   periodic finance charges, cash advance fees, late charges
                                   and any other fees and charges billed on the Accounts and
                                   certain Interchange attributable to accountholder charges
                                   for  goods  and  services  in  certain  of  the  Accounts
                                   ("Finance Charge Receivables"). The amount of Receivables
                                   will  fluctuate from  day to  day as  new Receivables are
                                   generated  or  added  to   the  Trust  and  as   existing
                                   Receivables  are collected,  charged-off as uncollectible
                                   or otherwise adjusted.
 
The Certificates................  The Certificates will be issued  in Series, each of  which
                                  will consist of one or more Classes. The specific terms of
                                   a Series or Class will be established as described herein
                                   under  "Description of  the Certificates--New Issuances".
                                   However, while the specific terms of any Series or  Class
                                   offered   hereby  will   be  described   in  the  related
                                   Prospectus Supplement, the terms of such Series or  Class
                                   will  not be subject  to prior review  by, or consent of,
                                   the holders of the Certificates of any previously  issued
                                   Series.
 
                                  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement, the Certificates of  a Series offered  hereby
                                   will  be available for  purchase in minimum denominations
                                   of $1,000, and will only be available in book-entry  form
                                   except  in  certain  limited  circumstances  as described
                                   herein under "The Pooling Agreement Gener-
                                   ally--Definitive Certificates".  A portion  of the  Trust
                                   Assets  will be allocated among the Certificateholders of
                                   a particular Series (the
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
                                   "Certificateholders' Interest"),  the  Certificateholders
                                   of  other Series and the interest  of the Banks and their
                                   permitted  transferees  (the  "Sellers'  Interest"),   as
                                   described  below. The  aggregate principal  amount of the
                                   Certificateholders' Interest of  a Series offered  hereby
                                   will,  except  as otherwise  provided  herein and  in the
                                   related  Prospectus  Supplement,  remain  fixed  at   the
                                   aggregate initial principal amount of the Certificates of
                                   such Series. The Certificateholders' Interest of a Series
                                   will include the right to receive (but only to the extent
                                   needed  to  make  required  payments  under  the  Pooling
                                   Agreement and the related  Supplement and subject to  any
                                   reallocation of such amounts if the related Supplement so
                                   provides)  varying percentages of  collections of Finance
                                   Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables and will  be
                                   allocated  a varying  percentage of  the Defaulted Amount
                                   with respect to each Monthly Period. If the  Certificates
                                   of a Series offered hereby include more than one Class of
                                   Certificates,   the   Trust  Assets   allocable   to  the
                                   Certificateholders'  Interest  of  such  Series  may   be
                                   further  allocated  among each  Class  in such  Series as
                                   described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                  The Certificates  of  a  Series  will  evidence  undivided
                                   interests   in   the  Trust   Assets  allocated   to  the
                                   Certificateholders'  Interest   of   such   Series.   The
                                   Certificates  represent beneficial interests in the Trust
                                   only and do not represent interests in or obligations  of
                                   either  Bank or any affiliate of either Bank. Neither the
                                   Certificates nor  the Accounts,  the Receivables  or  any
                                   collections  thereon  are  insured or  guaranteed  by the
                                   Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") or any
                                   other governmental agency or instrumentality.
 
The Sellers' Interest...........  The Sellers' Interest at any time represents the right  to
                                  the  Trust  Assets  in excess  of  the Certificateholders'
                                   Interest of all  Series then  outstanding. The  principal
                                   amount  of the  Sellers' Interest  will fluctuate  as the
                                   amount of  the Principal  Receivables held  by the  Trust
                                   changes  from time to time. In addition, the Banks intend
                                   to cause the issuance of  additional Series from time  to
                                   time  and  any  such  issuance will  have  the  effect of
                                   decreasing the  Sellers' Interest  to the  extent of  the
                                   Invested  Amount of such Series.  See "Description of the
                                   Certificates--New Issuances". A  portion of the  Sellers'
                                   Interest  may be sold separately in one or more public or
                                   private  transactions.   See   "The   Pooling   Agreement
                                   Generally--The Banks' Certificate; Additional Sellers".
 
                                  The  Pooling  Agreement provides  that  the Banks  will be
                                   required to make an  Addition to the  Trust in the  event
                                   that  the  Sellers' Interest  is  less than  the Required
                                   Sellers' Participation Amount on the last business day of
                                   any Monthly  Period.  See  "Description  of  the  Certif-
                                   icates--Addition  of  Trust  Assets".  The  level  of the
                                   Required Sellers'  Participation  Amount,  which  may  be
                                   reduced  subject  to certain  conditions  described under
                                   "Description  of  the  Certificates--Addition  of   Trust
                                   Assets",  is intended to enable  the Sellers' Interest to
                                   absorb  fluctuations   in   the   amount   of   Principal
                                   Receivables  held by the Trust from time to time (due to,
                                   among other things, seasonal purchase and payment  habits
                                   of   accountholders  or  adjustments  in  the  amount  of
                                   Principal  Receivables  because   of  rebates,   refunds,
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
                                   fraudulent    charges    or    otherwise).    See   "Risk
                                   Factors--Payments and Maturity"  and "Description of  the
                                   Certificates--Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and
                                   Fraudulent Charges".
 
Issuance of Additional Series...  The  Pooling  Agreement  authorizes the  Trustee  to issue
                                  three types of  certificates: (i)  one or  more Series  of
                                   Certificates,  (ii) a certificate evidencing the Sellers'
                                   Interest in the Trust, which  initially is to be held  by
                                   the  Banks and (iii) Supplemental Certificates to be held
                                   by transferees of a portion of the certificate evidencing
                                   the Sellers'  Interest  in  the  Trust.  The  certificate
                                   evidencing  the Sellers'  Interest in  the Trust  and any
                                   Supplemental Certificates  are collectively  referred  to
                                   herein  as the  "Banks' Certificate".  The Pooling Agree-
                                   ment  provides  that,  pursuant   to  any  one  or   more
                                   supplements    to   the   Pooling   Agreement   (each   a
                                   "Supplement"), the Banks may  cause the Trustee to  issue
                                   one  or more new Series and accordingly cause a reduction
                                   in  the  Sellers'  Interest  represented  by  the  Banks'
                                   Certificate.  Under the Pooling  Agreement, the Banks may
                                   define, with respect to  any Series, the Principal  Terms
                                   of such Series. See "Description of the Certificates--New
                                   Issuances".  The Banks may offer any Series to the public
                                   or  other  investors  under  a  disclosure  document   (a
                                   "Disclosure  Document"),  which  will consist  of  a Pro-
                                   spectus Supplement  in  the  case  of  a  Series  offered
                                   hereby,  in  transactions  either  registered  under  the
                                   Securities Act  or exempt  from registration  thereunder,
                                   directly or through one or more underwriters or placement
                                   agents,   in  fixed-price  offerings   or  in  negotiated
                                   transactions or  otherwise. See  "Plan of  Distribution".
                                   The  Banks expect to offer, from time to time, additional
                                   Series issued by the Trust.
 
                                  A new Series may only  be issued upon satisfaction of  the
                                   conditions  described  herein under  "Description  of the
                                   Certificates--New  Issuances"  including,  among  others,
                                   that  (a)  such issuance  will  not result  in  a Ratings
                                   Effect and  (b) the  Banks shall  have delivered  to  the
                                   Trustee  and  certain providers  of Series  Enhancement a
                                   certificate of an authorized officer to the effect  that,
                                   in the reasonable belief of the Banks, such issuance will
                                   not, based on the facts known to such officer at the time
                                   of  such certification,  cause a  Pay Out  Event to occur
                                   with respect to any Series.
 
Collections.....................  All collections of  Receivables will be  allocated by  the
                                  Servicer    between   amounts   collected   on   Principal
                                   Receivables  and  on  Finance  Charge  Receivables.   The
                                   Servicer  will  allocate between  the Certificateholders'
                                   Interest of  each Series  and the  Sellers' Interest  all
                                   amounts   collected  with   respect  to   Finance  Charge
                                   Receivables and Principal  Receivables and the  Defaulted
                                   Amount  with  respect  to each  day  during  each Monthly
                                   Period. Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and the
                                   Defaulted Amount will be allocated to each Series at  all
                                   times  based  upon  its  Floating  Allocation Percentage.
                                   Collections of Principal Receivables will be allocated to
                                   each  Series  at  all  times  based  upon  its  Principal
                                   Allocation Percentage. The Floating Allocation Percentage
                                   and  the Principal Allocation  Percentage with respect to
                                   each Series  will  be  determined as  set  forth  in  the
                                   related  Supplement  and,  with  respect  to  each Series
                                   offered hereby, in the related Prospectus Supplement.
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
Interest........................  Interest  will  accrue  on  the  Invested  Amount  of  the
                                  Certificates  of a Series  or Class offered  hereby at the
                                   per annum rate either specified  in or determined in  the
                                   manner  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement.
                                   Except as  otherwise provided  herein or  in the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement, collections of Finance Charge Re-
                                   ceivables and  certain  other amounts  allocable  to  the
                                   Certificateholders'  Interest of a  Series offered hereby
                                   will   be   used   to    make   interest   payments    to
                                   Certificateholders   of  such  Series  on  each  Interest
                                   Payment Date with  respect thereto, provided  that if  an
                                   Early  Amortization Period commences with respect to such
                                   Series, thereafter interest will  be distributed to  such
                                   Certificateholders  monthly on each Special Payment Date.
                                   If the Interest Payment Dates for a Series or Class occur
                                   less frequently than monthly,  such collections or  other
                                   amounts  (or the portion thereof allocable to such Class)
                                   will be deposited in one or more trust accounts (each  an
                                   "Interest  Funding  Account") and  used to  make interest
                                   payments to Certificateholders of such Series or Class on
                                   the following Interest Payment Date with respect thereto.
                                   If a Series has more than one Class of Certificates, each
                                   such Class may have a separate Interest Funding Account.
 
Principal.......................  The principal of the  Certificates of each Series  offered
                                  hereby  will be scheduled to be  paid either in full on an
                                   expected  date  specified   in  the  related   Prospectus
                                   Supplement  (the "Expected Final Payment Date"), in which
                                   case such  Series will  have  an Accumulation  Period  as
                                   described  below  under  "--Accumulation  Period",  or in
                                   installments  commencing  on  a  date  specified  in  the
                                   related Prospectus Supplement (the "Principal
                                   Commencement  Date"), in which case such Series will have
                                   a Scheduled Amortization Period as described below  under
                                   "--Scheduled  Amortization Period". If  a Series has more
                                   than one  Class of  Certificates, a  different method  of
                                   paying  principal,  Expected  Final  Payment  Date and/or
                                   Principal Commencement  Date  may  be  assigned  to  each
                                   Class.  The  payment  of principal  with  respect  to the
                                   Certificates of a  Series or Class  may commence  earlier
                                   than  the  applicable  Expected  Final  Payment  Date  or
                                   Principal Commencement  Date,  and  the  final  principal
                                   payment  with respect to the  Certificates of a Series or
                                   Class may  be made  later  than the  applicable  Expected
                                   Final  Payment Date or other expected  date, if a Pay Out
                                   Event occurs  with respect  to such  Series or  Class  or
                                   under  certain other circumstances  described herein. See
                                   "Special Considerations--Payments  and  Maturity"  for  a
                                   description  of  factors that  may  affect the  timing of
                                   principal payments on Certificates.
 
Revolving Period................  The Certificates of each Series offered hereby will have a
                                  revolving period  (the  "Revolving  Period"),  which  will
                                   commence  at the close of business on a date specified in
                                   the related  Prospectus Supplement  (the "Series  Cut-Off
                                   Date")   and  continue  until  the  earlier  of  (a)  the
                                   commencement  of  the  Early  Amortization  Period   with
                                   respect  to such Series and (b) the date specified in the
                                   related Prospectus Supplement as the end of the Revolving
                                   Period with respect to such Series. During the  Revolving
                                   Period   with  respect   to  a   Series  offered  hereby,
                                   collections of Principal Receivables and
</TABLE>
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
                                   certain  other   amounts  otherwise   allocable  to   the
                                   Certificateholders'  Interest  of  such  Series  will  be
                                   treated as  Shared  Principal  Collections  and  will  be
                                   distributed    to,   or   for   the   benefit   of,   the
                                   Certificateholders of  other  Series or  the  Banks.  See
                                   "Description    of   the   Certificates--Principal"   and
                                   "--Shared  Principal  Collections"  and  see  "--Pay  Out
                                   Events"  for a discussion of  the events which might lead
                                   to the termination of  the Revolving Period with  respect
                                   to a Series prior to its scheduled ending date.
 
Accumulation Period.............  If  the related Prospectus Supplement so specifies, unless
                                  an Early Amortization Period  commences with respect to  a
                                   Series  offered hereby,  the Certificates  of such Series
                                   will  have  an  accumulation  period  (the  "Accumulation
                                   Period"), which will commence at the close of business on
                                   the  date  specified  in such  Prospectus  Supplement and
                                   continue until the  earliest of (a)  the commencement  of
                                   the  Early  Amortization  Period  with  respect  to  such
                                   Series, (b) payment in full of the Invested Amount of the
                                   Certificates  of   such  Series   and  (c)   the   Series
                                   Termination  Date with respect to such Series. During the
                                   Accumulation Period with respect to a Series, collections
                                   of  Principal  Receivables  and  certain  other   amounts
                                   allocable  to  the Certificateholders'  Interest  of such
                                   Series will be deposited on  each Distribution Date in  a
                                   trust   account  established  for   the  benefit  of  the
                                   Certificateholders of such  Series (a "Principal  Funding
                                   Account") and used to make principal distributions to the
                                   Certificateholders   of   such  Series   when   due.  The
                                   "Distribution Date" is the 15th day of each month (or  if
                                   such  15th day is not a business day, the next succeeding
                                   business  day).  The  amount  to  be  deposited  in   the
                                   Principal  Funding Account for  any Series offered hereby
                                   on any Distribution Date  may, but will not  necessarily,
                                   be limited to an amount (the "Controlled Deposit Amount")
                                   equal  to an  amount specified in  the related Prospectus
                                   Supplement (the  "Controlled Accumulation  Amount")  plus
                                   any   existing  deficit  controlled  accumulation  amount
                                   arising from prior  Distribution Dates. If  a Series  has
                                   more  than one Class of Certificates, each Class may have
                                   a  separate  Principal  Funding  Account  and  Controlled
                                   Accumulation  Amount. In addition, the related Prospectus
                                   Supplement may  describe  certain priorities  among  such
                                   Classes  with respect to deposits  of principal into such
                                   Principal Funding Accounts.
 
Scheduled Amortization Period...  If the related Prospectus Supplement so specifies,  unless
                                  an  Early Amortization Period commences  with respect to a
                                   Series offered hereby,  the Certificates  of such  Series
                                   will   have  an   amortization  period   (the  "Scheduled
                                   Amortization Period"), which will  commence at the  close
                                   of  business  on the  date  specified in  such Prospectus
                                   Supplement and  continue until  the earliest  of (a)  the
                                   commencement   of  the  Early  Amortization  Period  with
                                   respect to  such  Series,  (b) payment  in  full  of  the
                                   Invested  Amount of  the Certificates of  such Series and
                                   (c) the  Series Termination  Date  with respect  to  such
                                   Series.  During  the Scheduled  Amortization  Period with
                                   respect to a Series, collections of Principal Receivables
                                   and   certain    other   amounts    allocable   to    the
                                   Certificateholders'  Interest of such Series will be used
                                   on each Distribution Date to make principal distributions
                                   to   Certificateholders   of    such   Series   or    any
</TABLE>
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
                                   Class  of  such  Series then  scheduled  to  receive such
                                   distributions.  The   amount   to   be   distributed   to
                                   Certificateholders  of any  Series offered  hereby on any
                                   Distribution Date  may,  but  will  not  necessarily,  be
                                   limited   to  an  amount  (the  "Controlled  Distribution
                                   Amount") equal to an amount (the "Controlled Amortization
                                   Amount") specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement
                                   plus  any existing deficit controlled amortization amount
                                   arising from prior  Distribution Dates. If  a Series  has
                                   more  than one Class of Certificates, each Class may have
                                   a separate Controlled  Amortization Amount. In  addition,
                                   the  related Prospectus  Supplement may  describe certain
                                   priorities  among  such  Classes  with  respect  to  such
                                   distributions.
 
Early Amortization Period.......  During  the period from  the day on which  a Pay Out Event
                                  has occurred with respect to a Series to the date on which
                                   the Invested Amount  of the Certificates  of such  Series
                                   and the Enhancement Invested Amount, if any, with respect
                                   to  such Series  have been  paid in  full or  the related
                                   Series  Termination   Date  has   occurred  (the   "Early
                                   Amortization    Period"),   collections    of   Principal
                                   Receivables and certain  other amounts  allocable to  the
                                   Certificateholders'  Interest  of such  Series (including
                                   Shared Principal Collections, if  any, allocable to  such
                                   Series)  will be distributed as principal payments to the
                                   Certificateholders  of  such   Series  monthly  on   each
                                   Distribution   Date  beginning  with  the  first  Special
                                   Payment Date  with respect  to  such Series.  During  the
                                   Early  Amortization  Period  with  respect  to  a Series,
                                   distributions of principal to Certificateholders will not
                                   be subject to any Controlled Deposit Amount or Controlled
                                   Distribution Amount. In  addition, upon the  commencement
                                   of  the  Early  Amortization  Period  with  respect  to a
                                   Series, any  funds  on  deposit in  a  Principal  Funding
                                   Account  with respect to such Series  will be paid to the
                                   Certificateholders of the relevant Class or Series on the
                                   first Special Payment Date  with respect to such  Series.
                                   See "Description of the Certificates--Pay Out Events" for
                                   a  discussion  of  the  events which  might  lead  to the
                                   commencement  of  the  Early  Amortization  Period   with
                                   respect to a Series.
 
Shared Principal Collections....  To  the extent  that collections  of Principal Receivables
                                  and certain  other  amounts  that  are  allocated  to  the
                                   Certificateholders' Interest of any Series are not needed
                                   to make payments to the Certificateholders of such Series
                                   or  required  to  be  deposited  in  a  Principal Funding
                                   Account for such Series, such collections will be applied
                                   to cover principal payments due to or for the benefit  of
                                   Certificateholders    of   another   Series.   Any   such
                                   reallocation will  not  result  in  a  reduction  in  the
                                   Invested  Amount of the Series  to which such collections
                                   were  initially  allocated.   See  "Description  of   the
                                   Certificates--Shared Principal Collections".
 
Special Funding Account.........  If on any date the Sellers' Interest is less than or equal
                                  to  the  Required  Sellers'  Participation  Amount  or the
                                   amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust is less than
                                   or equal to the Required Principal Balance, the  Servicer
                                   shall  not distribute  to the Banks  any Shared Principal
                                   Collections which otherwise would  be distributed to  the
                                   Banks,  but  shall  deposit  such  funds  in  the Special
                                   Funding Account. Funds on deposit in the Special  Funding
                                   Account will be
</TABLE>
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
                                   withdrawn  and paid to the Banks on any Distribution Date
                                   to the extent that, after giving effect to such  payment,
                                   the  Sellers'  Interest  exceeds  the  Required  Sellers'
                                   Interest and the amount  of Principal Receivables in  the
                                   Trust  exceeds  the  Required Principal  Balance  on such
                                   date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if an Accumulation  Period,
                                   Scheduled   Amortization  Period  or  Early  Amortization
                                   Period commences with respect to any Series, any funds on
                                   deposit in the Special  Funding Account will be  released
                                   and treated as Shared Principal Collections to the extent
                                   needed  to  cover principal  payments due  to or  for the
                                   benefit of such Series.
 
Sharing of Additional Finance
 Charges........................  Subject   to   certain    limitations   described    under
                                  "Description  of  the Certificates--Sharing  of Additional
                                   Finance   Charges",   collections   of   Finance   Charge
                                   Receivables  and certain  other amounts  allocable to the
                                   Certificateholders'  Interest  of  any  Series  which  is
                                   included in a Group in excess of the amounts necessary to
                                   make  required  payments  with  respect  to  such  Series
                                   (including payments to the provider of any related Series
                                   Enhancement) will be applied to cover any shortfalls with
                                   respect to amounts  payable from  collections of  Finance
                                   Charge Receivables allocable to any other Series included
                                   in  such  Group, in  each case  pro  rata based  upon the
                                   amount of the  shortfall, if  any, with  respect to  such
                                   other Series. See "Description of the
                                   Certificates--Sharing of Additional Finance Charges".
 
Funding Period..................  The   Prospectus  Supplement  relating   to  a  Series  of
                                  Certificates may specify  that for a  period beginning  on
                                   the  Series Issuance Date with respect to such Series and
                                   ending on a specified date before the commencement of the
                                   Scheduled Amortization Period or Accumulation Period with
                                   respect  to  such  Series  (the  "Funding  Period"),  the
                                   aggregate  amount of  Principal Receivables  in the Trust
                                   allocable to such Series may  be less than the  aggregate
                                   principal  amount of the Certificates  of such Series. If
                                   so specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
                                   amount of such difference will be held in a trust account
                                   established   with  the   Trustee  for   the  benefit  of
                                   Certificateholders  of  such   Series  (the   "Prefunding
                                   Account")  pending the  transfer of  additional Principal
                                   Receivables to the Trust or pending the reduction of  the
                                   Certificateholders'  Interests of other  Series issued by
                                   the Trust. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify
                                   the initial  Certificateholders' Interest  on the  Series
                                   Issuance  Date with respect to such Series, the aggregate
                                   principal amount of the Certificates of such Series  (the
                                   "Initial   Amount")   and   the   date   by   which   the
                                   Certificateholders' Interest  is  expected to  equal  the
                                   Initial Amount.
 
                                  If  so  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,
                                   during the  Funding  Period,  funds  on  deposit  in  the
                                   Prefunding  Account for  a Series  may or,  under certain
                                   circumstances, must be withdrawn and paid to the  Sellers
                                   to  effect increases in the Certificateholders' Interest.
                                   In the event that  the Certificateholders' Interest  does
                                   not  equal the Initial  Amount by the  end of the Funding
                                   Period, any amount  remaining in  the Prefunding  Account
                                   and additional
</TABLE>
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
                                   amounts  specified,  if  any, in  the  related Prospectus
                                   Supplement will be payable  to the Certificateholders  of
                                   such  Series in a manner and at such time as set forth in
                                   the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                  If so  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                                   monies  in  the Prefunding  Account  with respect  to any
                                   Series will  be  invested  by  the  Trustee  in  Eligible
                                   Investments  or will be  subject to a  guaranteed rate or
                                   investment agreement  or other  similar arrangement,  and
                                   investment  earnings and any applicable payment under any
                                   such  investment  arrangement  will  be  applied  to  pay
                                   interest on the Certificates of such Series.
 
Credit Enhancement..............  The  credit enhancement  with respect to  a Series offered
                                  hereby (the "Credit Enhancement") may include a letter  of
                                   credit,  a  cash collateral  account,  a surety  bond, an
                                   insurance policy or any other form of credit  enhancement
                                   described  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement. Credit
                                   Enhancement may also be provided to a Class or Classes of
                                   a Series by subordination  provisions which require  that
                                   distributions  of principal and/or  interest be made with
                                   respect to  the Certificates  of  such Class  or  Classes
                                   before  distributions  are  made  to  one  or  more other
                                   Classes of such Series.
 
                                  The  type,  characteristics  and  amount  of  the   Credit
                                   Enhancement with respect to any Series will be determined
                                   based  on several factors,  including the characteristics
                                   of the Receivables and Accounts underlying or  comprising
                                   the  Trust  Assets as  of the  Series Issuance  Date with
                                   respect thereto, and will be established on the basis  of
                                   requirements  of each applicable Rating Agency. The terms
                                   of the  Credit Enhancement  with  respect to  any  Series
                                   offered   hereby  will   be  described   in  the  related
                                   Prospectus   Supplement.   See   "Description   of    the
                                   Certificates--Credit Enhancement" and "Special
                                   Considerations--Limited Nature of Rating".
 
Servicing.......................  The  Servicer  (initially, FDNB)  will be  responsible for
                                  servicing,  managing   and  making   collections  on   the
                                   Receivables.  Subject  to  certain  exceptions  described
                                   under  "Description  of  the  Certificates--Deposits   in
                                   Collection   Account",  the  Servicer  will  deposit  any
                                   collections on the Receivables  in a Monthly Period  into
                                   the  Collection Account  within two business  days of the
                                   Date of Processing  (or, in the  case of Interchange,  no
                                   later  than  the Distribution  Date)  to the  extent such
                                   collections  are  allocable  to  the  Certificateholders'
                                   Interest  of any Series and  are required to be deposited
                                   into an account  for the benefit  of, or distributed  to,
                                   the Certificateholders of any Series or the issuer of any
                                   Series  Enhancement.  On the  earlier  of (i)  the second
                                   business day following  the Date of  Processing and  (ii)
                                   the  day on  which the Servicer  deposits any collections
                                   into  the   Collection   Account,  subject   to   certain
                                   exceptions described herein, the Servicer will pay to the
                                   Banks  their  allocable portion  of any  collections then
                                   held by the  Servicer. The  "Date of  Processing" is  the
                                   business  day  a  record  of  any  transaction  is  first
                                   recorded  pursuant  to  the  Servicer's  data  processing
                                   procedures.  On or about the third business day preceding
                                   each Distribution  Date (each,  a "Determination  Date"),
                                   the
</TABLE>
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
                                   Servicer  will calculate  the amounts to  be allocated to
                                   the Certificateholders of  each Class or  Series and  the
                                   Banks  as described  herein in respect  of collections of
                                   Receivables  received  with  respect  to  the   preceding
                                   Monthly Period.
 
                                  In  certain limited  circumstances, FDNB may  resign or be
                                   removed as Servicer,  in which event  either the  Trustee
                                   or, so long as it meets certain eligibility standards set
                                   forth  in the  Pooling Agreement,  a third-party servicer
                                   may be appointed as successor servicer. (FDNB or any such
                                   successor servicer  is referred  to herein  as the  "Ser-
                                   vicer".)  FDNB is permitted to delegate any of its duties
                                   as Servicer  to  any of  its  affiliates and  to  certain
                                   third-party  service providers,  but any  such delegation
                                   will not relieve  the Servicer of  its obligations  under
                                   the  Pooling  Agreement or  any Supplement.  The Servicer
                                   will receive servicing fees payable with respect to  each
                                   Series  offered hereby as servicing compensation from the
                                   Trust. See  "Description of  the  Certificates--Servicing
                                   Compensation and Payment of Expenses".
 
Mandatory Reassignment and
 Transfer of Certain
 Receivables....................  Pursuant  to  the  Pooling Agreement,  as  of  each Series
                                  Issuance Date (and on each date of addition) each Bank, in
                                   its capacity  as a  seller, has  severally made  or  will
                                   severally  make certain representations and warranties in
                                   the Pooling Agreement  with respect to  the Accounts  (or
                                   Additional   Accounts)  owned   by  such   Bank  and  the
                                   Receivables  (or  Receivables  in  Additional   Accounts)
                                   transferred  by such  Bank to  the Trust.  If either Bank
                                   breaches any  such  representation  and  warranty,  under
                                   certain  circumstances and subject  to certain conditions
                                   described   under    "The    Pooling    Agreement    Gen-
                                   erally--Representations  and Warranties", all Receivables
                                   with respect to the  affected Account will be  reassigned
                                   to  such  Bank.  In  addition,  if  either  Bank breaches
                                   certain other  representations and  warranties  described
                                   under  "The Pooling Agreement Generally-- Representations
                                   and Warranties", all the Receivables transferred by  such
                                   Bank  to the  Trust may be  reassigned to  such Bank. See
                                   "The  Pooling  Agreement  Generally--Representations  and
                                   Warranties".
 
                                  FDNB   will  provide  certain  covenants  in  the  Pooling
                                   Agreement in its  capacity as Servicer.  If the  Servicer
                                   breaches   any   such  covenant   with  respect   to  any
                                   Receivable, subject to certain conditions described under
                                   "The Pooling  Agreement  Generally--Servicer  Covenants",
                                   all Receivables with respect to the affected Account will
                                   be  assigned to the Servicer. In  the event of a transfer
                                   of servicing obligations  to a  successor servicer,  such
                                   successor   servicer,   rather   than   FDNB,   would  be
                                   responsible for any subsequent failure to comply with the
                                   Servicer's covenants.
 
Tax Status......................  Except to  the extent  otherwise provided  in the  related
                                  Prospectus  Supplement,  in  the  opinion  of  special tax
                                   counsel for the Banks and the Trust, the Certificates  of
                                   each  Series offered hereby are properly characterized as
                                   debt for federal income  tax purposes and for  California
                                   and  New Hampshire tax  purposes. Each Certificateholder,
                                   by acceptance of  a Certificate  of such  a Series,  will
                                   agree  to  treat  the  Certificates  of  such  Series  as
                                   indebtedness of the Banks
</TABLE>
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
                                   for federal,  state and  local income  and franchise  tax
                                   purposes.  See "Tax  Matters" for  additional information
                                   concerning the application of federal, California and New
                                   Hampshire tax laws.
 
Income Tax Withholding..........  Interest on Certificates  that are  characterized as  debt
                                  and  that are held by non-U.S.  persons will be subject to
                                   United States withholding tax unless the holder  complies
                                   with applicable IRS identification requirements. Interest
                                   on  Certificates that are characterized  as debt and that
                                   are held  by  U.S.  persons will  be  subject  to  backup
                                   withholding  unless the  holder complies  with applicable
                                   IRS identification requirements. See "Tax Matters".
 
ERISA Considerations............  Certificates of any Series offered hereby may be  eligible
                                  for purchase by Benefit Plans. See "ERISA Considerations".
 
Certificate Rating..............  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                  Supplement, it will be a condition to the issuance of  the
                                   Certificates  of each Series offered  hereby that they be
                                   rated in  one  of  the  four  highest  applicable  rating
                                   categories   by  at   least  one   nationally  recognized
                                   statistical rating  organization  selected by  the  Banks
                                   (the  rating agency  or agencies  rating any  Series, the
                                   "Rating Agency"). The rating or ratings applicable to the
                                   Certificates of each such Series will be as set forth  in
                                   the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                  A  security  rating should  be evaluated  independently of
                                   similar ratings  of  different  types  of  securities.  A
                                   rating  is  not a  recommendation  to buy,  sell  or hold
                                   securities and may be  subject to revision or  withdrawal
                                   at  any time by the  assigning Rating Agency. Each rating
                                   should be evaluated  independently of  any other  rating.
                                   See "Special Considerations--Limited Nature of Rating".
</TABLE>
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    SECONDARY  MARKET TRADING.  It is anticipated that, to the extent permitted,
the underwriters of any Series of Certificates offered hereby will make a market
in such Certificates,  but in no  event will  any such underwriter  be under  an
obligation  to do  so. There can  be no  assurance that a  secondary market will
develop with respect  to the Certificates  of any Series  offered hereby or,  if
such  a secondary market  does develop, that  it will provide Certificateholders
with liquidity of  investment or  that it  will continue  for the  life of  such
Certificates.
 
    ISSUANCE  OF ADDITIONAL SERIES.   The Trust,  as a master  trust, has issued
other Series and is expected to issue additional Series from time to time. While
the terms of any Series will be  specified in a Supplement, the provisions of  a
Supplement  and,  therefore, the  terms of  any additional  Series, will  not be
subject to the prior review  by, or consent of,  holders of the Certificates  of
any  previously issued  Series. Such terms  may include  methods for determining
applicable investor percentages and allocating collections, provisions  creating
different  or additional  security or  other Series  Enhancements and  any other
amendment or supplement to the Pooling  Agreement which is made applicable  only
to such Series. The obligation of the Trustee to issue any new Series is subject
to  the following conditions, among others: (a) such issuance will not result in
any Rating Agency reducing or withdrawing its rating of the Certificates of  any
outstanding  Series (any such reduction or withdrawal is referred to herein as a
"Ratings Effect") and  (b) each  Bank shall have  delivered to  the Trustee  and
certain  providers of Series Enhancement a  certificate of an authorized officer
to the effect that, in  the reasonable belief of  such Bank, such issuance  will
not, based on the facts known to such officer at the time of such certification,
cause  a Pay  Out Event to  occur with  respect to any  Series. There  can be no
assurance, however, that the terms of any Series might not have an impact on the
timing or amount of payments received by a Certificateholder of another  Series.
See "Description of the Certificates--New Issuances".
 
    ADDITION  OF TRUST  ASSETS.   The Banks  expect, and  in some  cases will be
obligated, to designate Additional  Accounts, the Receivables  in which will  be
conveyed  to the Trust. Such Additional Accounts may include accounts originated
using criteria different from those which  were applied to the Initial  Accounts
because  such  accounts  were originated  at  a later  date  or were  part  of a
portfolio of accounts which were not part  of the First Deposit Portfolio as  of
the  Trust  Cut-Off  Date  or  which  were  acquired  from  another institution.
Moreover, Additional Accounts designated at any time may not be accounts of  the
same  type as those previously included in the Trust. See "The Pooling Agreement
Generally--Representations  and  Warranties".  Consequently,  there  can  be  no
assurance  that such Additional Accounts  will be of the  same credit quality as
the Initial  Accounts or  the  Additional Accounts  previously included  in  the
Trust.  In addition,  such Additional Accounts  may consist  of revolving credit
card accounts or other revolving credit accounts which have different terms than
the Initial  Accounts and  the Additional  Accounts previously  included in  the
Trust,  including lower  periodic finance  charges and  other fees  and charges,
which may have  the effect of  reducing the  average yield on  the portfolio  of
Accounts  included in the Trust. The  designation of Additional Accounts will be
subject to  the  satisfaction  of  certain  conditions  described  herein  under
"Description  of the Certificates--Addition of Trust Assets", including that (a)
such addition will not result in a  Ratings Effect and (b) the Bank  designating
such  Additional  Accounts  shall  have delivered  to  the  Trustee  and certain
providers of Series Enhancement  a certificate of an  authorized officer to  the
effect  that, in  the reasonable  belief of such  Bank, such  addition will not,
based on the facts known to such  officer at the time of such certification,  at
the  time of its occurrence cause  a Pay Out Event to  occur with respect to any
Series. Since  the Trust  Cut-Off Date,  the Banks  have conveyed  to the  Trust
Receivables  in Additional Accounts in accordance  with the terms of the Pooling
Agreement. See "Description of the Certificates--Addition of Trust Assets".
 
    CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS.  While the Banks have sold and will sell  Receivables
to  the  Trust, a  court  could treat  such a  transaction  as an  assignment of
collateral as  security  for  the  benefit  of  the  Certificateholders  of  the
outstanding  Series.  Each  Bank  warrants in  the  Pooling  Agreement  that the
transfer of Receivables by it to the Trust is either a sale of such  Receivables
to  the  Trust  or  the grant  to  the  Trust  of a  security  interest  in such
Receivables. Each Bank will take certain  actions under applicable state law  to
perfect the Trust's interest in the Receivables transferred to the Trust by such
Bank and, in the Pooling Agreement, each Bank
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
warrants that, if the transfer by such Bank to the Trust is a grant to the Trust
of  a security  interest in  the applicable Receivables,  the Trust  will have a
first priority perfected security interest therein and, with certain  exceptions
and  for certain limited periods  of time, in the  proceeds thereof (subject, in
each case,  to  certain potential  tax  liens  referred to  under  "The  Pooling
Agreement  Generally--Representation  and  Warranties").  Nevertheless,  if  the
transfer of Receivables by a  Bank to the Trust is  deemed to create a  security
interest  therein under the California or  New Hampshire Uniform Commercial Code
(the "UCC"), a tax or government lien or other nonconsensual lien on property of
such Bank arising before Receivables come into existence may have priority  over
the  Trust's  interest  in such  Receivables  and,  if the  FDIC  were appointed
receiver of  such Bank,  the receiver's  administrative expenses  may also  have
priority  over the Trust's interest in such Receivables. In addition, while FDNB
is the  Servicer,  cash  collections  held  by  FDNB  may,  subject  to  certain
conditions,  be commingled and used for the benefit of FDNB prior to the date on
which such collections are required to be deposited in the Collection Account as
described  under  "Description  of  the  Certificates--Deposits  in   Collection
Account"  and, in  the event of  the insolvency  or receivership of  FDNB or, in
certain circumstances, the lapse of certain time periods, the Trust may not have
a perfected interest in such collections.
 
    If the FDIC were  appointed receiver of  either of the  Banks or if  certain
other events relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership of either of
the  Banks were  to occur (an  "Insolvency Event"),  then a Pay  Out Event would
occur with respect  to each Series  and, pursuant  to the terms  of the  Pooling
Agreement,  new Principal Receivables would not  be transferred to the Trust and
the Trustee would sell the Receivables  (unless each other holder of the  Banks'
Certificate,  Certificateholders holding  Certificates of  each Series  or, if a
Series includes more than one Class,  each Class of such Series evidencing  more
than  50% of the aggregate unpaid principal  amount of each such Series or Class
and, to  the  extent provided  in  the Supplement  for  any Series,  any  Credit
Enhancer instruct otherwise), thereby causing early termination of the Trust and
a  loss to the Certificateholders  of a particular Series if  the sum of (a) the
portion of the proceeds  of such sale allocable  to such Certificateholders  and
(b) the proceeds of any collections on the Receivables in the Collection Account
allocated  to the Certificateholders' Interest of such Series is insufficient to
pay such Certificateholders in  full. To the extent  the Banks grant a  security
interest  in the Receivables to the Trust, and such security interest is validly
perfected before  the occurrence  of an  Insolvency Event  and is  not taken  in
contemplation  of insolvency or with the intent  to hinder, delay or defraud the
relevant Bank  or its  creditors,  based upon  opinions  issued by  the  general
counsel of the FDIC and a related policy statement issued by the FDIC addressing
the enforceability against the FDIC, as conservator or receiver for a depository
institution,  of a  security interest in  collateral granted  by such depository
institution, such  security interest  should not  be subject  to avoidance,  and
payments  to the Trust with respect to  the Receivables should not be subject to
recovery, by  the FDIC.  However, such  opinions and  policy statement  are  not
binding on the FDIC and, if the FDIC were to assert a contrary position, certain
provisions  of the FDIA which, at the request  of the FDIC, have been applied in
lawsuits to  avoid  security  interests  in  collateral  granted  by  depository
institutions,  would permit  the FDIC to  avoid such  security interest, thereby
resulting   in   possible   delays   and   reductions   in   payments   to   the
Certificateholders of all outstanding Series. In addition, federal law governing
receiverships  of federally-insured depository institutions would be interpreted
to require  compliance  with  certain  claims  procedures  if  a  receiver  were
appointed  for  either of  the  Banks before  the  Trustee could  collect, sell,
dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Receivables, which could delay or possibly
reduce payments  on  the  Certificates  of  all  outstanding  Series.  Upon  the
occurrence  of  an  Insolvency  Event,  if no  Pay  Out  Event  other  than such
Insolvency Event exists, the FDIC may have the power to continue to require  the
Banks  to transfer  new Principal  Receivables to the  Trust and  to prevent the
early sale, liquidation or disposition  of the Receivables and the  commencement
of  an  Early Amortization  Period. In  the event  of a  Servicer Default,  if a
conservator, receiver  or  liquidator is  appointed  for the  Servicer,  and  no
Servicer  Default other than such  conservatorship, receivership, liquidation or
insolvency of the Servicer exists,  the conservator, receiver or liquidator  may
have  the power  to prevent  either the  Trustee or  the Certificateholders from
appointing  a   successor  Servicer.   See  "Certain   Legal  Aspects   of   the
Receivables--Transfer   of  Receivables"  and  "--Certain  Matters  Relating  to
Receivership".
 
    The Accounts  and Receivables  are  subject to  numerous federal  and  state
consumer  protection laws which  impose requirements on  the making, enforcement
and collection of consumer loans. The United
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
States Congress and the states may enact laws and amendments to existing laws to
further regulate the  credit card  and consumer  revolving loan  industry or  to
reduce  finance charges or other  fees or charges applicable  to credit card and
other consumer revolving loan accounts.  Such laws, as well  as any new laws  or
rulings  which may  be adopted, may  adversely affect the  Servicer's ability to
collect on the  Receivables or maintain  the current level  of periodic  finance
charges  and other fees and  charges with respect to  the Accounts. In addition,
failure by the Servicer to comply with such requirements could adversely  affect
the  Servicer's ability  to enforce the  Receivables. In  October 1987, November
1991 and March 1994  members of Congress attempted  unsuccessfully to limit  the
maximum  annual percentage rate that may be assessed on credit card accounts. In
addition, on May 5, 1992, two members  of the House Banking Committee asked  the
United  States General  Accounting Office  (the "GAO")  to undertake  a study of
competition in  the credit  card  industry and  particularly  to address  how  a
government-imposed  limit  on credit  card  interest rates  could  affect credit
availability. In Spring 1994, the GAO released its study on competitive  pricing
and  disclosure in  the credit  card industry.  The GAO  did not  recommend that
Congress enact  legislation capping  interest  rates on  credit cards,  but  did
recommend  monitoring of the industry. The  Banks cannot predict what action, if
any, will be taken by Congress as a result thereof. If federal legislation  were
enacted which contained an interest rate cap substantially lower than the annual
percentage  rates currently  assessed on the  Accounts, it is  possible that the
Portfolio Yield would be reduced and therefore a Pay Out Event could occur  with
respect   to  the  Certificates   of  each  Series.   See  "Description  of  the
Certificates--Pay Out Events". In addition, during recent years, there has  been
increased  consumer awareness with  respect to the level  of finance charges and
fees and other  practices of credit  card issuers and  other consumer  revolving
loan  providers. As a result of these  developments and other factors, there can
be no  assurance  as  to  whether  any federal  or  state  legislation  will  be
promulgated  which would impose  additional limitations on  the monthly periodic
finance charges or other fees or charges relating to the Accounts.
 
    Since October 1991,  a number  of lawsuits and  administrative actions  have
been  filed in several states against out-of-state banks (both federally-insured
state-chartered banks and federally-insured  national banks) which issue  credit
cards.  These actions  challenge various  fees and  charges (such  as late fees,
over-the-limit fees, returned check charges and annual membership fees) assessed
against residents  of  the states  in  which such  suits  were filed,  based  on
restrictions or prohibitions under such states' laws alleged to be applicable to
the  out-of-state credit card issuers. To date, neither Bank has been named as a
defendant in any such suit. There can be no assurance that either Bank will  not
be named as a defendant in future lawsuits or administrative actions challenging
the  fees  and charges  which  it assesses  accountholders.  In October  1991, a
federal district court upheld a Massachusetts law that bars banks from assessing
late payment  fees on  credit card  accounts of  residents of  that state  in  a
proceeding involving Greenwood Trust (the issuer of the Discover Card). However,
in  August 1992 the U.S. Court of Appeals reversed the federal district court on
the grounds that the Massachusetts law was pre-empted by applicable federal  law
and  in January  1993 the  United States  Supreme Court  declined to  review the
ruling by the court of appeals. In 1992, the California Supreme Court refused to
review a lower court's  determination that the practice  by Wells Fargo Bank  of
charging   its  cardholders  over-the-limit  and   late  payment  fees  violated
California laws that require banks to limit such charges to their costs. In July
1993, a California trial court held  in a class action against First  Interstate
Bank  that First Interstate  Bank's credit card  late payment and over-the-limit
fees exceeded  the  amount allowed  under  a California  statute  on  liquidated
damages,  and  awarded damages  of approximately  $14  million to  the plaintiff
class. First  Interstate Bank  appealed the  decision. The  California Court  of
Appeals  upheld the determination that the  fees were excessive, but reduced the
judgment to approximately $5 million. The Supreme Courts of California, Colorado
and New Jersey have also recently handed down decisions in similar actions.  The
California  and Colorado  Supreme Courts opined  that federal  law governed late
fees and found for the respective defendant banks, while the New Jersey  Supreme
Court  found that late payment fees are not interest, and that, therefore, state
law is not preempted by federal law  with respect to such late fees. On  January
19,  1996, the United States Supreme Court  accepted an appeal of the California
Supreme Court decision which found that  the charge in question was governed  by
federal law and was therefore proper. Such actions and similar actions which may
be brought in other states as a result of such actions, if resolved adversely to
bank credit card issuers and other consumer revolving loan providers, could have
the  effect of  limiting certain charges,  other than  periodic finance charges,
that could be assessed on
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
credit card or  other consumer revolving  credit accounts of  residents of  such
states  and could require credit card  issuers and other consumer revolving loan
providers such as the Banks to pay  refunds and civil penalties with respect  to
charges  previously imposed on accountholders in such states. Consequently, such
actions could  have  an adverse  impact  on the  Banks'  credit card  and  other
consumer  revolving loan operations. One potential effect of any such litigation
involving the Banks, if successful, would  be to reduce the Portfolio Yield.  If
such  a  reduction occurs,  a  Pay Out  Event could  occur  with respect  to the
Certificates   of   each   Series.   See   "Certain   Legal   Aspects   of   the
Receivables--Consumer Protection Laws".
 
    Pursuant  to the Pooling Agreement,  if a Receivable fails  to comply in all
material respects  with  applicable  requirements of  law,  subject  to  certain
conditions described under "The Pooling Agreement Generally--Representations and
Warranties",  all Receivables in the affected  Account will be reassigned to the
Bank that  is the  owner  of such  Account or,  in  some circumstances,  to  the
Servicer.  On the Series Issuance  Date with respect to  each Series and on each
date of addition,  each Bank has  made and  (with respect to  future Series  and
designations  of  Additional  Accounts) will  make  certain  representations and
warranties relating to the validity and enforceability of the Accounts owned  by
such   Bank  and  the   related  Receivables.  The  sole   remedy  if  any  such
representation or warranty is  breached is that,  subject to certain  conditions
described  herein  under "The  Pooling Agreement  Generally--Representations and
Warranties", the interest of Certificateholders of all Series in the Receivables
affected thereby will be reassigned to the Bank that is the owner of the related
Account or assigned to  the Servicer, as  the case may be.  In addition, in  the
event  of the breach of certain representations and warranties, each Bank may be
obligated to accept the reassignment of all the Receivables transferred by it to
the Trust,  which reassignment  will  constitute the  sole remedy  available  to
Certificateholders  with respect to any such  breach. See "The Pooling Agreement
Generally-- Representations  and  Warranties"  and  "--Servicer  Covenants"  and
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Consumer Protection Laws".
 
    PAYMENTS AND MATURITY.  The Receivables may be paid at any time and there is
no  assurance that there will  be new Receivables created  in the Accounts, that
Receivables will  be  added to  the  Trust or  that  any particular  pattern  of
accountholder  repayments  will  occur.  The  actual  rate  of  accumulation  of
principal with respect  to a  Series in a  Principal Funding  Account during  an
Accumulation  Period and the rate of distribution of principal with respect to a
Series during a Scheduled Amortization Period or Early Amortization Period  will
depend on, among other factors, the rate of accountholder repayments, the timing
of  the receipt of  repayments and the  rate of default  by accountholders. As a
result, no  assurance can  be given  that the  Invested Amount  of a  Series  of
Certificates  will be  paid on  the Expected  Final Payment  Date, if  any, with
respect to  such Series  or  that payments  of  principal during  the  Scheduled
Amortization  Period with  respect to  a Series  of Certificates  will equal the
Controlled Amortization Amount,  if any,  with respect  to such  Series or  will
follow any expected pattern. Accountholder monthly payment rates with respect to
the  Accounts  are  dependent  upon a  variety  of  factors,  including seasonal
purchasing and  payment  habits of  accountholders,  the availability  of  other
sources  of credit, general economic  conditions, tax laws and  the terms of the
Accounts (which are subject to change by  the Banks). No assurance can be  given
as  to the accountholder payment  rates which will actually  occur in any future
period.
 
    A decline  in the  amount of  Receivables  in the  Accounts for  any  reason
(including,  the decision by accountholders to  use competing sources of credit,
an economic downturn or other factors) could  result in the occurrence of a  Pay
Out Event with respect to a Series and the commencement of an Early Amortization
Period  with respect  to such  Series. The  Pooling Agreement  provides that the
Banks will be required to make an Addition to the Trust in the event that either
(a) the Sellers'  Interest is not  maintained at  a minimum level  equal to  the
Required Sellers' Percentage of the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables  and (ii) the  aggregate principal amount on  deposit in the Special
Funding Account (the "Required Sellers' Participation Amount") or (b) the amount
of Principal Receivables in the Trust is not maintained at a minimum level equal
to the excess of (i) the sum of the initial Invested Amounts of each Series then
outstanding (provided that certain Series may be excluded from such  calculation
if  the issuance of such  Series will not result in  a Ratings Effect) over (ii)
the aggregate principal amount on deposit in the Special Funding Account and any
Principal Funding  Account (the  "Required  Principal Balance").  The  "Required
Sellers'   Percentage"  is  equal  to  5%  but  may  be  reduced  under  certain
circumstances described under
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
"Description of the Certificates--Addition of  Trust Assets". In the event  that
the  Banks fail to  make such Addition within  five business days  of the day on
which they are required to make such Addition pursuant to the Pooling Agreement,
as described under "Description of the Certificates--Addition of Trust  Assets",
a Pay Out Event will occur with respect to all outstanding Series.
 
    LIMITED  NATURE OF  RATING.   Any rating assigned  to the  Certificates of a
Series or  a  Class  by  a  Rating Agency  will  reflect  such  Rating  Agency's
assessment  of the  likelihood that Certificateholders  of such  Series or Class
will receive the payments  of interest and principal  required to be made  under
the  Pooling Agreement and the related Supplement and will be based primarily on
the value of the  Receivables in the  Trust and the  availability of any  Series
Enhancement  with respect to such Series or Class. However, any such rating will
not, unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  with
respect  to any Class or Series offered  hereby, address the likelihood that the
principal of, or interest on, any Certificates  of such Class or Series will  be
paid  on a  scheduled date. In  addition, any  such rating will  not address the
possibility of the occurrence of a Pay  Out Event with respect to such Class  or
Series  or the  possibility of the  imposition of United  States withholding tax
with respect to  non-U.S. Certificateholders. Further,  the available amount  of
any  Credit Enhancement  or other  Series Enhancement  with respect  to any such
Series or Class will be  limited and will be subject  to reduction from time  to
time  as  described in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement.  The rating  of the
Certificates of a Class or Series will not be a recommendation to purchase, hold
or sell  such  Certificates,  and  such  rating  will  not  comment  as  to  the
marketability  of  such  Certificates, any  market  price or  suitability  for a
particular investor. There is no assurance  that any rating will remain for  any
given  period  of time  or  that any  rating will  not  be lowered  or withdrawn
entirely by a Rating Agency if in such Rating Agency's judgment circumstances so
warrant.
 
    BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION.  Unless otherwise stated in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Certificates  of each Series  offered hereby  initially will be
represented by one  or more  certificates registered in  the name  of Cede,  the
nominee   for  DTC,   and  will   not  be  registered   in  the   names  of  the
Certificateholders or their nominees. Consequently, unless and until  Definitive
Certificates  are  issued,  Certificateholders  will not  be  recognized  by the
Trustee as "Certificateholders" (as such term  is used in the Pooling  Agreement
and  any Supplement).  Hence, until such  time, Certificateholders  will only be
able to exercise the rights of Certificateholders indirectly through DTC,  CEDEL
or  Euroclear and their respective participating organizations. See "The Pooling
Agreement Generally--Book Entry Registration" and "--Definitive Certificates".
 
    SOCIAL, LEGAL,  ECONOMIC AND  OTHER  FACTORS.   Changes  in credit  use  and
payment  patterns by accountholders result from a variety of economic, legal and
social factors. Economic  factors include  the rate  of inflation,  unemployment
levels  and relative interest  rates. The use of  incentive programs (e.g., gift
awards for  credit  usage)  may affect  credit  use.  The Banks  are  unable  to
determine whether or to what extent changes in applicable laws or other economic
or social factors will affect credit use or repayment patterns.
 
    COMPETITION  IN THE CREDIT  CARD AND CONSUMER REVOLVING  LOAN INDUSTRY.  The
credit card  and consumer  revolving  loan industry  is highly  competitive  and
operates  in a legal and regulatory environment increasingly focused on the cost
of services charged to consumers. There is increased use of advertising,  target
marketing,  pricing competition  and incentive  programs. Other  consumer credit
providers seek to  enter, or  expand their share  of, the  market. In  addition,
certain credit card issuers and other revolving credit providers assess periodic
finance  charges or other fees or charges at rates lower than the rate currently
being assessed on  most of  the Accounts. The  Banks may  also solicit  existing
accountholders  to open other revolving credit card accounts or revolving credit
accounts  which  offer  certain  benefits  not  available  under  the  Accounts,
including  lower periodic finance charges or reduced late charges and other fees
or charges. If accountholders choose to utilize competing sources of credit, the
rate at which new Receivables are generated  in the Accounts may be reduced  and
certain  purchase and  payment patterns with  respect to the  Receivables may be
affected. The  Trust will  be dependent  upon the  Banks' continued  ability  to
generate  new Receivables.  If the rate  at which new  Receivables are generated
declines significantly  and the  Banks do  not add  Additional Accounts  to  the
Trust, a Pay Out Event could occur with respect to each Series.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    Recently,  other credit card issuers have  announced changes in the terms of
certain of their  VISA and  MasterCard(1) credit cards,  including lowering  the
fixed  annual  percentage  rate charged  on  balances or  converting  the annual
percentage rate charged on balances  from a fixed per  annum rate to a  variable
rate. In addition, other credit card issuers have recently announced "tiered" or
"risk  adjusted" rates under  which the annual percentage  rate for the issuer's
most credit worthy customers would be lowered.
 
    In 1992, a  jury in federal  court in  Utah held that  the VISA  association
violated  antitrust laws when  it denied membership  in VISA to  a subsidiary of
Sears, Roebuck and Co., on the basis that another Sears subsidiary is the issuer
of the Discover credit card, a competitor of the VISA credit card. In  September
1994,  the U.S. Court  of Appeals reversed the  trial court's decision upholding
the verdict, holding that VISA's conduct did not violate the antitrust laws. The
U.S. Court  of  Appeals  denied Dean  Witter,  Discover  & Co.'s  motion  for  a
rehearing EN BANC and, on June 19, 1995, the United States Supreme Court refused
to  review the decision of the Court of Appeals. While the United States Supreme
Court refused  to review  the Court  of  Appeals decision  with regard  to  Dean
Witter,  Discover  & Co.'s  antitrust  claims, the  case  is continuing  on Dean
Witter, Discover &  Co.'s state  law claims  and VISA's  counterclaims. A  final
decision  against VISA  could result in  increased competition  among issuers of
VISA and  MasterCard credit  cards  and thereby  have adverse  consequences  for
members of the VISA and MasterCard associations, such as the Banks.
 
    THE  ABILITY OF THE BANKS TO CHANGE TERMS  OF THE ACCOUNTS.  Pursuant to the
Pooling Agreement, the Banks do not transfer to the Trust the Accounts but  only
the  Receivables arising in the  Accounts. As owners of  the Accounts, the Banks
will have the right to determine the  periodic finance charge, the fees and  the
other  charges which will  be applicable from  time to time  to the Accounts, to
alter the minimum  monthly payment  required under  the Accounts  and to  change
various  other terms with  respect to the  Accounts. A decrease  in the periodic
finance charge  or  other fees  or  charges  applicable to  the  Accounts  would
decrease  the effective yield on the Accounts and could result in the occurrence
of a Pay Out  Event with respect to  a Series and the  commencement of an  Early
Amortization Period with respect to such Series, as well as decreased protection
to Certificateholders against charged-off Accounts. Under the Pooling Agreement,
each  Bank  has agreed  that,  unless required  by law  or  unless, in  its sole
discretion, such Bank deems it necessary to maintain on a competitive basis  its
lending  business, it will not reduce the  annual percentage rate of the monthly
periodic finance charge assessed on the Receivables or reduce other fees on  the
Accounts, if as a result of such reduction, either its reasonable expectation is
that such reduction will, based on the facts known at such time, cause a Pay Out
Event  to occur with respect to a Series or such reduction is not applied to any
comparable segment  of consumer  revolving credit  accounts owned  by such  Bank
which have characteristics the same as or substantially similar to the Accounts.
In  addition, each Bank, subject to compliance  with applicable laws, may in its
sole discretion change the other terms of  its Accounts, if such change is  made
applicable to any comparable segment of consumer revolving credit accounts owned
by the Bank which have characteristics the same as, or substantially similar to,
such  Accounts.  Except as  specified above,  there are  no restrictions  on the
Banks' ability to change the  terms of the Accounts.  There can be no  assurance
that  changes in  applicable law, changes  in the  marketplace, including recent
announcements by other credit card issuers lowering annual percentage rates,  or
prudent  business practice might not  result in a determination  by the Banks to
decrease customer finance charges or  otherwise take actions which would  change
any  Account terms. See "--Competition in the Credit Card and Consumer Revolving
Loan Industry". In servicing the Accounts, the Servicer is required to apply its
usual and customary servicing procedures for servicing receivables comparable to
the Receivables and to  act in accordance with  the Banks' written policies  and
procedures  relating  to  the  operation  of  their  consumer  revolving lending
business (the "Lending Guidelines").
 
    CONTROL.   Subject to  certain exceptions,  the Certificateholders  of  each
Series  may take certain actions,  or direct certain actions  to be taken, under
the  Pooling  Agreement  or  the  related  Supplement.  However,  under  certain
circumstances,  the  consent  or  approval  of  a  specified  percentage  of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Certificates of all outstanding  Series
will be required to direct certain actions,
 
- --------------
(1) VISA  and  MasterCard  are registered  trademarks  of VISA  U.S.A.  Inc. and
    MasterCard International Incorporated, respectively.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
including requiring the appointment of a successor Servicer following a Servicer
Default,  amending  the  Pooling  Agreement  under  certain  circumstances   and
directing  a  reassignment of  the entire  portfolio  of Accounts.  In addition,
following the occurrence  of an  Insolvency Event with  respect to  a Bank,  the
Trust  Assets will be  liquidated unless the  holders of Certificates evidencing
more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid  principal amount of each Series or, if  a
Series  includes more than one Class, each Class of such Series (along with each
other holder  of the  Banks' Certificate  and,  to the  extent provided  in  the
Supplement  for any Series, any Credit Enhancer)  direct the Trustee not to sell
or otherwise liquidate  the Receivables.  Further, in  certain cases  (including
with  respect  to  certain  amendments described  under  "The  Pooling Agreement
Generally--Amendments"), when  determining whether  the required  percentage  of
Certificateholders  of a  Series have given  their approval or  consent, all the
Certificateholders of such Series will be treated as a single class (whether  or
not  such Series includes more than one Class). Accordingly, one or more Classes
of Certificateholders may have the power to determine whether any such action is
taken  without  regard  to  the  position  or  interests  of  other  Classes  of
Certificateholders relating to such action.
 
              THE BANKS' CREDIT CARD AND CONSUMER LENDING BUSINESS
 
BUSINESS OVERVIEW
 
    Each  of  the Banks  is a  national banking  association and  a wholly-owned
subsidiary  of  Providian  Bancorp,  Inc.,  which  is  in  turn  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of Providian Corporation. The Banks and their affiliates are engaged
in secured and  unsecured consumer  lending nationwide  and related  businesses,
principally  through  direct  mail  and  telemarketing.  The  Banks' receivables
portfolio consists primarily of  unsecured consumer loans  for which the  credit
extension  vehicle is a check or credit  card. Although the Banks are members of
both VISA  U.S.A.  Inc. and  MasterCard  International Incorporated,  they  have
historically  originated and serviced  primarily VISA accounts.  FDNB also has a
non-credit card revolving  credit product  ("Capital Cash"(2)),  and home  loan,
secured  credit card and  insurance premium financing  products. Accounts opened
under the  secured  credit  card,  home loan  and  insurance  premium  financing
programs are not included in the First Deposit Portfolio discussed herein.
 
    The  portfolio of unsecured consumer credit accounts under management by the
Banks  or  their  affiliates  is  referred  to  herein  as  the  "First  Deposit
Portfolio".  Primary servicing  for the First  Deposit Portfolio  is provided by
Providian National Bancorp, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Providian Bancorp, Inc.
Based on the total balances in the First Deposit Portfolio, the Banks are  among
the largest credit card issuers in the United States.
 
    Receivables  transferred and  to be  transferred by  the Banks  to the Trust
pursuant to the Pooling Agreement are generated from transactions made and  cash
advances  obtained  by accountholders  under  certain credit  card  accounts and
certain Capital  Cash accounts.  The credit  card receivables  currently in  the
Trust  were predominantly generated under the  VISA U.S.A. Inc. program. Capital
Cash is an open-end  revolving line of credit  with a predetermined credit  line
accessible  primarily through checks  and is designed  for those individuals who
prefer using checks rather  than credit cards. Its  credit approval process  and
product features are substantially similar to those used by the Banks for credit
cards.  All credit card and Capital Cash accounts in the First Deposit Portfolio
(other than certain accounts purchased  from third party originators, which  are
not  currently included in the Trust Portfolio) were originated using the Banks'
account opening procedures.  Certain of  the accounts were  originated by  First
Deposit Savings Bank, a former affiliate of the Banks.
 
    Each   of  the   Banks  uses  substantially   similar  account  origination,
acquisition and servicing procedures. The  Banks primarily use their  affiliate,
Providian   National  Bancorp,  and  third  party  vendors  in  the  process  of
originating and servicing the accounts. Account set-up, telemarketing,  customer
service,   collection  activities  and  certain  data  processing  services  are
performed primarily at operations centers located in the San Francisco Bay area.
Other data  processing functions  are  handled by  Total System  Services,  Inc.
("Total  System"),  a  Columbus,  Georgia-based  company.  Total  System  is the
nation's second largest credit card
 
- --------------
(2) Capital Cash is a registered servicemark of Providian Bancorp, Inc.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
processing company. Total System is responsible for processing merchants' credit
slips  (drafts),  issuing  and  encoding  cards  and  authorizing  accountholder
purchases  for merchants.  Total System  also sends  monthly billing statements,
stores customer data files, updates master files daily and provides master  file
tapes  each month. The credit card and  Capital Cash accounts owned by the Banks
were  principally  generated  through  direct  mail  solicitations  sent  to   a
pre-screened list of prospective accountholders, followed by credit verification
and  telemarketing  support.  The Banks'  underwriting,  telemarketing, customer
service and collection  procedures, described below,  are subject to  refinement
and change as the competitive environment, industry practice, legal requirements
or  the Banks' business objectives may require.  In addition, the Banks or their
affiliates may acquire accounts originated by third parties from time to time in
the future.
 
UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES
 
    The Banks'  credit screening  process begins  with a  "prescreening"  review
which  identifies consumers who are  likely to be approved  for a credit card or
Capital Cash account with a high credit line. These consumers generally  receive
direct  mail solicitations or solicitations by  telephone. In order to establish
the amount of the customer's credit line, responses from applicants are  subject
to  a "back-end" verification process in which an applicant's credit information
is reviewed a second time, updated and verified against criteria established  by
each Bank's loan committee.
 
    In  the prescreening  process, the  Banks provide  a set  of credit criteria
directly, or indirectly through  a third party, to  credit bureaus. The  bureaus
screen their databases and generate a list of names with the desired attributes.
The  list is further refined by applying an additional set of targeting criteria
which have been  derived by the  Banks from a  statistical modeling of  previous
response   patterns  and  charge-off   experience.  This  final   list  is  then
statistically verified by the  Banks to ensure that  the list complies with  the
criteria supplied.
 
    Those  persons who receive  the solicitations must respond  in writing or by
telephone to initiate the  back-end verification process.  Once the response  is
received  and  current credit  bureau reports  obtained, the  applicant's credit
history  and  other  attributes  are  checked  against  the  originating  Bank's
underwriting  criteria.  In November  1991,  the Federal  Financial Institutions
Examination Council adopted  a policy statement  that requires a  firm offer  of
credit  be made to each person who meets prescreening criteria. As a result, the
Banks provide each person who responds to a prescreened solicitation within  the
time  period specified in  the solicitation an  opportunity to accept  a line of
credit with a credit limit of at least $300. Each applicant whose credit history
and other attributes meet all of  the underwriting criteria is offered a  higher
line  of  credit.  Each of  the  Initial  Accounts and  the  Additional Accounts
previously designated pursuant to the Pooling Agreement were opened with  credit
lines in excess of $300.
 
    Each  accountholder  is  subject to  an  agreement governing  the  terms and
conditions of the  account. Pursuant to  such lending agreement,  the Bank  that
owns  the  account  reserves  the  right  to  change  or  terminate  any  terms,
conditions, services  or  features  of  the  account  (including  increasing  or
decreasing  monthly  periodic charges,  other charges  or minimum  payments). By
their terms, the lending  agreements are governed by  New Hampshire law.  Credit
limits  are  adjusted periodically  based  upon the  relevant  Bank's continuing
evaluation of an accountholder's credit behavior.
 
    In 1991, PNB  acquired a  portfolio of MasterCard  accounts. Those  accounts
were  originally opened using criteria established by the institution from which
the accounts were purchased and were selected  by PNB based on a credit  scoring
formula acceptable to PNB. None of the receivables in such acquired accounts are
currently  included in the  Receivables transferred to  the Trust, although they
may be  added to  the Trust  at some  time in  the future.  Other portfolios  of
consumer  revolving credit  accounts may  be purchased  by the  Banks from other
institutions and added to  the Trust from time  to time, using credit  screening
procedures and criteria acceptable to the acquiring Bank.
 
TELEMARKETING AND CUSTOMER SERVICE
 
    The  Banks believe that customer contact must be quickly established to take
advantage of additional marketing opportunities, verify application  information
and  assist in the collections process.  Customer service is currently available
to most  customers  24  hours  a  day, seven  days  a  week  (excluding  certain
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
holidays).   Customer  service  representatives  have   on-line  access  to  the
customer's account history in order to immediately resolve most questions.  When
charges  are  in  dispute,  each  Bank's  current  policy  is  to  note  on  the
accountholder's monthly billing statements that  such portion of the balance  is
in  dispute, and such portion will not accrue finance charges pending resolution
of the dispute. Multiple tracking and  reporting systems are employed to  ensure
that service standards are achieved and maintained.
 
COLLECTION EFFORTS
 
    Efforts  to collect delinquent  consumer credit receivables  are made by the
Banks or their  affiliates as well  as attorneys retained  in different  states.
Current  collection practices are  characterized by quick  intervention upon any
missed payments,  automated  calling systems  which  improve the  efficiency  of
contacting customers and close monitoring of delinquencies and charge-offs.
 
    Current  collection policy consists principally of the following. Statements
are sent  monthly  and  accountholders  have approximately  30  days  after  the
statement  date to remit payments before an account is considered past-due. Risk
assessment and  segmentation  models  are  used to  determine  when  to  contact
accountholders  by telephone after an account becomes past due, with an emphasis
on early intervention for those accounts with the highest risk. Arrangements may
be made  with  accountholders to  extend  or  change payment  schedules.  If  an
accountholder  either refuses to make  a promise to pay,  or breaks a promise to
pay, collection efforts are promptly escalated to a more experienced  collector,
or  referred  to the  legal  collections unit  for  review. No  new  charges are
authorized after an  account is  past due  for 30  days and  after two  negative
events  (such as a  refusal to pay  or a broken  promise to pay)  the account is
closed. At that point, the only objective is to collect the outstanding balance.
No more than 180 days  after a payment delinquency (210  days after the date  of
the  billing statement), unless the accountholder  cures the default by making a
partial payment  which  qualifies  under  the  relevant  Bank's  standards,  the
principal  balance of the account is written  off. Related interest and late fee
charges are written off as a  reversal of interest income. Account balances  for
deceased  account obligors  are written  off when  verification of  no estate is
obtained, or  180 days  after  the delinquency,  whichever is  earlier.  Account
balances  for bankrupt accountholders generally are written off immediately upon
verification   regardless   of   the   account's   delinquency   status.   Since
accountholders  for  whom a  Bank  receives notice  of  a bankruptcy  filing are
sometimes current  in  their payment  up  to  the time  of  notification,  these
accounts may be charged off without having been delinquent.
 
INTERCHANGE
 
    Members  participating  in  the  VISA  and  MasterCard  associations receive
certain fees ("Interchange")  as partial  compensation for  taking credit  risk,
absorbing  fraud losses, funding receivables  and servicing accountholders for a
limited period prior to initial billing. Under the VISA and MasterCard  systems,
Interchange  in  connection  with  accountholder  charges  for  merchandise  and
services is passed from the banks  that clear the transactions for merchants  to
the credit card-issuing banks. Interchange ranges from approximately 1% to 2% of
the  transaction  amount, although  VISA and  MasterCard may  from time  to time
change the amount of Interchange reimbursed to banks issuing their credit cards.
Interchange paid to the  Banks will be  allocated to the  Trust with respect  to
each  Monthly Period on the basis of (i) the Interchange for all accounts in the
First Deposit Portfolio and (ii) the percentage equivalent of the ratio that the
amount of accountholder charges  for merchandise and  services for the  Accounts
bears  to the total amount of accountholder charges for merchandise and services
for all accounts in the First Deposit  Portfolio, in each case for such  Monthly
Period.  The  Banks will  be  required, pursuant  to  the terms  of  the Pooling
Agreement, to transfer to  the Trust for the  benefit of Certificateholders  the
aforementioned  percentage of the Interchange. This percentage is an estimate of
the actual Interchange paid  to the Banks  from time to time  in respect of  the
Accounts  and may be more or less than the actual amount of Interchange so paid.
Interchange transferred  to  the  Trust  will  be  included  in  Finance  Charge
Receivables  pursuant to the  Pooling Agreement for  purposes of determining the
amount of Finance  Charge Receivables  and allocating  collections and  payments
thereof  to the  Certificateholders. Unless  otherwise specified  in the related
Supplement, Interchange attributable  to the Accounts  as determined above  will
also  be included in Finance Charge  Receivables for purposes of calculating the
Portfolio Yield.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                                  THE ACCOUNTS
 
GENERAL
 
    The Receivables arise in certain  Eligible Accounts (the "Trust  Portfolio")
selected by the Banks from the First Deposit Portfolio as described below.
 
    The   Banks'  accounts   are  grouped   into  "rollouts"   for  purposes  of
administrative convenience. A rollout represents a group of accounts established
from replies to a specific solicitation program. Each rollout has a discrete set
of  targeting  criteria  corresponding  to  it.  Product  solicitations  for   a
particular rollout are made within a discrete period, normally two to four weeks
in  length. The  Accounts presently  included in  the Trust  consist of  all the
accounts contained  in  certain  rollouts  designated  by  each  of  the  Banks,
including  Accounts for which Receivables have been charged off as uncollectible
prior to  their addition  to the  Trust  in accordance  with the  Banks'  normal
servicing  policies. Receivables  in charged-off Accounts  are deemed  to have a
zero balance  and the  Trust owns  only  the right  to receive  recoveries  with
respect to such Receivables.
 
    Although  the characteristics  (including loss  experience) of  a particular
rollout may differ from  those of the  First Deposit Portfolio  as a whole,  the
Banks  have selected  the Accounts presently  included in the  Trust by rollouts
with the objective of obtaining a representative cross-section of the  available
Eligible  Accounts  in  the First  Deposit  Portfolio. The  Banks  believe that,
collectively, the Accounts presently included in the Trust are representative of
the Accounts in the First Deposit Portfolio.
 
    Each Bank has  transferred and will  transfer to the  Trust all  Receivables
existing  in each Account owned by  it on the date of  transfer to the Trust and
all Receivables  generated  in  such  Accounts  after  such  date.  All  monthly
calculations  with  respect  to such  Accounts  are computed  based  on activity
occurring during a  calendar month (each  a "Monthly Period").  Pursuant to  the
Pooling  Agreement, the Banks severally have the right, and in certain cases the
obligation (subject to certain limitations  and conditions described below),  to
designate  from time to  time additional qualifying  VISA or MasterCard consumer
revolving credit  card  accounts,  Capital  Cash  accounts  and  other  consumer
revolving  credit  accounts owned  by  the designating  Bank  to be  included as
Accounts and to convey to the Trust all Receivables in such Additional Accounts,
whether such Receivables are then existing or thereafter created. These Accounts
must be  Eligible Accounts  as of  the date  the relevant  Bank designates  such
accounts  as Additional Accounts.  Since the Trust Cut-Off  Date, the Banks have
conveyed to the Trust Receivables  in certain Additional Accounts in  accordance
with  the provisions  of the  Pooling Agreement.  In addition,  as of  the Trust
Cut-Off Date (or as of  the addition date) and on  the date any new  Receivables
are  created, each Bank will represent and warrant to the Trust that each of the
Receivables in any  Account or Additional  Account owned by  such Bank which  is
conveyed  to the Trust on such  day meets the eligibility requirements specified
in the Pooling Agreement. See "The Pooling Agreement  Generally--Representations
and  Warranties". However, there can be no  assurance that all the Accounts will
continue to meet the applicable eligibility requirements throughout the life  of
the Trust.
 
    Subject  to  certain  limitations  and  restrictions,  each  Bank  may  also
designate certain Accounts owned by it the Receivables in which will be  removed
from  the Trust. In such  case, the Receivables in  the Removed Accounts will be
reassigned to such Bank. Throughout the  term of the Trust, the Trust  Portfolio
will  consist of the  Initial Accounts, plus any  Additional Accounts, and minus
any Removed Accounts.
 
    Additional Accounts designated after  the date hereof may  be accounts of  a
different  type from those previously included in the Trust. Therefore there can
be no assurance that such Additional Accounts will be of the same credit quality
as the Initial Accounts or the Additional Accounts the Receivables in which have
been conveyed previously to  the Trust. Moreover,  such Additional Accounts  may
contain  Receivables  which  consist  of fees,  charges  and  amounts  which are
different from the fees,  charges and amounts  described below. Such  Additional
Accounts  may also  be subject  to different  credit limits,  balances and ages.
Consequently, there can be no assurance that the Accounts will continue to  have
the  characteristics  described  herein  as Additional  Accounts  are  added. In
addition, the inclusion in the Trust of Additional Accounts with lower  periodic
finance  charges may have the effect of  reducing the Portfolio Yield. The Banks
intend to file with the Commission, on behalf of the Trust, a Current Report  on
Form  8-K with respect to  any addition of accounts  which would have a material
effect on the composition of the Accounts.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
BILLING AND PAYMENTS
 
    The following  is  information  with  respect to  the  billing  and  payment
characteristics generally applicable to the accounts owned by the Banks.
 
    Monthly  billing statements are sent by  the Banks to active accountholders.
All the accounts currently require a minimum monthly payment, generally equal to
at least 2% of the new balance shown  on the statement, plus any amount that  is
past-due  and any  amount by which  the new balance  exceeds the accountholder's
credit limit. The  payment due  will not  be less  than $15.00  (unless the  new
balance is less than $15.00, in which case the payment due will be the amount of
the new balance).
 
    Finance  charges  are posted  to the  accounts  at the  end of  each monthly
billing cycle. A  daily finance charge  is calculated by  multiplying the  daily
balance  on the account by the applicable  daily periodic rate. For the majority
of accounts, there  is no  grace period  during which  accountholders may  avoid
monthly periodic charges on purchases or cash advances.
 
    The daily balance is figured by taking the previous day's balance (including
the  daily finance charge) and adding all debits and subtracting all credits for
the current day. The average daily balance  can be figured by adding each  day's
balance  (including the daily finance charge) and dividing by the number of days
in the billing cycle. This average daily balance can be multiplied by the number
of days in the billing cycle and the daily periodic rate to determine the  total
finance charge for the billing cycle.
 
    The  annual percentage  rates for cash  advances and purchases  are fixed or
variable and generally range from 10.9% to 21.9%. The majority of balances  that
have  a fixed rate have an annual  percentage rate of 21.9%. Some accountholders
are offered a reduced annual percentage rate for an introductory period and  the
annual  percentage  rate on  some accounts  may  be lower  or higher  than those
generally offered by the  Banks. For an  additional fee, certain  accountholders
have   subscribed  to  a  credit  protection   feature  pursuant  to  which  the
accountholder's obligation to make payments  and the accrual of finance  charges
will be suspended in limited circumstances.
 
    The  Banks  typically  charge accounts  certain  additional  fees, generally
ranging up to $18.00, including: (i) a  late fee, if the relevant Bank does  not
receive  the required minimum monthly payment  by the statement cycle date (five
days after the payment due date shown on the monthly billing statement); (ii)  a
returned  payment  check  fee,  for each  accountholder  check  received  by the
relevant Bank and not paid by the accountholder's bank; (iii) an over-limit  fee
(excepting  Capital Cash accounts), if the new balance of an account exceeds the
accountholder's stated credit limit before addition  of a new finance charge  or
other fees on the billing date; and (iv) for most accounts, a returned check fee
for  any check written on the account that the relevant Bank returns unpaid. Any
of these fees may be waived or modified at any time.
 
    The Banks  generally do  not  charge an  annual  fee on  an  accountholder's
account.  However, a substantial number of accountholders obtain an initial cash
advance or transfer  existing balances at  the time the  account is opened.  The
Banks  reserve the right to modify the terms  of any account to charge an annual
fee or other types of fees.
 
    Payments by accountholders to  the Banks on the  accounts are processed  and
applied  first to finance charges, then to  any fees billed to the account, then
to principal, and then  to any unbilled principal.  Any excess creates a  credit
balance.  Finance charges are billed as of  the last day of an account's billing
cycle. Principal receivables are posted daily. Any payments applied to principal
will generally be applied  to principal receivables  relating to purchases,  and
then to principal receivables relating to cash advances.
 
    Annual  percentage rates,  fees and other  charges may  increase or decrease
from current levels. The  lending agreements governing  the accounts permit  the
Banks  to change the foregoing  rates and terms at  any time after an applicable
notice period. There can be no assurance that annual percentage rates, fees  and
other   charges  will  remain  at  current  levels  in  the  future.  See  "Risk
Factors--The Ability of the Banks to Change Terms of the Accounts".
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                   THE BANKS
 
    Each of the Banks  is a wholly-owned subsidiary  of Providian Bancorp,  Inc.
(formerly  known as First  Deposit Corporation) which is  in turn a wholly-owned
subsidiary  of  Providian  Corporation   (formerly  known  as  Capital   Holding
Corporation),  a  publicly owned  consumer financial  services company  which is
principally  engaged  in  the  insurance,  investment  management  and   banking
businesses.  FDNB is a national bank regulated  by the Office of the Comptroller
of the Currency.  Under the Competitive  Equality Banking Act  passed in  August
1987,  FDNB operates under the  non-transferable grandfather rights provided its
owners. PNB is a nationally chartered  credit card bank regulated by the  Office
of  the Comptroller of the Currency. Under  the Bank Holding Company Act, PNB is
authorized to engage only in credit card operations.
 
    The principal executive  offices of  FDNB are  located at  295 Main  Street,
Tilton,  New Hampshire 03276, the principal executive offices of PNB are located
at 53 Regional Drive, Concord, New Hampshire 03301, and the principal  executive
offices  of  Providian Bancorp,  Inc.  are located  at  201 Mission  Street, San
Francisco, California 94105.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    Unless otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the  net
proceeds  from the sale of the Certificates of any Series offered hereby will be
paid to the Banks and will be used for the Banks' general corporate purposes.
 
                                   THE TRUST
 
    The Trust, as  a master  trust, previously has  issued other  Series and  is
expected to issue additional Series from time to time. The Trust has not engaged
and  will not engage in  any business activity other  than acquiring and holding
Trust Assets  and proceeds  therefrom, issuing  Series of  Certificates and  the
Banks'  Certificate and  making payments  thereon and  related activities.  As a
consequence, the  Trust does  not and  is not  expected to  have any  source  of
capital  resources other  than the  Trust Assets.  The Trust  is administered in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
 
    The Banks have  conveyed to  the Trust, without  recourse, their  respective
interests  in  all  Receivables arising  under  the Accounts.  The  Trust Assets
consist of the  Receivables, all  monies due or  to become  due thereunder,  the
proceeds   of  the   Receivables,  and   certain  Interchange   attributable  to
accountholder charges for  goods and services  in certain of  the Accounts,  all
monies  on deposit in the Collection  Account and in certain accounts maintained
for the benefit of  the Certificateholders, any  Participations included in  the
Trust,  funds collected or  to be collected with  respect to such Participations
and any Series Enhancements.  The Trust Assets are  expected to change over  the
life  of the  Trust as  revolving credit  card accounts,  other revolving credit
accounts and related  assets become  subject to the  Trust and  as Accounts  are
closed,  charged off or removed and are no longer subject to the Trust. Pursuant
to the Pooling  Agreement, the  Banks will have  the right  (subject to  certain
limitations  and conditions),  and in some  circumstances will  be obligated, to
designate as Trust Assets Receivables arising in Additional Accounts or, in lieu
thereof  or  in  addition  thereto,  Participations.  See  "Description  of  the
Certificates--Addition  of Trust Assets".  In addition, the  Banks will have the
right to remove  from the Trust  Receivables arising in  designated Accounts  as
described herein under "Description of the Certificates--Removal of Accounts".
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
                        DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
GENERAL
 
    The  Certificates  of  a  Series  will be  issued  pursuant  to  the Pooling
Agreement, and a  Supplement thereto  relating to such  Certificates, among  the
Banks,  as sellers  of their respective  interests in the  Receivables, FDNB, as
servicer of  the Accounts,  and  the Trustee;  the  Pooling Agreement  and  each
Supplement  with respect to  any Series offered hereby  will be substantially in
the form  filed  as  exhibits  to  the  Registration  Statement  of  which  this
Prospectus  is a part. See "Description of the Certificates--New Issuances". The
Trustee will  provide a  copy  of the  Pooling  Agreement (without  exhibits  or
schedules),  including  any  Supplements,  to  Certificateholders  upon  written
request. The following summary describes  certain terms generally applicable  to
the Certificates of each Series and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the Pooling Agreement and the applicable Supplement.
 
    The Certificates of each Series offered hereby will initially be represented
by  one  or more  certificates  registered in  the name  of  the nominee  of DTC
(together  with   any  successor   depository  selected   by  the   Banks,   the
"Depository"),  except as  set forth  below. Unless  otherwise specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  the Certificates of  each Series offered  hereby
will  be  available  for purchase  in  minimum  denominations of  $1,000  and in
integral multiples thereof in book-entry form.  The Banks have been informed  by
DTC   that   DTC's   nominee  will   be   Cede.  See   "The   Pooling  Agreement
Generally--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive Certificates".
 
    The Certificates  of  each Series  offered  hereby will  evidence  undivided
interests  in the Trust Assets allocated  to the Certificateholders' Interest of
such Series, representing the right to  receive from such Trust Assets funds  up
to  (but not in excess of) the amounts required to make payments of interest and
principal  with  respect  thereto  as   described  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement.
 
INTEREST
 
    Interest  will accrue on the Invested Amount of the Certificates of a Series
or Class offered hereby at the per annum rate either specified in or  determined
in  the  manner  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Except as
otherwise provided herein or in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  collections
of  Finance  Charge  Receivables  and certain  other  amounts  allocable  to the
Certificateholders' Interest of  a Series offered  hereby will be  used to  make
interest  payments to Certificateholders of such Series on each Interest Payment
Date specified  with  respect  thereto in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,
provided  that if  an Early Amortization  Period commences with  respect to such
Series, thereafter  interest  will  be distributed  to  such  Certificateholders
monthly on each Special Payment Date. If the Interest Payment Dates for a Series
or  Class occur less frequently than  monthly, such collections or other amounts
(or the portion thereof  allocable to such  Class) will be  deposited in one  or
more   Interest  Funding  Accounts  and  used   to  make  interest  payments  to
Certificateholders of such  Series or  Class on the  following Interest  Payment
Date.  If a Series has more than one  Class of Certificates, each such Class may
have a  separate Interest  Funding  Account. Funds  on  deposit in  an  Interest
Funding  Account will be invested in  Eligible Investments. Any earnings (net of
losses and investment expenses) on funds in an Interest Funding Account will  be
paid  to, or at the direction of, the Banks except as otherwise specified in any
Supplement. Interest with  respect to  the Certificates of  each Series  offered
hereby  will accrue  and be  calculated on  the basis  described in  the related
Prospectus Supplement.
 
PRINCIPAL
 
    The Certificates of each  Series will have a  Revolving Period during  which
collections  of  Principal  Receivables  and  certain  other  amounts  otherwise
allocable to the Certificateholders' Interest of such Series will be treated  as
Shared  Principal Collections and will be distributed to, or for the benefit of,
the  Certificateholders  of  other  Series   or  the  Banks.  Unless  an   Early
Amortization  Period commences with respect to a Series, following the Revolving
Period with respect to such Series, such Series will have either an Accumulation
Period or a Scheduled Amortization Period.
 
    During  the  Accumulation  Period,  if  any,  with  respect  to  a   Series,
collections  of Principal Receivables and certain other amounts allocable to the
Certificateholders'   Interest   of   such   Series   will   be   deposited   on
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
each Distribution Date in a Principal Funding Account and used to make principal
distributions  to the Certificateholders of such  Series when due. The amount to
be deposited in a Principal Funding Account for any Series offered hereby on any
Distribution Date may,  but will  not necessarily,  be limited  to a  Controlled
Deposit  Amount  equal  to a  Controlled  Accumulation Amount  specified  in the
related Prospectus Settlement plus any existing deficit controlled  accumulation
amount  arising from  prior Distribution  Dates. If a  Series has  more than one
Class of Certificates, each Class may have a separate Principal Funding  Account
and   Controlled  Accumulation  Amount.  In  addition,  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement may describe certain  priorities among such  Classes with respect  to
deposits of principal into such Principal Funding Accounts.
 
    During  the Scheduled Amortization Period, if any, with respect to a Series,
collections of Principal Receivables and certain other amounts allocable to  the
Certificateholders'  Interest of such  Series will be  used on each Distribution
Date to make  principal distributions  to any Class  of Certificateholders  then
scheduled  to  receive  such  distributions. The  amount  to  be  distributed to
Certificateholders of any Series  offered hereby on  any Distribution Date  may,
but  will not necessarily, be limited  to a Controlled Distribution Amount equal
to  a  Controlled  Amortization  Amount  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement plus any existing deficit controlled amortization amount arising from
prior  Distribution Dates. If a Series has  more than one Class of Certificates,
each Class may have a separate Controlled Amortization Amount. In addition,  the
related Prospectus Supplement may describe certain priorities among such Classes
with respect to such distributions.
 
    During  the Early Amortization Period with  respect to a Series, collections
of  Principal  Receivables   and  certain   other  amounts   allocable  to   the
Certificateholders'   Interest  of  such   Series  (including  Shared  Principal
Collections, if any, allocable to such Series) will be distributed as  principal
payments  to the applicable Certificateholders monthly on each Distribution Date
beginning with the  first Special  Payment Date. During  the Early  Amortization
Period   with   respect   to   a   Series,   distributions   of   principal   to
Certificateholders of such Series will not be subject to any Controlled  Deposit
Amount  or Controlled Distribution Amount. In addition, upon the commencement of
the Early  Amortization Period,  any funds  on deposit  in a  Principal  Funding
Account  with respect to such  Series will be paid  to the Certificateholders of
the relevant Class  or Series  on the first  Special Payment  Date. See  "Series
Provisions--Pay  Out Events" for a discussion of  the events which might lead to
the commencement of the Early Amortization Period with respect to a Series.
 
    Funds on deposit in any  Principal Funding Account established with  respect
to a Class or Series offered hereby will be invested in Eligible Investments and
may  be  subject  to a  guarantee  or  guaranteed investment  contract  or other
mechanism specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement  intended to assure  a
minimum  rate of return on the investment of such funds. In order to enhance the
likelihood of  the  payment in  full  of the  principal  amount of  a  Class  of
Certificates  offered hereby at  the end of an  Accumulation Period with respect
thereto, such Class  may be subject  to a maturity  liquidity facility or  other
similar mechanism specified in the relevant Prospectus Supplement.
 
ADDITION OF TRUST ASSETS
 
    If,  as of  the close of  business on the  last business day  of any Monthly
Period, either (a)  the Sellers'  Interest is  less than  the Required  Sellers'
Participation  Amount or (b) the amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust is
less than the Required Principal  Balance, the Banks shall,  on or prior to  the
close  of  business on  the 10th  business  day following  such day,  unless the
Sellers' Interest equals or exceeds  the Required Sellers' Participation  Amount
or  the  amount of  Principal Receivables  in  the Trust  equals or  exceeds the
Required Principal Balance, as the case may  be, as of the close of business  on
any  day after the  last business day of  such Monthly Period  and prior to such
10th day, make an Addition to the  Trust such that, after giving effect to  such
Addition,  the  Sellers' Interest  is at  least equal  to the  Required Sellers'
Participation Amount and the amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust is  at
least equal to the Required Principal Balance. An "Addition" will consist of (i)
receivables  arising in Eligible Accounts owned by a Bank or (ii) participations
representing undivided interests  in a  pool of assets  primarily consisting  of
revolving  credit card  accounts or other  revolving credit accounts  owned by a
Bank or any  affiliate thereof and  collections thereon ("Participations").  The
addition  of  Participations to  the Trust  pursuant to  this paragraph  will be
effected by an  amendment to the  Pooling Agreement which  will not require  the
consent of Certificateholders. The Banks
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
may,  upon 30 days' prior  notice to the Trustee,  the Rating Agency and certain
providers of  Series  Enhancement,  reduce  the  Required  Sellers'  Percentage,
PROVIDED  that (a) such  reduction will not  result in a  Ratings Effect and (b)
each Bank shall have  delivered to the Trustee  and certain providers of  Series
Enhancement  a certificate of an  authorized officer to the  effect that, in the
reasonable belief of  such Bank,  such reduction will  not, based  on the  facts
known  to such officer at the time of  such certification, cause a Pay Out Event
to occur with  respect to  any Series; and  PROVIDED FURTHER  that the  Required
Sellers' Percentage shall never be less than 2%. In addition, the Banks may from
time  to time,  at their  sole discretion,  subject to  the conditions described
below, voluntarily make an Addition to the Trust.
 
    Each Bank may designate, from time to time, at its sole discretion, Eligible
Accounts to be included as  Accounts ("Automatic Additional Accounts"),  subject
to  the  limitations specified  in this  paragraph. If  the aggregate  number of
Automatic Additional Accounts  designated to  be included as  Accounts plus  the
number  of  Accounts added  pursuant to  the  preceding paragraph  without prior
review by the Rating Agency with respect to any of the three consecutive Monthly
Periods beginning in  January, April,  July and  October of  each calendar  year
would  exceed 15% of the number of Accounts  as of the first day of the calendar
year during which such Monthly Periods  commence or the number of such  Accounts
designated  during any  twelve-month period  would exceed  20% of  the number of
Accounts as  of  the first  day  of  such twelve-month  period  (the  "Aggregate
Additional  Limit"), then no  Automatic Additional Accounts  may be added during
such periods  without  the consent  of  the Rating  Agency.  On or  before  each
Distribution  Date, the  Banks shall have  delivered to the  Trustee, the Rating
Agency and certain providers  of Series Enhancement an  opinion of counsel  with
respect  to the  Automatic Additional Accounts  included as  Accounts during the
preceding Monthly Period confirming the validity and perfection of each transfer
of such Automatic Additional Accounts. If  such opinion of counsel with  respect
to  any Automatic  Additional Accounts  is not so  received, the  ability of the
Banks to designate Automatic  Additional Accounts will  be suspended until  such
time  as the Rating  Agency otherwise consents  in writing. The  addition to the
Trust of Receivables  in Automatic Additional  Accounts will be  subject to  the
further  condition that revolving credit card accounts or other revolving credit
accounts either (i) not originated by a Bank or any affiliate of a Bank or  (ii)
of a type not included in the Accounts at the time of their addition may only be
designated  as Automatic Additional Accounts upon compliance with the conditions
described below with  respect to  Additions. Automatic  Additional Accounts  and
Accounts  relating  to  any  Addition are  collectively  referred  to  herein as
"Additional Accounts".
 
    In connection  with an  Addition, the  Banks will  convey to  the Trust  the
Receivables  arising in  Additional Accounts  and Participations  subject to the
following conditions,  among  others  (provided that  the  following  conditions
(other  than  the  delivery of  a  written  assignment and  a  computer  file or
microfiche list as described in clause (b))  shall not apply to the transfer  to
the Trust of Receivables in Automatic Additional Accounts): (a) on or before the
tenth business day immediately preceding such Addition, each Bank which owns any
such  Additional Account or is transferring  any such Participation to the Trust
shall have  given the  Trustee,  the Servicer,  the  Rating Agency  and  certain
providers  of Series Enhancement written notice  that the Receivables arising in
the Additional Accounts or Participations will be included as Trust Assets;  (b)
on or before the date on which any such Receivables are added to the Trust, each
such  Bank  shall have  delivered  to the  Trustee  a written  assignment  and a
computer file or  microfiche list  containing a true  and complete  list of  the
related Additional Accounts specifying for each such Account its account number,
the  aggregate amount  outstanding in such  Account and the  aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables  outstanding  in such  Account;  (c)  in the  case  of  an
Addition  other  than  a  required Addition,  the  Trustee  shall  have received
confirmation from the  Rating Agency  that such Addition  will not  result in  a
Ratings  Effect;  (d) in  the  case of  a  required Addition  which  exceeds the
Aggregate Additional Limit, the Banks shall have provided the Rating Agency with
15 days, prior written notice and the Rating Agency shall not have notified  the
Banks  that such addition would result in a  Ratings Effect; and (e) prior to or
on the date any such Receivables or Participations are added to the Trust,  each
such  Bank shall have delivered  to the Trustee and  certain providers of Series
Enhancement a  certificate of  an authorized  officer stating  that any  related
Additional Accounts are Eligible Accounts and that such Bank reasonably believes
that (i) such Addition will not, based on the facts known to such officer at the
time  of such certification, cause a Pay Out  Event to occur with respect to any
Series and (ii) in the case  of Additional Accounts, no selection procedure  was
utilized by such
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
Bank  which  would  result  in  a selection  of  Additional  Accounts  (from the
available Eligible Accounts owned by such Bank) that would be materially adverse
to the interests of the Certificateholders of  any Series as of the date of  the
addition.
 
    The  Banks  may  direct that  the  Principal Receivables  in  the Additional
Accounts be treated as Principal Receivables outstanding on the last day of  the
Monthly  Period preceding the Monthly  Period in which the  Addition is made for
purposes of calculating Floating Allocation Percentages and Principal Allocation
Percentages for the Monthly Period of such Addition. Such direction may be  made
on  the date  of addition  subject to  the condition  that all  collections with
respect to the  Additional Accounts  for the  period from  the last  day of  the
preceding  Monthly Period through the date of  addition must be deposited in the
collection Account on  the date of  addition. Following any  such Addition,  the
Servicer  will  allocate collections  for the  balance  of such  Monthly Period,
including  the  collections  deposited   on  the  date   of  addition,  to   the
Certificateholders'  Interest of each  Series and the  Sellers' Interest so that
each interest  receives  the same  allocations  of Finance  Charge  Receivables,
Principal  Receivables and Defaulted Amounts that it would have received if such
Additional Accounts had been included in the Trust for the entire Monthly Period
in which the Addition occurred.
 
    Affiliates of the  Banks may  originate or acquire  portfolios of  revolving
credit card accounts or other revolving credit accounts the receivables in which
may  be  participated  to the  Banks  and sold  to  the  Trust. Such  a  sale of
receivables to  the Trust  will be  subject to  the conditions  described  above
relating to Additions.
 
    Additional  Accounts or Participations may include accounts originated using
criteria different from those which were applied to the Initial Accounts because
such accounts were originated  at a later  date or were part  of a portfolio  of
revolving credit card accounts or other revolving credit accounts which were not
part  of the First Deposit Portfolio as of  the Trust Cut-Off Date or which were
acquired from another  institution. Moreover, Additional  Accounts and  accounts
included  in  Participations may  not be  accounts of  the same  type previously
included in the Trust. See "The Pooling Agreement Generally--Representations and
Warranties". Consequently,  there  can  be no  assurance  that  such  Additional
Accounts  or Participations will be of the  same credit quality or have the same
payment characteristics  as  the Initial  Accounts  or the  Additional  Accounts
previously included in the Trust.
 
    Additional  Accounts  of  a type  different  than the  Initial  Accounts may
contain Receivables  which  consist  of  fees, charges  and  amounts  which  are
different  from  the fees,  charges and  amounts which  have been  designated as
Finance Charge Receivables and  Principal Receivables herein and  Participations
may  be  added to  the Trust  as Additions.  In either  case, the  Servicer will
designate the portions of funds collected or to be collected in respect of  such
Receivables  or  Participations  to  be  treated  for  purposes  of  the Pooling
Agreement as Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables.
 
REMOVAL OF ACCOUNTS
 
    On any day of any Monthly Period  each Bank shall have the right to  require
the  reassignment to  it or  its designee  of all  the Trust's  right, title and
interest in, to and under the Receivables then existing and thereafter  created,
all  monies due or to  become due and all  amounts received with respect thereto
and all proceeds thereof in  or with respect to  the Removed Accounts owned  and
designated  by such Bank, upon satisfaction  of the following conditions: (a) on
or before  the  fifth  business  day (the  "Removal  Notice  Date")  immediately
preceding the date upon which the Receivables in such Accounts are to be removed
from the Trust, such Bank shall have given the Trustee, the Servicer, the Rating
Agency  and  certain  providers of  Series  Enhancement written  notice  of such
removal specifying the date  for removal of the  Removed Accounts (the  "Removal
Date");  (b) on or prior to the date that is ten business days after the Removal
Date, such  Bank  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee  a  computer  file  or
microfiche  list containing  a true  and complete  list of  the Removed Accounts
specifying for each  such Account, as  of the Removal  Notice Date, its  account
number,  the  aggregate amount  outstanding in  such  Account and  the aggregate
amount of Principal Receivables outstanding in such Account; (c) such Bank shall
have represented and warranted as of each Removal Date that the list of  Removed
Accounts delivered pursuant to clause (b) above, as of the Removal Date, is true
and  complete  in all  material respects;  (d) the  Trustee shall  have received
confirmation from  the Rating  Agency that  such removal  will not  result in  a
Ratings   Effect;  (e)   such  Bank   shall  have   delivered  to   the  Trustee
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
and certain  providers of  Series  Enhancement a  certificate of  an  authorized
officer,  dated  the  Removal Date,  to  the  effect that  such  Bank reasonably
believes that  (i) such  removal will  not, based  on the  facts known  to  such
officer  at the time of such certification, cause  a Pay Out Event to occur with
respect to any Series and (ii) no selection procedure was utilized by such  Bank
which  would result in a selection of  Removed Accounts that would be materially
adverse to  the interests  of the  Certificateholders of  any Series  as of  the
Removal  Date; and (f) as of the Removal Notice Date, either (i) the Receivables
in the Accounts owned by such Bank are not more than 15% delinquent by estimated
principal amount and the weighted average delinquency of such Receivables is not
more than 60 days or (ii) the Receivables in the Accounts owned by such Bank are
not more  than 7%  delinquent by  estimated principal  amount and  the  weighted
average delinquency of such Receivables does not exceed 90 days.
 
    Upon  satisfaction of  the above conditions,  the Trustee  shall execute and
deliver to the relevant Bank a written reassignment and shall be deemed to sell,
transfer, assign, set over  and otherwise convey to  such Bank or its  designee,
without  recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest
of the Trust  in and to  the Receivables  arising in the  Removed Accounts,  all
monies  due and to become due and  all amounts received with respect thereto and
all proceeds thereof.
 
NEW ISSUANCES
 
    The  Pooling  Agreement  provides  that,   pursuant  to  any  one  or   more
Supplements,  the Banks may  direct the Trustee  to issue from  time to time new
Series subject to  the conditions  described below  (each such  issuance a  "New
Issuance").  Each New Issuance  will have the effect  of decreasing the Sellers'
Interest to the  extent of the  Invested Amount  of such new  Series. Under  the
Pooling  Agreement, the  Banks may designate,  with respect to  any newly issued
Series: (i)  its name  or designation;  (ii) its  initial principal  amount  (or
method  for calculating such amount)  and its invested amount  in the Trust (the
"Invested Amount"); (iii) its certificate rate (or formula for the determination
thereof); (iv) the interest payment date or dates (the "Interest Payment Dates")
and the date  or dates  from which  interest shall  accrue; (v)  the method  for
allocating  collections  to Certificateholders  of  such Series;  (vi)  any bank
accounts to be used by such Series and the terms governing the operation of  any
such  bank accounts;  (vii) the percentage  used to  calculate monthly servicing
fees; (viii)  the provider  and terms  of any  form of  Series Enhancement  with
respect  thereto; (ix) the terms on which the Certificates of such Series may be
repurchased or remarketed to other  investors; (x) the Series Termination  Date;
(xi)  the number of Classes  of Certificates of such  Series, and if such Series
consists of more than one Class, the  rights and priorities of each such  Class;
(xii)  the extent to which  the Certificates of such  Series will be issuable in
temporary or permanent global form (and,  in such case, the depositary for  such
global certificate or certificates, the terms and conditions, if any, upon which
such  global certificate may be  exchanged, in whole or  in part, for definitive
certificates, and  the  manner  in  which  any  interest  payable  on  a  global
certificate will be paid); (xiii) whether the Certificates of such Series may be
issued in bearer form and any limitations imposed thereon; (xiv) the priority of
such  Series with respect to any other Series;  (xv) the Group, if any, in which
such Series  will be  included; and  (xvi) any  other relevant  terms (all  such
terms,  the "Principal Terms" of such Series).  None of the Banks, the Servicer,
the Trustee or the  Trust is required  or intends to obtain  the consent of  any
Certificateholder  of any outstanding Series to issue any additional Series. The
Banks may offer any Series to the public under a Prospectus Supplement or  other
Disclosure  Document in transactions  either registered under  the Act or exempt
from registration  thereunder  directly, through  one  or more  underwriters  or
placement  agents,  in fixed-price  offerings or  in negotiated  transactions or
otherwise. See "Plan of  Distribution". Any such Series  may be issued in  fully
registered  or book-entry form in minimum denominations determined by the Banks.
The Banks intend to offer, from time to time, additional Series.
 
    The Pooling Agreement provides that the Banks may designate Principal  Terms
such  that each  Series has an  Accumulation Period or  a Scheduled Amortization
Period which may have a different length and begin on a different date than such
periods for  any other  Series. Further,  one or  more Series  may be  in  their
Accumulation Period or Scheduled Amortization Period while other Series are not.
Collections  of Principal Receivables  otherwise allocable to  a Series which is
not amortizing or  accumulating principal  will be treated  as Shared  Principal
Collections  and reallocated  to a  Series which  is amortizing  or accumulating
principal. Moreover, each Series  may have the  benefits of Series  Enhancements
issued by enhancement providers
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
different  from the  providers of Series  Enhancement with respect  to any other
Series. Under the  Pooling Agreement,  the Trustee  shall hold  any such  Series
Enhancement  only  on behalf  of  the Series  to  which such  Series Enhancement
relates. With respect to each such  Series Enhancement, the Banks may deliver  a
different  form of Series Enhancement agreement.  The Banks also have the option
under the Pooling Agreement to vary among  Series the terms upon which a  Series
may  be repurchased by the  Banks or remarketed to  other investors. There is no
limit to the number of New Issuances that the Banks may cause under the  Pooling
Agreement.  The Trust will terminate only  as provided in the Pooling Agreement.
There can be no assurance that the terms of any Series might not have an  impact
on  the timing and amount of payments received by a Certificateholder of another
Series.
 
    Under the Pooling Agreement and pursuant to a Supplement, a New Issuance may
only occur upon the satisfaction of  certain conditions provided in the  Pooling
Agreement.  The obligation  of the Trustee  to authenticate  the Certificates of
such new Series and to execute and deliver the related Supplement is subject  to
the  satisfaction  of  the following  conditions:  (a)  on or  before  the fifth
business day immediately preceding  the date upon which  the New Issuance is  to
occur,  the Banks shall have given the  Trustee, the Servicer, the Rating Agency
and certain providers of Series Enhancement written notice of such New  Issuance
and  the date upon which the New Issuance  is to occur; (b) the Banks shall have
delivered to the  Trustee the related  Supplement, in form  satisfactory to  the
Trustee, executed by each party to the Pooling Agreement other than the Trustee;
(c) the Banks shall have delivered to the Trustee any related Series Enhancement
agreement  executed by each  of the parties  to such agreement;  (d) the Trustee
shall have received confirmation from the  Rating Agency that such New  Issuance
will  not result in a Ratings Effect; (e)  the Banks shall have delivered to the
Trustee and  certain  providers  of  Series  Enhancement  a  certificate  of  an
authorized  officer, dated the date upon which  the New Issuance is to occur, to
the effect that the Banks reasonably believe that such issuance will not,  based
on  the facts known to  such officer at the time  of such certification, cause a
Pay Out Event  to occur with  respect to any  Series; (f) the  Banks shall  have
delivered  to the  Trustee, the  Rating Agency  and certain  providers of Series
Enhancement an opinion  of counsel acceptable  to the Trustee  that for  federal
income tax purposes (x) following such New Issuance the Trust will not be deemed
to  be an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation,
(y) such  New Issuance  will not  affect  the tax  characterization as  debt  of
Certificates  of any outstanding Series or Class that were characterized as debt
at the  time of  their issuance  and (z)  such New  Issuance will  not cause  or
constitute  an  event  in  which  gain  or  loss  would  be  recognized  by  any
Certificateholders or the Trust (an opinion of counsel to the effect referred to
in clauses (x), (y) and (z) with respect to any action is referred to herein  as
a  "Tax Opinion");  (g) the Banks'  remaining interest  in Principal Receivables
shall not be less than 2% of the total amount of Principal Receivables, in  each
case  as of the date upon which the New Issuance is to occur after giving effect
to such issuance; (h) the sum of the Invested Amounts to be used in  calculating
the  Floating Allocation Percentages of all  outstanding Series shall not exceed
the amount of  Principal Receivables  to be  used in  calculating such  Floating
Allocation  Percentages, in  each case as  of the  date of the  New Issuance and
after giving effect to such New Issuance; and (i) any other conditions specified
in any Supplement. Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Trustee  shall
execute  the Supplement  and issue  to the  Banks the  Certificates of  such new
Series for execution and redelivery to the Trustee for authentication.
 
COLLECTION ACCOUNT
 
    The Servicer maintains  for the  benefit of the  Certificateholders of  each
Series,  in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, an Eligible Deposit
Account bearing  a  designation  clearly indicating  that  the  funds  deposited
therein  are held for the benefit of  the Certificateholders of each Series (the
"Collection Account"). "Eligible Deposit Account" means either (a) a  segregated
account  with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the
corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under the  laws
of the United States or any one of the states thereof, including the District of
Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), and acting as a trustee for
funds  deposited  in such  account, so  long as  any of  the securities  of such
depository institution shall have a credit rating from the Rating Agency in  one
of  its  generic  credit  rating categories  which  signifies  investment grade.
"Eligible Institution" means a depository institution (which may be the Trustee)
organized under the laws of the United  States or any one of the states  thereof
which at all times (a) has either (i) a long-term unsecured debt rating of A2 or
better by
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
Moody's  Investors Service,  Inc. ("Moody's") or  (ii) a  certificate of deposit
rating of P-1 by Moody's, (b) has  either (i) a long-term unsecured debt  rating
of  AAA  by  Standard &  Poor's  Corporation  ("Standard &  Poor's")  or  (ii) a
certificate of deposit rating of A-1+ by  Standard & Poor's and (c) is a  member
of  the FDIC. The Collection Account  is currently maintained with Bankers Trust
Company. If at any time the Collection Account ceases to be an Eligible  Deposit
Account,  the  Collection  Account shall  be  moved  so that  it  will  again be
qualified as  an  Eligible Deposit  Account.  Funds in  the  Collection  Account
generally  will be  invested in (i)  obligations fully guaranteed  by the United
States of  America,  (ii) demand  deposits,  time deposits  or  certificates  of
deposit  of depository institutions or trust companies, the commercial paper, if
any, of which has  the highest rating from  the Rating Agency, (iii)  commercial
paper  (or  other short-term  obligations) having,  at the  time of  the Trust's
investment therein, a  rating in  the highest  rating category  from the  Rating
Agency,  (iv) demand deposits,  time deposits and  certificates of deposit which
are fully insured by the FDIC, (v)  notes or bankers' acceptances issued by  any
depository  institution or  trust company  described in  (ii) above,  (vi) money
market funds which have the highest rating from, or have otherwise been approved
in writing  by, the  Rating Agency,  (vii)  time deposits  with an  entity,  the
commercial  paper of  which has  the highest rating  from the  Rating Agency and
(viii)  any  other  investments  approved  in  writing  by  the  Rating   Agency
(collectively,  "Eligible  Investments"). Such  funds  may be  invested  in debt
obligations of  Providian  Bancorp, Inc.  or  its  affiliates so  long  as  such
obligations  qualify as  Eligible Investments. Any  earnings (net  of losses and
investment expenses)  on funds  in the  Collection Account  will be  treated  as
collections  of Finance Charge Receivables  with respect to the  last day of the
related Monthly  Period except  as otherwise  specified in  any Supplement.  The
Servicer  will have  the revocable power  to withdraw funds  from the Collection
Account and to instruct  the Trustee to make  withdrawals and payments from  the
Collection  Account for the purpose of carrying out its duties under the Pooling
Agreement and any Supplement. The Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to
withdraw  funds  from  the  Collection   Account  for  the  purpose  of   making
distributions to the Certificateholders. The Paying Agent shall initially be the
Trustee.
 
ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES
 
    Pursuant  to the  Pooling Agreement,  the Servicer  will allocate  among the
Certificateholders' Interest  of  each  Series and  the  Sellers'  Interest  all
amounts  collected  with respect  to  Finance Charge  Receivables  and Principal
Receivables and the Defaulted Amount with respect to each day during any Monthly
Period as follows:
 
       (a) collections of Finance  Charge Receivables and  the Defaulted  Amount
           will at all times be allocated to the Certificateholders' Interest of
    a Series based on the Floating Allocation Percentage of such Series; and
 
       (b) collections  of Principal Receivables will  at all times be allocated
           to the  Certificateholders'  Interest of  such  Series based  on  the
    Principal Allocation Percentage of such Series.
 
    The   "Floating  Allocation   Percentage"  and   the  "Principal  Allocation
Percentage" with respect to any  Series will be determined  as set forth in  the
related  Supplement  and, with  respect to  each Series  offered hereby,  in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Amounts not allocated to the  Certificateholders'
Interest  of any  Series as  described above will  be allocated  to the Sellers'
Interest.
 
DEPOSITS IN COLLECTION ACCOUNT
 
    For as long as (i) FDNB remains the Servicer under the Pooling Agreement and
(ii) either (x)  FDNB, as  the Servicer,  provides to  the Trustee  a letter  of
credit  covering collection risk of the Servicer acceptable to the Rating Agency
(as evidenced by a letter from the  Rating Agency to the effect that no  Ratings
Effect  would occur) or (y)  FDNB, if the Collection  Account is maintained with
FDNB, has and maintains a certificate of deposit rating of at least A-1 and  P-1
(or their equivalent) by the Rating Agency, FDNB may use for its own benefit all
collections  received with  respect to  the Receivables  in each  Monthly Period
until the business day  preceding the related Distribution  Date, at which  time
FDNB  will deposit all such collections, to the extent described below, into the
Collection Account, and the Servicer will make the deposits and payments to  the
accounts  and parties described herein and  in the related Prospectus Supplement
on the date of such deposit. However, if FDNB is no longer the Servicer or fails
to maintain  the required  letter  of credit  covering  collection risk  or  the
required certificate of deposit rating, the Servicer will
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
make  such deposits, as described below, not  later than two business days after
the Date  of  Processing,  except  in the  case  of  collections  consisting  of
Interchange,  which will  be deposited  not later  than each  Distribution Date.
Whether the Servicer is required to make deposits of collections pursuant to the
first or the second preceding sentence,  (i) the Servicer will only be  required
to deposit collections into the Collection Account up to the aggregate amount of
collections  required to be deposited into an account established for any Series
or, without duplication, distributed on the related Distribution Date or Payment
Date to  Certificateholders  of  any Series  or  to  the issuer  of  any  Series
Enhancement  pursuant  to  the terms  of  any Supplement  or  Series Enhancement
agreement and (ii) if  at any time  prior to such  Distribution Date or  Payment
Date  the amount of collections deposited  in the Collection Account exceeds the
amount required to be deposited pursuant to clause (i) above, the Servicer  will
be  permitted  to  withdraw  such excess  from  the  Collection  Account. Unless
otherwise agreed by the Rating Agency, if  at any time FDNB or another  eligible
affiliate of Providian Bancorp, Inc. is not the Servicer, the Collection Account
will be moved from FDNB, if then maintained there.
 
    On  the earlier of (i) the second  business day after the Date of Processing
and (ii)  the  day on  which  the Servicer  deposits  any collections  into  the
Collection  Account, the Servicer will pay to the Banks (a) the Banks' allocable
portion of  collections on  Principal Receivables,  provided that  the  Sellers'
Interest  in Principal Receivables on  such day (after giving  effect to any new
Receivables transferred to the Trust on such day) is greater than zero; and  (b)
the  Banks'  allocable portion  of  collections on  Finance  Charge Receivables,
except in  the  case  of  collections  consisting  of  Interchange,  the  Banks'
allocable  portion  of which  will  be retained  by  the Banks.  Any  amount not
allocated to the Banks because the Sellers' Interest in Principal Receivables is
zero will be held in the Collection Account unallocated ("Unallocated  Principal
Collections")  until the Sellers'  Interest in Principal  Receivables is greater
than zero (at which time such amount will be allocated to the Banks) or until an
Accumulation Period, Scheduled Amortization Period or Early Amortization  Period
commences  for any  Series (after  which such amount  will be  treated as Shared
Principal Collections to the extent needed to cover principal payments due to or
for the benefit of such Series).
 
SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
 
    Collections on Principal Receivables for any Monthly Period allocated to the
Certificateholders' Interest of any Series offered hereby will first be used  to
cover  certain amounts described in the related Prospectus Supplement (including
any required deposits into a Principal Funding Account or required distributions
to Certificateholders of such Series). The Servicer will determine the amount of
collections of Principal Receivables for any Monthly Period (plus certain  other
amounts described in the related Prospectus Supplement) allocated to such Series
remaining  after  covering  such  required deposits  and  distributions  and any
similar amount remaining for any  other Series (collectively, "Shared  Principal
Collections").  The Servicer will  allocate the Shared  Principal Collections to
cover  any  principal  distributions  to  Certificateholders  and  deposits   to
Principal  Funding  Accounts  for  any  Series  which  are  either  scheduled or
permitted and  which  have  not  been covered  out  of  the  investor  principal
collections  and certain other amounts for such Series ("Principal Shortfalls").
If Principal  Shortfalls exceed  Shared Principal  Collections for  any  Monthly
Period,  Shared  Principal  Collections will  be  allocated pro  rata  among the
applicable Series based on the  respective Principal Shortfalls of such  Series.
To the extent that Shared Principal Collections exceed Principal Shortfalls, the
balance  will be allocated to the Banks, PROVIDED that (a) such Shared Principal
Collections will  be  distributed to  the  Banks only  to  the extent  that  the
Sellers' Interest in Principal Receivables is greater than zero (see "--Deposits
in  Collection Account") and (b) in  certain circumstances described below under
"--Special Funding Account", such Shared Principal Collections will be deposited
in the  Special  Funding  Account.  Any  such  reallocation  of  collections  on
Principal  Receivables will not result in a  reduction in the Invested Amount of
the Series to which such collections  were initially allocated. There can be  no
assurance  that there will  be any Shared Principal  Collections with respect to
any Monthly Period.
 
SPECIAL FUNDING ACCOUNT
 
    If, on any date, the Sellers' Interest is less than or equal to the Required
Sellers' Participation  Amount or  the amount  of Principal  Receivables in  the
Trust  is less  than or  equal to the  Required Principal  Balance, the Servicer
shall not  distribute  to  the  Banks  any  Shared  Principal  Collections  that
otherwise  would be distributed to the Banks, but shall deposit such funds in an
Eligible Deposit Account established and
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
maintained by the  Servicer for the  benefit of the  Certificateholders of  each
Series,  in the  name of  the Trustee,  on behalf  of the  Trust, and  bearing a
designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the
benefit  of  the  Certificateholders  of  each  Series  (the  "Special   Funding
Account"). Funds on deposit in the Special Funding Account will be withdrawn and
paid  to the  Banks on any  Distribution Date  to the extent  that, after giving
effect to  such payment,  the Sellers'  Interest exceeds  the Required  Sellers'
Participation  Amount  and  the amount  of  Principal Receivables  in  the Trust
exceeds the Required Principal Balance on such date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that  if
an  Accumulation  Period, Scheduled  Amortization  Period or  Early Amortization
Period commences with respect to any Series, any funds on deposit in the Special
Funding Account will be released from the Special Funding Account, deposited  in
the Collection Account and treated as Shared Principal Collections to the extent
needed to cover principal payments due to or for the benefit of such Series.
 
    Funds  on deposit  in the  Special Funding Account  will be  invested by the
Trustee, at the direction of the Servicer, in Eligible Investments. Any earnings
(net of losses  and investment  expenses) earned on  amounts on  deposit in  the
Special  Funding Account  during any Monthly  Period will be  withdrawn from the
Special Funding Account and treated as collections of Finance Charge Receivables
with respect to such Monthly Period.
 
SHARING OF ADDITIONAL FINANCE CHARGES
 
    Any Series offered hereby may be included in a group of Series (a  "Group").
Each  Series in a  specific Group will  be entitled to  share Additional Finance
Charges in  the manner,  and to  the  extent, described  below with  each  other
Series,  if any,  in such  Group. The  Prospectus Supplement  with respect  to a
Series offered hereby  will specify whether  such Series will  be included in  a
Group and whether any previously issued Series have been included in such Group.
Subsequently  issued Series may  also be included in  such Group. Collections of
Finance  Charge  Receivables  and  certain   other  amounts  allocable  to   the
Certificateholders'  Interest  of any  Series which  is included  in a  Group in
excess of the amounts necessary to  make required payments with respect to  such
Series  (including payments to  the provider of  any related Series Enhancement)
that are payable out of  collections of Finance Charge Receivables  ("Additional
Finance  Charges")  will be  applied  to cover  any  shortfalls with  respect to
amounts payable from collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocable to  any
other  Series included  in such  Group, pro  rata based  upon the  amount of the
shortfall, if any, with  respect to each other  Series in such Group;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that the  sharing of  Additional Finance  Charges among  Series in any
Group will continue only until such time, if any, at which a Bank shall  deliver
to the Trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the effect that, in the
reasonable  belief of  such Bank,  the continued  sharing of  Additional Finance
Charges among Series  in any  Group would have  adverse regulatory  implications
with  respect  to  such Bank.  Following  the delivery  by  a Bank  of  any such
certificate to the Trustee there will  not be any further sharing of  Additional
Finance  Charges among  the Series  in any Group.  In all  cases, any Additional
Finance  Charges  remaining  after  covering  shortfalls  with  respect  to  all
outstanding  Series  in a  Group will  be paid  to the  Banks. While  any Series
offered hereby may be included  in a Group, there can  be no assurance that  (i)
any  other  Series  will be  included  in such  Group,  (ii) there  will  be any
Additional Finance Charges with respect to such Group for any Monthly Period  or
(iii)  a Bank  will not at  any time  deliver a certificate  as described above.
While the Banks  believe that, based  upon applicable rules  and regulations  as
currently in effect, the sharing of Additional Finance Charges among Series in a
Group  will not have adverse  regulatory implications for them,  there can be no
assurance that this will continue to be true in the future.
 
FUNDING PERIOD
 
    For any Series, the related Prospectus Supplement may specify that during  a
Funding  Period, an amount (the "Prefunding Account  Balance") will be held in a
Prefunding Account pending the transfer  of additional Receivables to the  Trust
or  pending the  reduction of the  Certificateholders' Interest  of other Series
issued by the Trust. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify the  initial
Certificateholders' Interest with respect to such Series, the Initial Amount and
the  date by  which the  Certificateholders' Interest  is expected  to equal the
Initial Amount.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    If so specified  in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  during the  Funding
Period,  funds on deposit in  the Prefunding Account for  a Series may or, under
certain circumstances,  must be  withdrawn and  paid to  the Sellers  to  effect
increases   in  the  Certificateholders'   Interest.  In  the   event  that  the
Certificateholders' Interest does not for any reason equal the Initial Amount by
the end of the  Funding Period, any amount  remaining in the Prefunding  Account
and  any  additional  amounts,  if  any,  specified  in  the  related Prospectus
Supplement will  be payable  to the  Certificateholders of  such Series  in  the
manner and at such time as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
    If  so  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  monies  in the
Prefunding Account will be  invested by the Trustee  in Eligible Investments  or
will  be subject to a  guaranteed rate or investment  agreement or other similar
arrangement, and, in connection with  each Distribution Date during the  Funding
Period,  investment  earnings  on funds  in  the Prefunding  Account  during the
related Monthly  Period  will  be  withdrawn from  the  Prefunding  Account  and
deposited,  together  with any  applicable payment  under  a guaranteed  rate or
investment agreement or other similar  arrangement, into the Collection  Account
for  distribution  in respect  of interest  on the  Certificates of  the related
Series in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES; REBATES AND FRAUDULENT CHARGES
 
    "Defaulted Receivables"  for any  Monthly Period  are Principal  Receivables
that  were charged-off as  uncollectible in such  Monthly Period. The "Defaulted
Amount" for any Monthly Period will be  an amount (not less than zero) equal  to
(a)  the amount of Defaulted  Receivables for such Monthly  Period minus (b) the
sum of (i) the amount of any  Defaulted Receivables included in any Account  the
Receivables  in which  either Bank or  the Servicer becomes  obligated to accept
reassignment or  assignment during  such Monthly  Period (unless  an  Insolvency
Event has occurred with respect to such Bank or the Servicer, in which event the
amount  of  such  Defaulted  Receivables  will  not  be  added  to  the  sum  so
subtracted), (ii) the aggregate  amount of recoveries  received in such  Monthly
Period with respect to both Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables
previously  charged-off as uncollectible  and (iii) the excess,  if any, for the
immediately preceding Monthly Period of the sum computed pursuant to this clause
(b) over the amount of Principal Receivables which became Defaulted  Receivables
in  such  Monthly Period.  Receivables  in any  Account  will be  charged-off as
uncollectible in  accordance  with the  Lending  Guidelines and  the  Servicer's
customary  and usual policies and procedures for servicing revolving credit card
and other revolving  credit account receivables  comparable to the  Receivables.
The  current policy of the Banks is to  charge off the receivables in an account
when that account becomes 180  days delinquent (210 days  after the date of  the
related  billing  statement), unless  the  accountholder cures  such  default by
making a partial payment which  satisfies the criteria for curing  delinquencies
set  forth in the Lending  Guidelines of the relevant  Bank, or, if the relevant
Bank receives notice that an accountholder has filed for bankruptcy or has had a
bankruptcy petition filed against  it, such Bank will  generally charge off  the
receivables  in  such  account  immediately  upon  verification  of  such filing
regardless of the state of delinquency.
 
    If the  Servicer adjusts  downward the  amount of  any Principal  Receivable
(other  than Ineligible Receivables which have been, or are to be, reassigned to
a Bank) because of  a rebate, refund,  counterclaim, defense, error,  fraudulent
charge  or counterfeit charge  to a cardholder or  such Principal Receivable was
created in respect of merchandise which was refused or returned by a cardholder,
or if  the Servicer  otherwise  adjusts downward  the  amount of  any  Principal
Receivable without receiving collections therefor or charging off such amount as
uncollectible, the amount of the Principal Receivables in the Trust with respect
to  the Monthly Period in  which such adjustment takes  place will be reduced by
the amount of the  adjustment. Furthermore, in the  event that the exclusion  of
any  such Receivables would cause the Sellers' Interest in Principal Receivables
at such time to be a negative number, the Bank which transferred such  Principal
Receivables  to  the Trust  shall be  required to  pay an  amount equal  to such
deficiency into  the  Collection  Account  (each  such  payment  an  "Adjustment
Payment"  with respect to  such Distribution Date).  Any such Adjustment Payment
will be treated as a portion of Shared Principal Collections as described  under
"--Shared Principal Collections".
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
 
    GENERAL.  For any Series, Credit Enhancement may be provided with respect to
one  or more  Classes thereof.  Credit Enhancement with  respect to  one or more
Classes of  a  Series  offered  hereby  may include  a  letter  of  credit,  the
establishment  of a cash collateral account,  a surety bond, an insurance policy
or another  form  of credit  enhancement  described in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  or any combination of the foregoing. Credit Enhancement may also be
provided to a  Class or Classes  of a Series  by subordination provisions  which
require  that distributions of principal and/or interest be made with respect to
the Certificates of such Class or  Classes before distributions are made to  one
or  more  Classes of  such Series.  If  so specified  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement, any  form  of Credit  Enhancement  may be  structured  so as  to  be
available to more than one Class or Series to the extent described therein.
 
    The  presence of Credit Enhancement  with respect to a  Class is intended to
enhance the likelihood  of receipt by  Certificateholders of such  Class of  the
full  amount of principal and interest with  respect thereto and to decrease the
likelihood that such Certificateholders will experience losses. However,  unless
otherwise  specified in the  Prospectus Supplement for  a Series offered hereby,
the Credit Enhancement, if any, with respect thereto will not provide protection
against all  risks  of loss  and  will not  guarantee  repayment of  the  entire
principal  balance of  the Certificates  and interest  thereon. If  losses occur
which exceed  the amount  covered by  the Credit  Enhancement or  which are  not
covered  by the Credit Enhancement, Certificateholders will bear their allocable
share of deficiencies. In addition,  if specific Credit Enhancement is  provided
for the benefit of more than one Class or Series, Certificateholders of any such
Class or Series will be subject to the risk that such Credit Enhancement will be
exhausted by the claims of Certificateholders of other Classes or Series.
 
    If  Credit Enhancement is provided with  respect to a Series offered hereby,
the related Prospectus Supplement will include  a description of (a) the  amount
payable  under such Credit Enhancement, (b) any conditions to payment thereunder
not otherwise described  herein, (c)  the conditions  (if any)  under which  the
amount payable under such Credit Enhancement may be reduced and under which such
Credit Enhancement may be terminated or replaced and (d) any material provisions
of  any agreement relating to such  Credit Enhancement. Additionally, in certain
cases, the related Prospectus Supplement may set forth certain information  with
respect  to  the provider  of any  third-party  Credit Enhancement  (the "Credit
Enhancer"),  including  (i)  a  brief  description  of  its  principal  business
activities,  (ii) its principal place of business, place of incorporation and/or
the jurisdiction under which it is  chartered or licensed to do business,  (iii)
if  applicable,  the  identity  of regulatory  agencies  which  exercise primary
jurisdiction over the conduct of its business and (iv) its total assets, and its
stockholders' or policyholders' surplus, if  applicable, as of a date  specified
in  the  Prospectus  Supplement.  If  so  described  in  the  related Prospectus
Supplement, Credit Enhancement with  respect to a Series  offered hereby may  be
available  to pay  principal of  the Certificates  of such  Series following the
occurrence of certain Pay Out Events with respect to such Series. In such event,
the Credit Enhancer will have  an interest in certain  cash flows in respect  of
the  Receivables  to the  extent described  in  such Prospectus  Supplement (the
"Enhancement Invested  Amount")  and may  be  entitled  to the  benefit  of  the
Trustee's security interest in the Receivables, in each case subordinated to the
interest of the Certificateholders of such Series.
 
    SUBORDINATION.  If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, one or
more Classes of a Series offered hereby may be subordinated to one or more other
Classes  of such Series.  If so specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,
the  rights  of  the  holders  of  the  subordinated  Certificates  to   receive
distributions  of  principal  and/or  interest  on  any  Payment  Date  will  be
subordinated to such rights of the holders of the Certificates which are  senior
to  such  subordinated  Certificates to  the  extent  set forth  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement. The  related Prospectus  Supplement will  also set  forth
information  concerning the  amount of  subordination of  a Class  or Classes of
subordinated  Certificates  in  a  Series,  the  circumstances  in  which   such
subordination  will be applicable,  the manner, if  any, in which  the amount of
subordination will decrease over  time, and the  conditions under which  amounts
available  from  payments  that  would  otherwise be  made  to  holders  of such
subordinated Certificates will be distributed  to holders of Certificates  which
are
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
senior  to  such subordinated  Certificates.  The amount  of  subordination will
decrease whenever  amounts  otherwise payable  to  the holders  of  subordinated
Certificates  are paid to  the holders of  the Certificates which  are senior to
such subordinated Certificates.
 
    LETTER OF CREDIT.  If so  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  a
letter  of credit  with respect  to a  Series or  Class of  Certificates offered
hereby may be issued by a bank or financial institution specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the "L/C  Issuer"). Subject to  the terms and  conditions
specified  in the related Prospectus Supplement, an L/C Issuer will be obligated
to honor drawings under a letter of credit in an aggregate dollar amount  (which
may  be  fixed  or  may  be  reduced  as  described  in  the  related Prospectus
Supplement), net  of  unreimbursed  payments thereunder,  equal  to  the  amount
described  in the  related Prospectus Supplement.  The amount  available under a
letter of credit  will be  reduced to the  extent of  the unreimbursed  payments
thereunder.
 
    CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT.  If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the Certificates of any Class or Series offered hereby may have the benefit of a
cash  collateral account. A cash  collateral account with respect  to a Class or
Series will be funded on the Series  Issuance Date with respect thereto and  the
funds  on deposit therein  will be invested in  Eligible Investments. The amount
available to be withdrawn from a cash  collateral account will be the lesser  of
the  amount on deposit in the cash collateral account and an amount specified in
the related Prospectus  Supplement. The related  Prospectus Supplement will  set
forth  the circumstances under which such withdrawals will be made from the Cash
Collateral Account.
 
    SURETY BOND OR INSURANCE POLICY.  If so specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  insurance with respect to a Series or Class of Certificates offered
hereby may be provided by one  or more insurance companies. Such insurance  will
guarantee,  with  respect  to  one  or  more  Classes  of  the  related  Series,
distributions of interest or principal in the manner and amount specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
 
    If so specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement, a surety bond may  be
purchased  for the benefit of the holders of any Series or Class of Certificates
offered hereby to assure distributions of interest or principal with respect  to
such  Series or Class of Certificates in  the manner and amount specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
 
    SPREAD ACCOUNT.   If  so  specified in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
support  for a Series or one  or more Classes of a  Series offered hereby may be
provided by the periodic deposit of certain available excess cash flow from  the
Trust  Assets  into an  account (the  "Spread Account")  intended to  assure the
subsequent distributions of interest and  principal on the Certificates of  such
Class or Series in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
OTHER SERIES ENHANCEMENT
 
    For  any Series or for any Class of any Series, there may be, in addition to
Credit Enhancement, other Series  Enhancement in the form  of a guaranteed  rate
agreement,  maturity liquidity facility, tax protection agreement, interest rate
cap agreement, interest rate swap agreement or other similar arrangement for the
benefit of Certificateholders of such Series or Class.
 
PAY OUT EVENTS
 
    As described  above, the  Revolving Period  with respect  to a  Series  will
continue  until the  commencement of  the Accumulation  Period or  the Scheduled
Amortization Period with respect thereto, which will continue until the Invested
Amount of such Series  shall have been  paid in full  or the Series  Termination
Date  with respect  to such Series  occurs, unless  a Pay Out  Event occurs with
respect to such Series prior to any of such dates. Except as otherwise  provided
in  the related Prospectus Supplement with respect to any Series offered hereby,
a "Pay Out Event" with respect to a Series refers to any of the following events
and any other events specified as such in the related Prospectus Supplement:
 
       (a) failure on the part of either of the Banks (i) to make any payment or
           deposit required  under  the  Pooling  Agreement  or  the  Supplement
    relating  to  such Series  within  five business  days  after the  date such
    payment or deposit is required to be made or (ii) to observe or perform  any
    other covenants or
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    agreements  of  the  Banks  set  forth  in  the  Pooling  Agreement  or such
    Supplement,  which   failure  has   a  material   adverse  effect   on   the
    Certificateholders  of  such Series  and  which continues  unremedied  for a
    period of 60 days  after written notice; PROVIDED  that no such 60-day  cure
    period  shall apply  in the  case of a  failure by  a Seller  to perform its
    agreement to accept reassignment of Receivables which were the subject of  a
    breached  representation  or warranty  as described  in the  first paragraph
    under the  heading  "The Pooling  Agreement  Generally--Representations  and
    Warranties"  and that only a five day cure period shall apply in the case of
    a failure  by a  Seller to  observe its  covenant not  to grant  a  security
    interest or otherwise intentionally create a lien on the Receivables;
 
       (b) any  representation  or warranty  made by  the  Banks in  the Pooling
           Agreement or  the  Supplement with  respect  to such  Series  or  any
    information required to be given by the Banks to the Trustee to identify the
    Accounts proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when made and
    continues  to be incorrect in  any material respect for  a period of 60 days
    after written  notice  and  as  a  result of  which  the  interests  of  the
    Certificateholders  of such  Series are  materially and  adversely affected;
    PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that  a Pay  Out  Event shall  not  be deemed  to  occur
    thereunder  if the relevant Bank has  repurchased the related Receivables or
    all such Receivables, if applicable,  during such period in accordance  with
    the provisions of the Pooling Agreement;
 
       (c) the  occurrence  of an  Insolvency Event  relating  to either  of the
           Banks;
 
       (d) a failure by  a Bank to  make an  Addition to the  Trust within  five
           business  days after  the day  on which it  is required  to make such
    Addition pursuant to the Pooling Agreement;
 
       (e) the Trust becomes an "investment  company" within the meaning of  the
           Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
 
       (f) the average of the Portfolio Yields for any three consecutive Monthly
           Periods  is less than the  average of the Base  Rates with respect to
    such Series for such Monthly Periods;  the terms "Base Rate" and  "Portfolio
    Yield"  with respect to a  Series offered hereby will  have the meanings set
    forth in the related Prospectus Supplement;
 
       (g) the occurrence of any Servicer Default; or
 
       (h) either of  the  Banks  becomes  unable for  any  reason  to  transfer
           Receivables to the Trust in accordance with the Pooling Agreement.
 
    In  the case of any event described in (a), (b) or (g), a Pay Out Event with
respect to  any Series  will  be deemed  to have  occurred  only if,  after  the
applicable grace period described in such clauses, if any, either the Trustee or
Certificateholders   holding  Certificates  evidencing  more  than  50%  of  the
aggregate unpaid principal  amount of the  Certificates of any  Series to  which
such  event relates  by written notice  to the  Banks and the  Servicer (and the
Trustee, if given by  the Certificateholders) declare that  a Pay Out Event  has
occurred as of the date of such notice. See "Risk Factors--Control". In the case
of  any event described  in clause (c),  (d), (e) or  (h), a Pay  Out Event with
respect to all  Series will be  deemed to  have occurred without  any notice  or
other  action on the part of the Trustee or the Certificateholders of any Series
immediately upon  the  occurrence  of such  event.  In  the case  of  the  event
described in clause (f), a Pay Out Event with respect to the related Series will
be deemed to have occurred without any notice or other action on the part of the
Trustee  or  the  Certificateholders  immediately  upon  the  Determination Date
following the  occurrence of  such  event. The  Early Amortization  Period  with
respect  to a Series  will commence on the  day on which a  Pay Out Event occurs
with   respect   thereto.   Monthly   distributions   of   principal   to    the
Certificateholders  of such  Series will begin  on the Distribution  Date in the
Monthly Period following the Monthly Period  in which such Pay Out Event  occurs
(such  Distribution Date  and each following  Distribution Date  with respect to
such Series, a "Special  Payment Date"). Any amounts  on deposit in a  Principal
Funding  Account or an Interest  Funding Account with respect  to such Series at
such time  will  be  distributed on  such  first  Special Payment  Date  to  the
Certificateholders  of  such Series.  If a  Series  has more  than one  Class of
Certificates, each Class may have different Pay Out Events which, in the case of
any Series of  Certificates offered  hereby, will  be described  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    In  addition to the consequences  of a Pay Out  Event discussed above, if an
Insolvency Event occurs, pursuant to the  Pooling Agreement, on the day of  such
Insolvency  Event,  the  Banks  will  immediately  cease  to  transfer Principal
Receivables to  the  Trust and  promptly  give notice  to  the Trustee  of  such
Insolvency  Event. Under the terms of the  Pooling Agreement, within 15 days the
Trustee will publish a notice of the occurrence of the Insolvency Event  stating
that  the  Trustee  intends  to  sell, dispose  of  or  otherwise  liquidate the
Receivables in a commercially reasonable  manner and on commercially  reasonable
terms  unless within 90 days  from the date such  notice is published each other
holder of the Banks' Certificate and the holders of Certificates of each  Series
or,  if  a  Series includes  more  than one  Class,  each Class  of  such Series
evidencing more than 50% of the  aggregate unpaid principal amount of each  such
Series  or Class (and, in the case of  any Series with respect to which there is
an Enhancement  Invested  Amount,  any Credit  Enhancer  with  respect  thereto)
instruct  the Trustee  not to  dispose of  or liquidate  the Receivables  and to
continue transferring Principal Receivables as before such Insolvency Event. The
proceeds from any such sale, disposition or liquidation of the Receivables  will
be deposited in the Collection Account and allocated as described in the Pooling
Agreement  and each  Series Supplement. If  the sum  of (a) the  portion of such
proceeds allocated to the Certificateholders' Interest of any Series and (b) the
proceeds of  any  collections  on  the Receivables  in  the  Collection  Account
allocated  to the Certificateholders' Interest of  such Series is not sufficient
to pay the  Invested Amount of  the Certificates  of such Series  in full,  such
Certificateholders will incur a loss.
 
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
 
    The  Servicer's compensation for its  servicing activities and reimbursement
for its expenses for any Monthly Period will be a servicing fee (the  "Servicing
Fee")  payable  monthly  on  each  Distribution  Date  in  an  amount  equal  to
one-twelfth of  the  product of  (a)  the  weighted average  of  the  applicable
servicing  fee percentages with  respect to each  Series outstanding (based upon
the applicable  servicing fee  percentage  for each  Series  and the  amount  of
Receivables  serviced on behalf of each Series)  and (b) the amount of Principal
Receivables in  the Trust  on the  last day  of the  prior Monthly  Period.  The
Servicing   Fee   will   be   allocated  among   the   Sellers'   Interest,  the
Certificateholders' Interests of each  Series and, after  the Certificates of  a
Series  have  been paid  in full,  the interest  represented by  the Enhancement
Investment Amount,  if  any, with  respect  to such  Series.  The share  of  the
Servicing  Fee allocable to the Certificateholders' Interest, which includes the
Enhancement Invested Amount, if any, of a Series offered hereby with respect  to
any  Distribution Date shall be  equal to one-twelfth of  the product of (A) the
servicing fee percentage  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  with
respect  to such Series (the "Series Servicing  Fee Percentage") and (B) the sum
of the Invested Amount with respect to such Series (less the amount, if any,  on
deposit  in any Principal  Funding Account with  respect to such  Series and the
amount, if any,  on deposit  in the Special  Funding Account  allocable to  such
Series) and the Enhancement Invested Amount, if any, with respect to such Series
as  of the last day of the prior Monthly Period (the "Monthly Investor Servicing
Fee").  The   portion  of   the  Servicing   Fee  not   so  allocated   to   the
Certificateholders'  Interest of a Series  shall be paid by  the Banks and in no
event shall the Trust,  the Trustee or the  Certificateholders of any Series  be
liable  for the  share of  the Servicing  Fee to  be paid  by the  Banks. Unless
otherwise provided in any Supplement, in the case of the first Distribution Date
with respect to any Series, the Monthly Investor Servicing Fee shall accrue from
the Series  Issuance Date  with respect  to such  Series. The  Monthly  Investor
Servicing  Fee  with respect  to a  Series  will be  funded from  collections of
Finance Charge Receivables  allocable to such  Series, and will  be paid on  the
Distribution  Date  with  respect to  each  Monthly Period  from  the Collection
Account (unless such amount has been netted against deposits by the Servicer  to
the Collection Account).
 
    The  Servicer  will pay  from  its servicing  compensation  certain expenses
incurred  in  connection  with  servicing  the  Receivables  including,  without
limitation,  expenses related to the enforcement  of the Receivables, payment of
the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and independent accountants and  other
fees  which are not expressly  stated in the Pooling  Agreement to be payable by
the Trust, the Certificateholders of a Series or the Banks (other than  Federal,
state,  local and foreign income,  franchise or other taxes  based on income, if
any, or any interest or penalties with respect thereto, imposed upon the Trust).
In the event  that FDNB  is acting as  Servicer and  fails to pay  the fees  and
disbursements  of  the Trustee,  the  Trustee will  be  entitled to  receive the
portion of the Servicing Fee that is  equal to such unpaid amounts. In no  event
will the
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
Certificateholders  of  a Series  be liable  to the  Trustee for  the Servicer's
failure to pay such amounts, and any such amounts so paid to the Trustee will be
treated as paid to the Servicer for all other purposes of the Pooling Agreement.
 
RECORD DATE
 
    Payments on the  Certificates of  a Series offered  hereby will  be made  as
described   herein   and  in   the   relevant  Prospectus   Supplement   to  the
Certificateholders in whose names the Certificates were registered (expected  to
be  Cede, as nominee  of DTC) at  the close of  business on the  last day of the
calendar month  preceding the  date  of such  payment  (each a  "Record  Date").
However,  the final payment on the Certificates  of a Series offered hereby will
be made only upon presentation and surrender of such Certificates. Distributions
will be made to DTC in  immediately available funds. See "The Pooling  Agreement
Generally--Book-Entry Registration".
 
OPTIONAL TERMINATION; FINAL PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL
 
    Unless  otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement with respect to any
Series offered hereby, on any day occurring on or after the day that the sum  of
the Invested Amount of the Certificates of a Series and the Enhancement Invested
Amount,  if any, with  respect to such  Series is reduced  to 5% or  less of the
initial Invested Amount of the Certificates of such Series, the Banks will  have
the  option to repurchase  the Certificateholders' Interest  of such Series. The
purchase price will be equal  to the sum of the  Invested Amount of such  Series
(less  the amount,  if any,  on deposit  in any  Principal Funding  Account with
respect to such  Series), plus  the Enhancement  Invested Amount,  if any,  with
respect to such Series, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal
amount  of the  Certificates (and  accrued and  unpaid interest  with respect to
interest amounts that were due but not paid on a prior Payment Date) through (a)
if the day  on which  such repurchase  occurs is  a Distribution  Date, the  day
preceding  such Distribution  Date or  (b) if the  day on  which such repurchase
occurs is  not a  Distribution Date,  the day  preceding the  Distribution  Date
following  such  day, at  the applicable  certificate  rate. Following  any such
repurchase, the Certificateholders of  such Series will  have no further  rights
with respect to the Receivables. In the event that the Banks fail for any reason
to  deposit the aggregate purchase price for the Certificateholders' Interest of
a  Series  offered  hereby,   payments  would  continue  to   be  made  to   the
Certificateholders  of  such  Series  as described  herein  and  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement.
 
    In any event, the last payment of principal and interest on the Certificates
of a Series offered hereby will be due and payable not later than the date  (the
"Series  Termination Date") specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement. In
the event that the Invested Amount of the Certificates of such Series is greater
than zero on the Series Termination  Date (or a Distribution Date prior  thereto
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement), the Trustee may, subject to any
conditions  specified in  such Prospectus Supplement,  sell or cause  to be sold
interests  in  the  Principal  Receivables  or  certain  Principal  Receivables,
together  in each case with related  Finance Charge Receivables, as specified in
such Prospectus Supplement, in an amount equal to the sum of the Invested Amount
and the Enhancement Invested  Amount, if any, with  respect to such Series.  The
net  proceeds of any such  sale will be deposited  in the Collection Account and
allocated to  the  Certificateholders  of  such  Series,  as  provided  in  such
Prospectus Supplement.
 
REPORTS
 
    No  later than the third  business day prior to  each Distribution Date, the
Servicer will forward to  the Trustee, the Paying  Agent, the Rating Agency  and
certain  providers of  Series Enhancement with  respect to a  Series a statement
(the  "Monthly  Report")  prepared  by   the  Servicer  setting  forth   certain
information  with  respect to  the  Trust and  the  Certificates of  such Series
(unless otherwise indicated), including: (a)  the aggregate amount of  Principal
Receivables  and Finance Charge Receivables  in the Trust as  of the end of such
Monthly Period; (b)  the Invested Amount  with respect to  such Series (and,  if
such  Series includes more  than one Class,  each such Class);  (c) the Floating
Allocation  Percentage   and,   during  any   Accumulation   Period,   Scheduled
Amortization  Period or Early  Amortization Period with  respect to such Series,
the Principal Allocation Percentage with respect to such Series; (d) the  amount
of collections of Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables processed
during  the  related Monthly  Period and  the portion  thereof allocated  to the
Certificateholders' Interest  of  such  Series; (e)  the  aggregate  outstanding
balance of Accounts which
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
were 30, 60 and 90 days or more delinquent as of the end of such Monthly Period;
(f)  the Defaulted Amount  with respect to  such Monthly Period  and the portion
thereof allocated to the  Certificateholders' Interest of  such Series; (g)  the
amount,  if any, of charge-offs with respect to the Certificateholders' Interest
of such Series for such Monthly  Period; (h) the Monthly Investor Servicing  Fee
with  respect to  such Series  for such  Monthly Period;  and (i)  the available
amount of Credit Enhancement with respect  to such Series for such  Distribution
Date.
 
    With  respect to each Interest Payment Date or Special Payment Date (each, a
"Payment Date"), as  the case may  be, the  Monthly Report with  respect to  any
Series  will include  the following additional  information with  respect to the
Certificates of such Series: (a) the total amount distributed; (b) the amount of
such distribution allocable to principal on the Certificates; (c) the amount  of
such distribution allocable to interest on the Certificates; and (d) the amount,
if  any, by which the  unpaid principal balance of  the Certificates exceeds the
Invested Amount  of such  Series as  of the  Record Date  with respect  to  such
Payment  Date. On  each Distribution  Date, the Paying  Agent, on  behalf of the
Trustee, will forward to each Certificateholder of record a copy of the  Monthly
Report.
 
    On  or before January 31 of each  calendar year, the Paying Agent, on behalf
of the Trustee, will furnish  (or cause to be furnished)  to each person who  at
any  time during the preceding calendar year was a Certificateholder of record a
statement containing the  information required to  be provided by  an issuer  of
indebtedness  under the Code for such  preceding calendar year or the applicable
portion thereof during which such person was a Certificateholder, together  with
such   other   customary   information   as   is   necessary   to   enable   the
Certificateholders to prepare their tax returns. See "Tax Matters".
 
LIST OF INVESTOR CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
 
    At such time,  if any,  as Definitive  Certificates have  been issued,  upon
written  request  of any  Certificateholder  or group  of  Certificateholders of
record holding Certificates evidencing not less than 10% of the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of the Certificates of  a Series or all outstanding Series,  as
the  case may be, the Trustee  will afford such Certificateholders access during
normal business hours to the current  list of Certificateholders of such  Series
or  all outstanding Series,  as the case  may be, for  purposes of communicating
with other Certificateholders  with respect  to their rights  under the  Pooling
Agreement  or  any  Supplement  or  Certificates.  See  "The  Pooling  Agreement
Generally--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive Certificates".
 
    The Pooling Agreement does not provide  for any annual or other meetings  of
Certificateholders.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                        THE POOLING AGREEMENT GENERALLY
 
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
 
    Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the   related   Prospectus  Supplement,
Certificateholders may hold Certificates of a Series offered hereby through  DTC
(in  the  United  States)  or  CEDEL  or  Euroclear  (in  Europe)  if  they  are
participants of  such systems,  or indirectly  through organizations  which  are
participants in such systems.
 
    Cede,  as  nominee for  DTC, will  be  the registered  holder of  the global
Certificates. No Certificateholder  will be  entitled to  receive a  certificate
representing  such  person's  interest  in the  Certificates.  Unless  and until
Definitive Certificates  are issued  under the  limited circumstances  described
below,  all references  herein to actions  by Certificateholders  shall refer to
actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its Participants, and all references
herein to distributions, notices,  reports and statements to  Certificateholders
shall  refer to distributions,  notices, reports and statements  to Cede, as the
registered holder of the Certificates, for distribution to Certificateholders in
accordance with DTC procedures.
 
    CEDEL  and  Euroclear  will  hold  omnibus  positions  on  behalf  of  their
participants  through customers' securities accounts  in CEDEL's and Euroclear's
names on the books of their respective Depositaries which in turn will hold such
positions in customers' securities  accounts in the  Depositaries' names on  the
books  of DTC. Citibank, N.A. ("Citibank"), will act as depositary for CEDEL and
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York ("Morgan") will act as depositary  for
Euroclear (in such capacities, the "Depositaries").
 
    Transfers  between  DTC  participants  will occur  in  the  ordinary  way in
accordance with DTC  rules. Transfers between  CEDEL Participants and  Euroclear
Participants  will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable
rules and operating procedures.
 
    Cross-market  transfers  between  persons  holding  directly  or  indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one hand,  and  directly or  indirectly through  CEDEL or
Euroclear participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in accordance with
DTC rules on behalf  of the relevant European  international clearing system  by
its Depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of
instructions  to  the relevant  European  international clearing  system  by the
counterparty in such  system in  accordance with  its rules  and procedures  and
within   its  established  deadlines  (European  time).  The  relevant  European
international clearing  system will,  if the  transaction meets  its  settlement
requirements,  deliver instructions to  its Depositary to  take action to effect
final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and
making or receiving payment  in accordance with  normal procedures for  same-day
funds   settlement  applicable   to  DTC.   CEDEL  Participants   and  Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.
 
    Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities received in CEDEL or
Euroclear as a  result of  a transaction  with a  DTC participant  will be  made
during  subsequent securities settlement  processing and dated  the business day
following the DTC  settlement date.  Such credits  or any  transactions in  such
securities  settled  during such  processing will  be  reported to  the relevant
Euroclear or CEDEL participant on such  business day. Cash received in CEDEL  or
Euroclear  as a result of sales of  securities by or through a CEDEL Participant
or a Euroclear Participant to a DTC  participant will be received with value  on
the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant CEDEL or Euroclear
cash  account  only as  of the  business  day following  settlement in  DTC. For
information with  respect  to  tax  documentation  procedures  relating  to  the
Certificates,  see  "Tax  Matters--Federal  Income  Tax Consequences--Non-United
States Investors".
 
    DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State
of New York, a  member of the Federal  Reserve System, a "clearing  corporation"
within the meaning of the UCC and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the
provisions  of  Section  17A  of  the Exchange  Act.  DTC  was  created  to hold
securities for its participating  organizations ("Participants") and  facilitate
the  clearance and  settlement of  securities transactions  between Participants
through electronic book-entry changes in  accounts of its Participants,  thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include
securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations
and may include certain other
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
organizations.  Indirect access  to the DTC  system also is  available to others
such as  banks, brokers,  dealers  and trust  companies  that clear  through  or
maintain  a  custodial  relationship  with  a  Participant,  either  directly or
indirectly ("Indirect Participants").
 
    Certificateholders that are  not Participants or  Indirect Participants  but
desire  to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests
in, Certificates may do so only through Participants and Indirect  Participants.
In  addition, Certificateholders will receive  all distributions of principal of
and interest on the  Certificates from the Paying  Agent or the Trustee  through
DTC  and its  Participants. Under  a book-entry  format, Certificateholders will
receive payments  after the  related Payment  Date because,  while payments  are
required  to be forwarded  to Cede, as nominee  for DTC, on  each such date, DTC
will forward such payments to its Participants which thereafter will be required
to  forward  them  to  Indirect   Participants  or  Certificateholders.  It   is
anticipated  that  the only  "Certificateholder" (as  such term  is used  in the
Pooling Agreement and the Supplements) will be Cede, as nominee of DTC, and that
Certificateholders will not be recognized by the Trustee as "Certificateholders"
under the Pooling Agreement and the Supplements. Certificateholders will only be
permitted to  exercise  the  rights  of  Certificateholders  under  the  Pooling
Agreement  and the Supplements indirectly through DTC and its Participants which
in turn will exercise their rights through DTC.
 
    Under the rules, regulations and  procedures creating and affecting DTC  and
its  operations, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers among Participants
on whose behalf  it acts with  respect to  the Certificates and  is required  to
receive  and  transmit  distributions  of  principal  of  and  interest  on  the
Certificates.   Participants    and    Indirect    Participants    with    which
Certificateholders  have accounts with respect to the Certificates similarly are
required to make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit such payments  on
behalf of their respective Certificateholders.
 
    Because  DTC can only  act on behalf  of Participants, which  in turn act on
behalf  of  Indirect  Participants   and  certain  banks,   the  ability  of   a
Certificateholder  to pledge  Certificates to  persons or  entities that  do not
participate in the  DTC system,  or otherwise take  actions in  respect of  such
Certificates,  may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate for such
Certificates.
 
    DTC has advised the Banks that it will take any action permitted to be taken
by a Certificateholder under  the Pooling Agreement or  the Supplements only  at
the  direction  of  one or  more  Participants  to whose  account  with  DTC the
Certificates are credited. Additionally, DTC has advised the Banks that it  will
take   such   actions   with   respect   to   specified   percentages   of   the
Certificateholders'  Interest  only  at  the  direction  of  and  on  behalf  of
Participants  whose  holdings  include  undivided  interests  that  satisfy such
specified percentages. DTC may  take conflicting actions  with respect to  other
undivided  interests to  the extent  that such  actions are  taken on  behalf of
Participants whose holdings include such undivided interests.
 
    CEDEL Bank,  societe anonyme  ("CEDEL") is  incorporated under  the laws  of
Luxembourg  as  a  professional  depository.  CEDEL  holds  securities  for  its
participating organizations ("CEDEL Participants") and facilitates the clearance
and settlement  of securities  transactions between  CEDEL Participants  through
electronic  book-entry  changes  in  accounts  of  CEDEL  Participants,  thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Transactions may  be
settled in CEDEL in any of 28 currencies, including United States dollars. CEDEL
provides  to  its Participants,  among other  things, services  for safekeeping,
administration, clearance and  settlement of  internationally traded  securities
and  securities lending and borrowing. CEDEL interfaces with domestic markets in
several countries. As a professional depository, CEDEL is subject to  regulation
by   the  Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  CEDEL  Participants  are  recognized
financial institutions  around  the  world  including  underwriters,  securities
brokers  and dealers, banks, trust  companies, clearing corporations and certain
other organizations and  may include  any underwriters, agents  or dealers  with
respect  to a Series of Certificates offered hereby. Indirect access to CEDEL is
also available to others,  such as banks, brokers,  dealers and trust  companies
that   clear  through  or  maintain  a   custodial  relationship  with  a  CEDEL
Participant, either directly or indirectly.
 
    The Euroclear System was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants
of the  Euroclear System  ("Euroclear  Participants") and  to clear  and  settle
transactions  between  Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous electronic
book-entry delivery against payment, thereby  eliminating the need for  physical
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
movement  of certificates  and any risk  from lack of  simultaneous transfers of
securities and cash. Transactions  may now be settled  in any of 27  currencies,
including  United States  dollars. The  Euroclear System  includes various other
services, including  securities  lending  and  borrowing,  and  interfaces  with
domestic  markets in several countries generally similar to the arrangements for
cross-market transfers  with  DTC  described  above.  The  Euroclear  System  is
operated  by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels, Belgium office
(the  "Euroclear  Operator"  or  "Euroclear"),  under  contract  with  Euroclear
Clearance  System S.C.,  a Belgian cooperative  corporation (the "Cooperative").
All operations  are  conducted by  the  Euroclear Operator,  and  all  Euroclear
securities  clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the
Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative establishes policy  for
the Euroclear System on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include  banks  (including central  banks), securities  brokers and  dealers and
other professional financial  intermediaries and may  include any  underwriters,
agents  or  dealers with  respect to  a Series  of Certificates  offered hereby.
Indirect access to the  Euroclear System is also  available to other firms  that
clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear Participant,
either directly or indirectly.
 
    The  Euroclear  Operator  is  the  Belgian  branch  of  a  New  York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board  of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System
and  the  New York  State Banking  Department,  as well  as the  Belgian Banking
Commission.
 
    Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear  Operator
are  governed by  the Terms  and Conditions Governing  Use of  Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian  law
(collectively,  the  "Terms and  Conditions"). The  Terms and  Conditions govern
transfers of securities  and cash  within the Euroclear  System, withdrawals  of
securities  and cash  from the  Euroclear System  and receipts  of payments with
respect to securities in the Euroclear  System. All securities in the  Euroclear
System are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants, and has no record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
 
    Distributions  with respect to Certificates  held through CEDEL or Euroclear
will be  credited  to the  cash  accounts  of CEDEL  Participants  or  Euroclear
Participants  in accordance with the relevant  system's rules and procedures, to
the extent received by its Depositary. Such distributions will be subject to tax
reporting in accordance with  relevant United States  tax laws and  regulations.
See  "Tax Matters". CEDEL  or the Euroclear  Operator, as the  case may be, will
take any other  action permitted to  be taken by  a Certificateholder under  the
Pooling Agreement or the relevant Supplement on behalf of a CEDEL Participant or
Euroclear  Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures
and subject to  its Depositary's ability  to effect such  actions on its  behalf
through DTC.
 
    Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures in
order  to facilitate transfers of Certificates  among participants of DTC, CEDEL
and Euroclear, they are  under no obligation to  perform or continue to  perform
such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
 
DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES
 
    Unless   otherwise  stated   in  the  related   Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Certificates of a  Series offered  hereby will  be issued  in fully  registered,
certificated   form   to   Certificateholders  or   their   respective  nominees
("Definitive Certificates"), rather than to DTC  or its nominee only if (i)  the
Banks  advise the Trustee  in writing that DTC  is no longer  willing or able to
discharge properly  its  responsibilities  as Depository  with  respect  to  the
Certificates,  and the  Trustee or  the Banks are  unable to  locate a qualified
successor, (ii) the Banks,  at their option, elect  to terminate the  book-entry
system  through  DTC  or  (iii)  after the  occurrence  of  a  Servicer Default,
Certificateholders  evidencing  not  less  than  50%  of  the  aggregate  unpaid
principal  amount of  the Certificates  of any Class  of such  Series advise the
Trustee and  DTC through  Participants in  writing that  the continuation  of  a
book-entry  system through DTC (or a successor thereto) is no longer in the best
interests of the Certificateholders.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
    Upon the  occurrence of  any  of the  events  described in  the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  DTC  is  required  to  notify  all  Participants  of  the
availability through DTC of  Definitive Certificates. Upon  surrender by DTC  of
the  definitive certificates representing the  Certificates and instructions for
re-registration, the  Trustee  will  issue  such Certificates  in  the  form  of
Definitive  Certificates, and thereafter the  Trustee will recognize the holders
of such  Definitive  Certificates  as  "Certificateholders"  under  the  Pooling
Agreement and the relevant Supplement ("Holders").
 
    If  Definitive  Certificates  are  issued,  distribution  of  principal  and
interest on the Definitive Certificates will be made by the Paying Agent or  the
Trustee  directly to the Holders in whose names the Definitive Certificates were
registered on the  related Record  Date in  accordance with  the procedures  set
forth  herein  and  in  the  Pooling  Agreement  and  the  relevant  Supplement.
Distributions will be made by check mailed  to the address of each Holder as  it
appears on the register maintained by the Trustee, except that the final payment
on  any Definitive Certificate will be made only upon presentation and surrender
of such Definitive Certificate on the date for such final payment at such office
or agency as is specified  in the notice of  final distribution to Holders.  The
Trustee  will provide such notice to Holders not later than the fifth day of the
month of the final distribution.
 
    Definitive Certificates will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices
of the Transfer Agent  and Registrar, which shall  initially be the Trustee.  No
service charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but
the  Transfer Agent  and Registrar  may require payment  of a  sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.
 
THE BANKS' CERTIFICATE; ADDITIONAL SELLERS
 
    The Pooling Agreement provides that the Banks may exchange a portion of  the
certificate  evidencing  the  Banks'  interest  in the  Trust  for  one  or more
additional certificates  (each, a  "Supplemental Certificate")  for transfer  or
assignment  to a person designated by the  Banks upon the execution and delivery
of a supplement to the Pooling  Agreement (which supplement shall be subject  to
the  amendment section of the Pooling Agreement to the extent that it amends any
of the terms of  the Pooling Agreement; see  "--Amendments"); PROVIDED that  (a)
such  transfer  will not  result in  a Ratings  Effect, (b)  the Banks'  and any
Additional Sellers remaining interest in Principal Receivables shall not be less
in the aggregate than 2% of the  total amount of Principal Receivables, in  each
case  as of the date of, and after giving effect to, such exchange and (c) prior
to such exchange, the Banks  shall have delivered to  the Trustee a Tax  Opinion
with respect to the transfer or assignment of such Supplemental Certificate. Any
transfer  or  assignment  of  a  Supplemental  Certificate  is  subject  to  the
conditions set forth in clauses (a) and (c) of the preceding sentence. The Banks
may also transfer a portion of the Certificate evidencing the Banks' interest in
the Trust to certain affiliates provided that the condition set forth in  clause
(c) of the second preceding sentence has been satisfied.
 
    The  Banks may designate affiliates of the Banks which may be banks, finance
companies or  similar  organizations  to be  included  as  sellers  ("Additional
Sellers")  under the Pooling Agreement (by means  of an amendment to the Pooling
Agreement which  will not  require  the consent  of any  Certificateholder;  see
"--Amendments") and, in connection with the designation of an Additional Seller,
the  Banks shall surrender the Banks' Certificate to the Trustee in exchange for
a newly issued Banks' Certificate  modified to reflect such Additional  Seller's
interest  in the Sellers'  Interest; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that (a) the conditions
set forth in clauses (a)  and (c) in the preceding  paragraph with respect to  a
transfer of a Supplemental Certificate shall have been satisfied with respect to
such  designation and  issuance and (b)  any applicable  conditions described in
"Description of  the Certificates--Addition  of Trust  Assets" shall  have  been
satisfied  with respect to the transfer  of Receivables or Participations by any
Additional Seller to the Trust. Following the inclusion of an Additional Seller,
the Additional Seller  will be treated  in the same  manner as a  Bank and  each
Additional  Seller generally will have the same obligations and rights as a Bank
described herein.
 
TERMINATION OF TRUST
 
    Unless the  Banks  instruct  the  Trustee otherwise,  the  Trust  will  only
terminate  on the earlier to occur of (a) the day following the day on which the
aggregate Invested Amounts  and Enhancement  Invested Amounts of  all Series  is
zero  (provided that  the Banks  shall have  delivered a  written notice  to the
Trustee electing  to terminate  the Trust),  (b) June  1, 2014,  or (c)  if  the
Receivables are sold, disposed of or liquidated
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
following  the occurrence of an Insolvency Event as described under "Description
of  the  Certificates--Pay  Out   Events",  immediately  following  such   sale,
disposition  or liquidation (the "Trust  Termination Date"). Upon termination of
the Trust, all right, title and interest  in the Receivables and other funds  of
the  Trust (other than amounts in accounts maintained by the Trust for the final
payment of principal and  interest to Certificateholders)  will be conveyed  and
transferred to the Banks.
 
CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES
 
    Pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, the Banks have sold and assigned and will
sell  and assign to the  Trust their respective interests  in all Receivables in
the Initial  Accounts  outstanding  as  of  the  Trust  Cut-Off  Date,  and  all
Receivables  in the Additional Accounts as  of the applicable additional cut-off
date, all Receivables thereafter created under the Accounts and the proceeds  of
all of the foregoing.
 
    In  connection with the transfer of any  Receivables to the Trust, the Banks
are required to  indicate in their  computer records that  the Receivables  have
been conveyed to the Trust. In addition, the Banks have provided or will provide
to  the  Trustee a  computer file  or a  microfiche list  containing a  true and
complete list showing for  each Initial Account, as  of the Trust Cut-Off  Date,
and  for each Additional  Account, as of the  applicable additional cut-off date
(i) its  account  number and  (ii)  the  aggregate amount  outstanding  and  the
aggregate  amount of  Principal Receivables  in such  Account. FDNB,  as initial
Servicer, will retain and will not deliver  to the Trustee any other records  or
agreements  relating to  the Accounts  or the  Receivables. Except  as set forth
above, the records and agreements relating  to the Accounts and the  Receivables
will  not be segregated  from those relating to  other revolving credit accounts
and receivables,  and the  physical documentation  relating to  the Accounts  or
Receivables will not be stamped or marked to reflect the transfer of Receivables
to  the  Trust. The  Banks have  filed and  are required  to file  UCC financing
statements with respect to the sale of the Receivables to the Trust meeting  the
requirements  of applicable state law. See "Special Considerations" and "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Receivables".
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
    As of the issuance  date for a Series  offered hereby (the "Series  Issuance
Date")  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each Bank will severally
make representations and warranties to the Trust relating to the Accounts  owned
by  it and the Receivables  transferred by it to the  Trust to the effect, among
other things, that  (a) as  of the  Trust Cut-Off  Date (or  as of  the date  of
addition)  each Account or each Additional  Account was an Eligible Account, (b)
as of the  Trust Cut-Off  Date (or  as of  the date  of addition),  each of  the
Receivables  in any Account or Additional Account which is conveyed to the Trust
on such day  is an Eligible  Receivable and (c)  thereafter, as of  the date  of
creation  of any new Receivable, such Receivable is an Eligible Receivable. If a
Bank breaches any representation and warranty described in this paragraph,  such
breach remains uncured for 60 days, or such longer period as may be agreed to by
the  Trustee, after the earlier to occur of the discovery of such breach by such
Bank or receipt of written notice of such  breach by such Bank, and as a  result
of  such  breach  any  Receivables  in  the  related  Account  become  Defaulted
Receivables or  the Trust's  rights in,  to  or under  such Receivables  or  the
proceeds of such Receivables are impaired or such proceeds are not available for
any reason to the Trust free and clear of any lien, then the Certificateholders'
Interest  in all Receivables  with respect to  the affected Account ("Ineligible
Receivables") will be reassigned  to such Bank on  the terms and conditions  set
forth  below  and  such Account  shall  no  longer be  included  as  an Account;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that  such Receivables will  not be deemed  to be  Ineligible
Receivables  and will not be reassigned to such Bank if, on any day prior to the
end of  such  60-day or  longer  period,  (i) the  relevant  representation  and
warranty  shall be true and correct in all  material respects as if made on such
day and (ii) such Bank shall have  delivered to the Trustee a certificate of  an
authorized  officer describing the nature of such breach and the manner in which
the relevant representation and warranty became true and correct.
 
    An Ineligible Receivable  shall be  reassigned to  the relevant  Bank on  or
before  the  end of  the Monthly  Period in  which such  reassignment obligation
arises by  such  Bank directing  the  Servicer to  deduct  the portion  of  such
Ineligible  Receivable which is a Principal Receivable from the aggregate amount
of the Principal  Receivables used to  calculate the Sellers'  Interest. In  the
event that the exclusion of an Ineligible Receivable from the calculation of the
Sellers'  Interest would cause the Sellers' Interest to be a negative number, on
the Distribution Date following  the Monthly Period  in which such  reassignment
obligation
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
arises,  the related  Bank will  make a deposit  into the  Collection Account in
immediately available  funds in  an amount  equal  to the  amount by  which  the
Sellers'  Interest would be reduced below  zero. Any deposit into the Collection
Account in connection  with the  reassignment of an  Ineligible Receivable  (the
amount  of any  such deposit  being referred  to herein  as a  "Transfer Deposit
Amount") shall be considered a payment in full of the Ineligible Receivable. The
reassignment of  any  Ineligible  Receivable  to  a  Bank  is  the  sole  remedy
respecting  any breach  of the representations  and warranties  described in the
preceding   paragraph   with   respect   to   such   Receivable   available   to
Certificateholders   of  any   Series  (or  the   Trustee  on   behalf  of  such
Certificateholders) or any  provider of  Series Enhancement.  Any such  Transfer
Deposit  Amount will be treated as a  portion of Shared Principal Collections as
described  under   "Description   of   the   Certificates--   Shared   Principal
Collections".
 
    Each  Bank will also make representations and warranties to the Trust to the
effect, among other things,  that as of  each Series Issuance Date  (a) it is  a
national  banking  association validly  existing under  the  laws of  the United
States, it has the authority to consummate the transactions contemplated by  the
Pooling  Agreement and the related Supplement  and each of the Pooling Agreement
and  the  related  Supplement  constitutes  a  valid,  binding  and  enforceable
agreement  of such Bank and (b) the  Pooling Agreement constitutes a valid sale,
transfer and assignment to the  Trust of all right,  title and interest of  such
Bank  in the  Receivables, whether then  existing or thereafter  created and the
proceeds thereof (including proceeds in any of the accounts established for  the
benefit  of the Certificateholders)  or the grant of  a first priority perfected
security interest under the UCC as in effect in California and New Hampshire  in
such  Receivables and  the proceeds  thereof (including  proceeds in  any of the
accounts established  for  the  benefit of  the  Certificateholders),  which  is
effective as to each Receivable then existing on the Series Issuance Date or, as
to  each  Receivable arising  thereafter, upon  the  creation thereof  and until
termination of  the  Trust.  In  the  event  that  the  breach  of  any  of  the
representations  and  warranties  described  in this  paragraph  has  a material
adverse effect  on  the  Certificateholders'  Interest  of  all  Series  in  the
Receivables  transferred to the  Trust by such  Bank, either the  Trustee or the
holders of Certificates  evidencing not less  than 50% of  the aggregate  unpaid
principal  amount of the Certificates  of all Series, by  written notice to such
Bank and  the Servicer  (and to  the  Trustee if  given by  the holders  of  the
requisite  percentage of  Certificates of all  Series), may direct  such Bank to
accept the reassignment of the Receivables transferred by it to the Trust within
60 days of such notice, or within  such longer period specified in such  notice;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such Receivables will not be reassigned to such Bank if,
on  any day prior to the  end of such 60-day or  longer period, (i) the relevant
representation and warranty shall be true  and correct in all material  respects
as  if made on such day and (ii) such Bank shall have delivered to the Trustee a
certificate of an authorized  officer describing the nature  of such breach  and
the  manner in  which the relevant  representation and warranty  became true and
correct. Such  Bank  will  be  obligated to  accept  the  reassignment  of  such
Receivables  on the Distribution Date following the Monthly Period in which such
reassignment obligation arises. The price  for such reassignment will  generally
be  equal to the product  of (x) the aggregate  Invested Amounts and Enhancement
Invested Amounts of all Series on the Distribution Date on which the purchase is
scheduled to be made  plus accrued and unpaid  interest on the unpaid  principal
amount  of all Series and any  interest amounts that were due  but not paid on a
prior date and  interest on  such overdue  interest amounts  (if the  applicable
Supplement  so provides)  at the  applicable certificate  rates through  the day
preceding such Distribution Date and (y)  a fraction, the numerator of which  is
equal  to the  aggregate amount  of Principal Receivables  in the  Trust on such
Distribution Date  which were  transferred to  the Trust  by such  Bank and  the
denominator  of which is equal to  the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
in the Trust on such day. The payment of such reassignment price, in immediately
available funds, will be  considered a payment in  full of such Receivables  and
the  principal portion of such funds and the interest portion of such funds will
be deposited  into  the Special  Funding  Account and  the  Collection  Account,
respectively.  If  the  Trustee  or  the  requisite  percentage  of  holders  of
Certificates of all Series gives a  notice as provided above, the obligation  of
such  Bank to make any such deposit will constitute the sole remedy respecting a
breach of the representations and warranties available to Certificateholders  of
all Series (or the Trustee on behalf of such Certificateholders) or any provider
of Series Enhancement.
 
    An  "Eligible Account" is defined to mean a revolving credit card account or
other revolving credit account owned by one  of the Banks which as of the  Trust
Cut-Off Date with respect to an Initial Account or
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
as of the addition date with respect to an Additional Account: (a) is payable in
United  States dollars; (b) except as provided below, has not been identified as
an account the credit cards or checks,  if any, with respect to which have  been
reported  to such Bank as  having been lost or  stolen; (c) has an accountholder
who has provided, as  his or her  billing address at the  date such account  was
opened,  an  address  located  in  the  United  States  or  its  territories  or
possessions or a  military address; (d)  has an accountholder  who has not  been
identified  by such Bank as  an employee of such Bank  or any affiliate; (e) has
not been, and  does not  have any receivables  which have  been, sold,  pledged,
assigned  or otherwise  conveyed to any  person (except pursuant  to the Pooling
Agreement); (f) except as  provided below, does not  have any receivables  which
are  Defaulted Receivables; and (g) except as  provided below, does not have any
receivables which have been  identified as having been  incurred as a result  of
fraudulent  use  of any  related  credit card  or  check. Eligible  Accounts may
include accounts,  the receivables  of  which have  been  written off,  or  with
respect  to  which  the  related  Bank  believes  the  related  accountholder is
bankrupt, or  as  to which  certain  receivables  have been  identified  by  the
accountholder  as having  been incurred  as a  result of  fraudulent use  of any
credit cards or  checks, or as  to which any  credit cards or  checks have  been
reported  to such Bank as lost or stolen;  PROVIDED, that (a) the balance of all
receivables in such accounts is reflected on the books and records of such  Bank
(and  is  treated for  purposes of  the  Pooling Agreement)  as "zero",  and (b)
charging or check writing privileges with respect to all such accounts have been
canceled in accordance with the Lending Guidelines of such Bank and will not  be
reinstated by such Bank or the Servicer.
 
    An  "Eligible Receivable" is  defined to mean each  Receivable (a) which has
arisen under an Eligible Account; (b)  which was created in compliance with  the
Lending  Guidelines and all requirements of law applicable to the relevant Bank,
the failure  to  comply with  which  would have  a  material adverse  effect  on
Certificateholders,  and pursuant to a lending agreement which complies with all
requirements of law applicable  to such Bank, the  failure to comply with  which
would  have a material adverse effect on Certificateholders; (c) with respect to
which all consents, licenses, approvals  or authorizations of, or  registrations
with,  any governmental authority required to be  obtained or given by such Bank
in connection with the  creation of such Receivable  or the execution,  delivery
and  performance by such  Bank of the  related lending agreement  have been duly
obtained or  given and  are in  full force  and effect  as of  the date  of  the
creation of such Receivable; (d) as to which, at the time of its transfer to the
Trust, the Banks or the Trust will have good and marketable title free and clear
of  all liens and security interests (other than any lien for municipal or other
local taxes if such taxes are not then  due and payable or if the relevant  Bank
is then contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and  has set  aside on  its books adequate  reserves with  respect thereto); (e)
which has been the subject  of either a valid  transfer and assignment from  the
Banks  to the Trust of  all the Banks' right, title  and interest therein or the
grant of  a first  priority  perfected security  interest  therein (and  in  the
proceeds  thereof), effective until  the termination of the  Trust; (f) which at
and after the  time of transfer  to the Trust  is the legal,  valid and  binding
payment  obligation of  the accountholder  thereof, legally  enforceable against
such accountholder in  accordance with  its terms (with  certain bankruptcy  and
equity-related  exceptions);  (g) which  constitutes  either an  "account"  or a
"general intangible" under Article 9 of the UCC as then in effect in the  states
of  California and New Hampshire; (h) which, at  the time of its transfer to the
Trust, has  not been  waived or  modified  except as  permitted by  the  Pooling
Agreement;  (i) which, at the time of its  transfer to the Trust, is not subject
to any  right  of rescission,  setoff,  counterclaim  or other  defense  of  the
accountholder  (including the defense  of usury), other  than certain bankruptcy
and equity-related defenses and adjustments  permitted by the Pooling  Agreement
to  be  made by  the  Servicer; (j)  as  to which  such  Bank has  satisfied all
obligations to be fulfilled at the time it is transferred to the Trust; and  (k)
as  to which such  Bank has not  taken any action  which, or failed  to take any
action the omission of which, would, at  the time of its transfer to the  Trust,
to impair the rights of the Trust or Certificateholders therein.
 
    It  is not required or anticipated that the Trustee will make any initial or
periodic general  examination  of  any  documents  or  records  related  to  the
Receivables  or the  Accounts for  the purpose  of establishing  the presence or
absence of defects, compliance with the Banks' representations and warranties or
for any other purpose. In addition, it  is not anticipated or required that  the
Trustee  will make any  initial or periodic general  examination of the Servicer
for the  purpose  of  establishing  the compliance  by  the  Servicer  with  its
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
representations  or  warranties  or  the  performance  by  the  Servicer  of its
obligations under the Pooling Agreement or for any other purpose. The  Servicer,
however, will deliver to the Trustee on or before March 31 of each calendar year
an  opinion of counsel with respect to the validity of the interest of the Trust
in and to the Receivables and certain other components of the Trust.
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
    The Pooling Agreement provides  that the Servicer  will indemnify the  Trust
and  the Trustee from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or injury
suffered or sustained arising  out of the Servicer's  actions or omissions  with
respect to the Trust pursuant to the Pooling Agreement.
 
    Under  the Pooling Agreement, the Banks have agreed to be liable directly to
an injured  party  for the  entire  amount of  any  losses, claims,  damages  or
liabilities (other than those incurred by a Certificateholder in the capacity of
an  investor in the Certificates  of any Series) arising out  of or based on the
arrangement created  by the  Pooling Agreement  (to the  extent that  the  Trust
assets  remaining after the Investor Certificateholders and certain providers of
Series Enhancement have been paid in  full are insufficient to pay such  losses,
claims,  damages, or liabilities) as though such agreement created a partnership
under the  New York  Uniform Partnership  Act in  which the  Banks were  general
partners.  In  the event  of  a Service  Transfer,  the successor  Servicer will
indemnify and  hold harmless  the  Banks for  any  losses, claims,  damages  and
liabilities of the Banks as described in this paragraph arising from the actions
or omissions of such successor Servicer.
 
    Except  as  provided  in  the  preceding  paragraph,  the  Pooling Agreement
provides that  none  of the  Banks,  the Servicer  or  any of  their  directors,
officers,  employees or agents will  be under any other  liability to the Trust,
the Trustee, the holders of Certificates  of any Series, any provider of  Series
Enhancement  or any other  person for any  action taken, or  for refraining from
taking any action,  in good faith  pursuant to the  Pooling Agreement.  However,
none  of the Banks, the Servicer or  any of their directors, officers, employees
or agents  will be  protected against  any liability  which would  otherwise  be
imposed  by reason of willful misfeasance, bad  faith or gross negligence of any
such person  in  the  performance of  their  duties  or by  reason  of  reckless
disregard of their obligations and duties thereunder.
 
    In  addition, the Pooling Agreement provides  that the Servicer is not under
any obligation to appear in, prosecute or  defend any legal action which is  not
incidental  to its servicing  responsibilities under the  Pooling Agreement. The
Servicer may, in its sole discretion,  undertake any such legal action which  it
may  deem necessary or desirable  for the benefit of  holders of Certificates of
any Series with respect to  the Pooling Agreement and  the rights and duties  of
the parties thereto and the interest of such Certificateholders thereunder.
 
COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES
 
    Pursuant   to  the  Pooling  Agreement,  the  Servicer  is  responsible  for
servicing, collecting, enforcing and administering the Receivables in accordance
with its customary and usual procedures for servicing receivables comparable  to
the Receivables and the Lending Guidelines.
 
    Servicing  activities to be performed by the Servicer include collecting and
recording payments,  communicating  with accountholders,  investigating  payment
delinquencies,  evaluating the  increase of  credit limits  and the  issuance of
credit cards, providing billing and tax  records, if any, to accountholders  and
maintaining  internal  records  with  respect to  each  Account.  Managerial and
custodial services performed  by the  Servicer on  behalf of  the Trust  include
providing assistance in any inspections of the documents and records relating to
the  Accounts and Receivables by the  Trustee pursuant to the Pooling Agreement,
maintaining the agreements,  documents and  files relating to  the Accounts  and
Receivables as custodian for the Trust and providing related data processing and
reporting  services for  Certificateholders of any  Series and on  behalf of the
Trustee.
 
    Pursuant to  the Pooling  Agreement, FDNB,  as Servicer,  has the  right  to
delegate  any of its responsibilities and obligations  as Servicer to any of its
affiliates and to certain third-party  service providers that agrees to  conduct
such duties in accordance with the Pooling Agreement and the Lending Guidelines.
FDNB  currently contracts with Total System  and intends to continue to contract
with Total System (and possibly one or more other third-party service providers)
to  perform   certain   of  its   servicing   activities  as   described   under
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
"The  Banks'  Credit  Card and  Consumer  Lending  Business--Business Overview".
Notwithstanding any such delegation to any entity, the Servicer will continue to
be liable for all of its obligations under the Pooling Agreement.
 
SERVICER COVENANTS
 
    In the Pooling Agreement, the Servicer has covenanted as to each  Receivable
and  related Account that: (a) it will  duly fulfill all obligations on its part
to be fulfilled under or in connection with the Receivable or Account, and  will
maintain  in  effect  all  qualifications  required  in  order  to  service  the
Receivable or Account  the failure to  comply with which  would have a  material
adverse  effect on the Certificateholders or any provider of Series Enhancement;
(b) it will not permit any  rescission or cancellation of the Receivable  except
as  ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental authority
or in  the  ordinary course  of  business and  in  accordance with  the  Lending
Guidelines;  (c) it will  do nothing to  substantially impair the  rights of the
Certificateholders in the Receivables or  Accounts; (d) it will not  reschedule,
revise  or defer payments  due on the  Receivable except in  accordance with the
Lending Guidelines;  and  (e)  except  in connection  with  its  enforcement  or
collection  of an Account, it will take no action to cause any Receivables to be
evidenced by any instruments (as defined in the UCC) and if any Receivable is so
evidenced, it shall be reassigned or assigned to the Servicer as provided below.
 
    Under the  terms  of  the  Pooling  Agreement,  in  the  event  any  of  the
representations,  warranties or covenants  of the Servicer  contained in clauses
(a) through (e) above with respect to  any Receivable or the related Account  is
breached, such breach is not cured within 60 days (or such longer period, not in
excess  of 150 days, as may be agreed to by the Trustee) of the earlier to occur
of the discovery of  such event by  the Servicer or receipt  by the Servicer  of
written  notice of  such event  given by the  Trustee, and  as a  result of such
breach the Trust's rights in, to or under any Receivables in the related Account
or the  proceeds of  such Receivables  are  impaired or  such proceeds  are  not
available  for any  reason to  the Trust free  and clear  of any  lien, then all
Receivables in the  Account or  Accounts to which  such event  relates shall  be
reassigned  or assigned to  the Servicer on  the terms and  conditions set forth
below; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that such  Receivables  will not  be  reassigned  or
assigned  to the  Servicer if, on  any day  prior to the  end of  such 60-day or
longer period, (i) the  relevant representation and warranty  shall be true  and
correct, or the relevant covenant shall have been complied with, in all material
respects and (ii) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate
of  an authorized officer describing the nature of such breach and the manner in
which such breach was cured. If FDNB is the Servicer, such reassignment will  be
made  on or before the  Distribution Date following the  Monthly Period in which
such reassignment obligation arises by the Servicer deducting the portion of any
such Receivable which  is a Principal  Receivable from the  aggregate amount  of
Principal  Receivables used to calculate the  Sellers' Interest. In addition, if
the deduction of such  Principal Receivable would  reduce the Sellers'  Interest
below  zero, FDNB as the  Servicer will deposit into  the Collection Account the
applicable Transfer Deposit Amount described above under "--Representations  and
Warranties".  If FDNB is not the Servicer,  such assignment and transfer will be
made when the Servicer deposits an amount equal to the amount of such Receivable
in the Collection Account  on the business day  preceding the Distribution  Date
following  the Monthly Period during which such obligation arises. The amount of
such deposit shall be  deemed a Transfer Deposit  Amount hereunder and shall  be
treated  as  a  portion  of  Shared  Principal  Collections  as  described under
"Description  of   the   Certificates--Shared   Principal   Collections".   This
reassignment  or transfer  and assignment to  the Servicer  constitutes the sole
remedy available to  the Certificateholders of  any Series if  such covenant  or
warranty  of the Servicer is not satisfied  and the Trust's interest in any such
reassigned Receivables shall be automatically assigned to the Servicer.
 
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER
 
    The Servicer  may not  resign  from its  obligations  and duties  under  the
Pooling  Agreement, except  upon determination  that such  duties are  no longer
permissible under  applicable law.  No such  resignation will  become  effective
until  the Trustee  or a  successor to the  Servicer has  assumed the Servicer's
responsibilities and obligations  under the  Pooling Agreement.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing, FDNB may transfer its  servicing obligations to any other direct
or indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Providian  Corporation  (which  meets
certain  eligibility  standards  set  forth in  the  Pooling  Agreement)  and be
relieved of its obligations and duties under the Pooling Agreement.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
    Any person into which, in accordance with the Pooling Agreement, FDNB or the
Servicer may be merged or consolidated  or any person resulting from any  merger
or  consolidation  to which  FDNB  or the  Servicer is  a  party, or  any person
succeeding to the business  of FDNB or  the Servicer, will  be the successor  to
FDNB,  as  servicer, or  the Servicer,  as the  case may  be, under  the Pooling
Agreement.
 
SERVICER DEFAULT
 
    In  the   event   of  any   Servicer   Default,  either   the   Trustee   or
Certificateholders   holding  Certificates  evidencing  more  than  50%  of  the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of  all outstanding Series, by written  notice
to the Servicer (and to the Trustee and certain providers of Series Enhancement,
if  given by the Certificateholders) (a "Termination Notice"), may terminate all
of the rights and  obligations of the Servicer,  as servicer, under the  Pooling
Agreement.  If the Trustee within 60 days  of receipt of a Termination Notice is
unable to  obtain any  bids from  eligible Servicers  and the  Banks deliver  an
officer's  certificate to the effect that the Servicer cannot in good faith cure
the Servicer Default which gave rise to the Termination Notice, then the Trustee
shall  offer   the  Banks   the  right   at  their   option  to   purchase   the
Certificateholders'  Interest  for all  Series. The  purchase  price for  such a
purchase shall be paid on a Distribution  Date and shall generally be equal  to,
with  respect to each Series,  the higher of (a) the  sum of the Invested Amount
and the Enhancement Invested Amount, if any, of such Series on such Distribution
Date (less the amount, if any, on deposit in any Principal Funding Account  with
respect  to  such Series)  plus accrued  and unpaid  interest at  the applicable
certificate rate (together  with, if  applicable, interest  on interest  amounts
that  were  due and  not paid  on a  prior date),  through the  last day  of the
calendar month  preceding such  Distribution Date  and (b)  the sum  of (i)  the
average  bid  price  quoted  by  at least  two  recognized  dealers  for similar
securities rated  in the  same rating  category  as the  initial rating  of  the
Certificates of such Series with a remaining maturity approximately equal to the
remaining  maturity of the Certificates of  such Series and (ii) the Enhancement
Invested Amount, if any, of such Series.
 
    The Trustee  shall,  as promptly  as  possible after  giving  a  Termination
Notice, appoint a successor Servicer (a "Service Transfer"), and if no successor
Servicer  has been appointed by the Trustee and has accepted such appointment by
the time the Servicer  ceases to act as  Servicer, all rights, authority,  power
and obligations of the Servicer under the Pooling Agreement shall pass to and be
vested  in the Trustee. Prior to any  Service Transfer, the Trustee will seek to
obtain bids from  potential Servicers meeting  certain eligibility  requirements
set  forth  in  the Pooling  Agreement  to  serve as  a  successor  Servicer for
servicing compensation  not in  excess  of the  Servicing  Fee. The  rights  and
interest  of the  Banks under  the Pooling Agreement  and any  Supplement in the
Sellers' Interest will  not be  affected by  any Termination  Notice or  Service
Transfer.
 
    A "Servicer Default" refers to any of the following events:
 
       (a) failure  by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit, or
           to give instructions or  to give notice to  the Trustee to make  such
    payment,  transfer or deposit, on the date the Servicer is required to do so
    under the Pooling Agreement or any  Supplement, which is not cured within  a
    five business day grace period;
 
       (b) failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any
           material respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer in
    the  Pooling Agreement or any Supplement which has a material adverse effect
    on the Certificateholders of any Series or Class (which determination  shall
    be  made without regard to whether funds  are then available pursuant to any
    Series Enhancement) and which continues unremedied  for a period of 60  days
    after written notice, or the Servicer delegates its duties under the Pooling
    Agreement,  except as specifically permitted thereunder, and such delegation
    continues unremedied for 15 days after written notice;
 
       (c) any representation, warranty or certification made by the Servicer in
           the Pooling  Agreement  or  any  Supplement  or  in  any  certificate
    delivered pursuant to the Pooling Agreement or any Supplement proves to have
    been  incorrect when made, which has a material adverse effect on the rights
    of the Certificateholders of any Series or Class (which determination  shall
    be  made without regard to whether funds  are then available pursuant to any
    Series Enhancement),  and  which material  adverse  effect continues  for  a
    period of 60 days after written notice; or
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
       (d) the  occurrence  of  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
           receivership with respect to the Servicer.
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance referred
to under clause  (a) above for  a period of  five business days  or referred  to
under  clause (b)  or (c) for  a period  of 60 days  (in addition  to any period
provided in (a), (b) or (c)) shall  not constitute a Servicer Default until  the
expiration  of such additional  five business days or  60 days, respectively, if
such delay  or failure  could not  be prevented  by the  exercise of  reasonable
diligence  by the Servicer and such delay or failure was caused by an act of God
or other similar occurrence. Upon the occurrence of any such event the  Servicer
shall  not be relieved from using its best efforts to perform its obligations in
a timely manner in accordance  with the terms of  the Pooling Agreement and  any
Supplement  and  the  Servicer shall  provide  the Trustee,  the  Banks, certain
providers of Series Enhancement and the Certificateholders of each Series prompt
notice of  such failure  or delay  by it,  together with  a description  of  its
efforts to so perform its obligations. The Servicer shall immediately notify the
Trustee in writing of any Servicer Default.
 
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
 
    The  Pooling Agreement provides that on or  before March 31 of each calendar
year the Servicer will cause a firm of nationally recognized independent  public
accountants (who may also render other services to the Servicer or the Banks) to
furnish  a report to  the effect that  such firm has  applied certain procedures
agreed upon  with  the  Servicer  and examined  certain  documents  and  records
relating  to  the servicing  of  the Accounts  and that,  on  the basis  of such
procedures, nothing  came to  the attention  of such  firm that  caused them  to
believe  that such  servicing was not  conducted in compliance  with the Pooling
Agreement and  the applicable  provisions  of each  Supplement except  for  such
exceptions  or errors as such firm shall believe to be immaterial and such other
exceptions as shall be set forth in such statement.
 
    The Pooling  Agreement provides  for  delivery to  the Trustee,  the  Rating
Agency and certain providers of Series Enhancement on or before March 31 of each
calendar  year of a statement signed by an officer of the Servicer to the effect
that, to the best  of such officer's knowledge,  the Servicer has performed  its
obligations  in all material respects under the Pooling Agreement throughout the
preceding year or, if there  has been a default in  the performance of any  such
obligation, specifying the nature and status of the default.
 
    Copies  of all statements, certificates and reports furnished to the Trustee
may be obtained by a request in writing delivered to the Trustee.
 
AMENDMENTS
 
    The Pooling Agreement and  any Supplement may be  amended from time to  time
(including  in connection with  (x) the issuance  of a Supplemental Certificate,
(y) the addition of a  Participation to the Trust or  (z) the designation of  an
Additional Seller) by agreement of the Trustee and the Banks without the consent
of  the Certificateholders of any  Series or the consent  of the provider of any
Series Enhancement  provided that  (i) each  Bank shall  have delivered  to  the
Trustee  a certificate  of an  authorized officer to  the effect  that such Bank
reasonably believes, based on  the facts known  to such officer  at the time  of
such  certificate, that such amendment will not adversely affect in any material
respect the interests of any such Certificateholder and (ii) such amendment will
not result in a Ratings Effect.
 
    The Pooling Agreement and  any Supplement may also  be amended from time  to
time  by the Banks, the Servicer and the Trustee with the consent of the holders
of Certificates  evidencing  not less  than  66  2/3% of  the  aggregate  unpaid
principal  amount of the  Certificates of all adversely  affected Series for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of the Pooling Agreement or any Supplement or of modifying  in
any  manner the rights  of such Certificateholders.  No such amendment, however,
may (a)  reduce  in  any manner  the  amount  of  or delay  the  timing  of  any
distributions  to be made to Certificateholders or  deposits of amounts to be so
distributed or the  amount available  under any Series  Enhancement without  the
consent  of each Certificateholder  affected (provided that  an amendment of the
terms of a Pay  Out Event shall  not be deemed  to be within  the scope of  this
clause (a)); (b) change the definition or the manner of calculating the interest
of any Certificateholder without the consent of each affected Certificateholder;
(c)   reduce   the   aforesaid   percentage   required   to   consent   to   any
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
such amendment, without the consent of each Certificateholder; or (d)  adversely
affect  the  rating of  any Series  or Class  by the  Rating Agency  without the
consent of the holders  of Certificates of such  Series or Class evidencing  not
less  than 66 2/3% of the aggregate  unpaid principal amount of the Certificates
of such Series or Class. Promptly following the execution of any such  amendment
(other than an amendment described in the preceding paragraph), the Trustee will
furnish   written  notice   of  the   substance  of   such  amendment   to  each
Certificateholder.
 
TRUSTEE
 
    Bankers Trust  Company  is the  Trustee  under the  Pooling  Agreement.  The
Corporate  Trust Department of  Bankers Trust Company is  located at Four Albany
Street, New York, New York 10006.  The Banks, the Servicer and their  respective
affiliates   may  from  time  to  time  enter  into  normal  banking  and  trust
relationships with the Trustee and its  affiliates. The Trustee, the Banks,  the
Servicer  and any  of their respective  affiliates may hold  Certificates of any
Series in  their own  names; however,  any  Certificates so  held shall  not  be
entitled  to  participate in  any decisions  made or  instructions given  to the
Trustee by such  Certificateholders as  a group.  In addition,  for purposes  of
meeting the legal requirements of certain local jurisdictions, the Trustee shall
have  the power to appoint a co-trustee or  separate trustees of all or any part
of the Trust. In the event of  such appointment, all rights, powers, duties  and
obligations  shall be  conferred or imposed  upon the Trustee  and such separate
trustee or co-trustee  jointly, or,  in any  jurisdiction in  which the  Trustee
shall  be incompetent or  unqualified to perform certain  acts, singly upon such
separate trustee  or co-trustee,  who shall  exercise and  perform such  rights,
powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction of the Trustee.
 
    The  Trustee  may resign  at  any time,  in which  event  the Banks  will be
obligated to  appoint a  successor Trustee.  The Servicer  may also  remove  the
Trustee  if the  Trustee ceases  to be  eligible to  continue as  such under the
Pooling Agreement or if  the Trustee becomes  insolvent. In such  circumstances,
the  Servicer will be obligated to  appoint a successor Trustee. Any resignation
or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will not become
effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor Trustee.
 
                    CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES
 
TRANSFER OF RECEIVABLES
 
    Each Bank has sold and will sell  Receivables to the Trust. Pursuant to  the
Pooling  Agreement,  each  Bank represents  and  warrants that  the  transfer of
Receivables by  it  to  the  Trust  constitutes  either  a  valid  transfer  and
assignment  to the Trust of all right, title and interest of such Bank in and to
such Receivables, except for the interest of such Bank as a holder of the Banks'
Certificate, or  a grant  of a  security interest  to the  Trust in  and to  the
Receivables.  Each Bank also represents and warrants to the Trust in the Pooling
Agreement that, in the  event the transfer  of Receivables by  such Bank to  the
Trust  is deemed to create a security interest under the UCC, there will exist a
valid, subsisting and enforceable first priority perfected security interest  in
such  Receivables, in existence at the time of  the formation of the Trust or at
the date of addition  of any Additional  Accounts, in favor of  the Trust and  a
valid,  subsisting and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in
such Receivables created  thereafter in favor  of the Trust  on and after  their
creation,  in each case until termination of  the Trust. For a discussion of the
Trust's rights  arising  from these  representations  and warranties  not  being
satisfied,   see   "The   Pooling   Agreement   Generally--Representations   and
Warranties".
 
    Pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, each Bank represents that the Receivables
transferred by  it to  the Trust  are "accounts"  or "general  intangibles"  for
purpose  of the UCC. Both  the sale of accounts and  the transfer of accounts as
security for an  obligation are  treated under the  UCC as  creating a  security
interest  therein  and are  subject  to its  provisions,  and the  filing  of an
appropriate financing  statement  or  statements  is  required  to  perfect  the
interest  of the Trust in the Receivables.  If a transfer of general intangibles
is deemed  to  create  a  security  interest, the  UCC  applies  and  filing  an
appropriate  financing  statement or  statements is  also  required in  order to
perfect  the  Trust's  security  interest.  Financing  statements  covering  the
Receivables  have been and will  be filed under the UCC  to protect the Trust in
the event the transfer  by the Banks is  deemed to be subject  to the UCC. If  a
transfer  of general  intangibles is deemed  to be a  sale, then the  UCC is not
applicable and  no further  action under  the  UCC is  required to  protect  the
Trust's interest from third
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
parties.  Although the  priority of  a transfer  of general  intangibles arising
after the formation of the Trust is not as clear under the laws of the States of
California and New Hampshire as the  priority of interests governed by the  UCC,
counsel  to the  Banks is  of the opinion,  in New  Hampshire, that  it would be
inconsistent for a  court to afford  the Trust less  favorable treatment if  the
transfer  of the Receivables is deemed to be a sale than if it were deemed to be
a security interest,  and, in California,  that a court  should conclude that  a
sale  of Receivables consisting  of general intangibles would  be deemed to have
occurred as of the date of execution of the Pooling Agreement.
 
    There are certain  limited circumstances  under the  UCC in  which prior  or
subsequent  transferees of Receivables  coming into existence  after the date of
the Pooling Agreement could have an  interest in such Receivables with  priority
over  the Trust's interest.  A tax or  other government lien  on property of the
Bank arising prior to the time a  Receivable comes into existence may also  have
priority over the interest of the Trust in such Receivables. Furthermore, if the
FDIC  were  appointed as  a  receiver of  either  of the  Banks,  the receiver's
administrative expenses may also have priority over the interest of the Trust in
such Receivables. Under the Pooling  Agreement, however, the Banks warrant  that
they have transferred the Receivables to the Trust free and clear of the lien of
any  third party (subject to certain potential  tax liens referred to under "The
Pooling Agreement Generally--Representations and Warranties"). In addition,  the
Banks  covenant that they will  not sell, pledge, assign,  transfer or grant any
lien on any Receivable (or any interest therein) other than to the Trust.
 
CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO RECEIVERSHIP
 
    The Federal  Deposit Insurance  Act ("FDIA"),  as amended  by the  Financial
Institutions  Reform, Recovery,  and Enforcement  Act of  1989 ("FIRREA"), which
became effective August 9, 1989, sets  forth certain powers that the FDIC  could
exercise if it were appointed as receiver or conservator of either of the Banks.
 
    Subject  to clarification by  FDIC regulations or  interpretations, it would
appear from the positions taken  by the FDIC that the  FDIC, in its capacity  as
receiver  or conservator for either  of the Banks, would  not interfere with the
timely transfer  to  the Trust  of  payments  collected on  the  Receivables  or
interfere  with the timely liquidation of Receivables as described below. To the
extent that the Banks have granted a security interest in the Receivables to the
Trust, and  such security  interest is  validly perfected  before an  Insolvency
Event  and is  not taken in  contemplation of  insolvency or with  the intent to
hinder, delay or defraud the relevant Bank or its creditors, based upon opinions
issued by the general counsel of the FDIC and a related policy statement  issued
by  the FDIC addressing  the enforceability against the  FDIC, as conservator or
receiver for  a depository  institution, of  a security  interest in  collateral
granted  by such  depository institution, such  security interest  should not be
subject to avoidance, and payments to the Trust with respect to the  Receivables
should  not be  subject to  recovery, by  the FDIC.  However, such  opinions and
policy statement are not binding on the FDIC  and, if the FDIC were to assert  a
contrary  position, certain provisions of the FDIA  which, at the request of the
FDIC, have been applied  in lawsuits to avoid  security interests in  collateral
granted by depository institutions, would permit the FDIC to avoid such security
interest, thereby resulting in possible delays and reductions in payments to the
Certificateholders  of all outstanding Series. In  addition, if the FDIC were to
require the Trustee to establish its right to such payments by submitting to and
completing the administrative  claims procedure  under the FDIA,  as amended  by
FIRREA,  delays  in payments  on  the Certificates  of  all Series  and possible
reductions in the amount of those payments could occur.
 
    The Pooling Agreement provides  that, upon the  occurrence of an  Insolvency
Event,  the Banks will promptly give notice thereof to the Trustee and a Pay Out
Event will occur  with respect  to each  outstanding Series.  Under the  Pooling
Agreement,  no new Principal  Receivables will be transferred  to the Trust and,
unless otherwise instructed within  a specified period by  each other holder  of
the  Banks' Certificate and the  Certificateholders holding Certificates of each
Series or, if a Series includes more  than one Class, each Class of such  Series
evidencing  more than 50% of the aggregate  unpaid principal amount of each such
Series or Class (and, in the case of  any Series with respect to which there  is
an  Enhancement Invested Amount,  any Credit Enhancer  with respect thereto), or
unless  otherwise  prohibited  by  law,  the  Trustee  will  proceed  to   sell,
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
dispose  of or otherwise liquidate the  Receivables in a commercially reasonable
manner and on commercially reasonable terms.  The proceeds from the sale of  the
Receivables  would  then  be  treated  by  the  Trustee  as  collections  on the
Receivables. This procedure, however, could be delayed as described above.  Upon
the  occurrence of  an Insolvency  Event, if  no Pay  Out Event  other than such
Insolvency Event exists, the FDIC may have the power to continue to require  the
Banks  to transfer  new Principal  Receivables to the  Trust and  to prevent the
early sale, liquidation or disposition  of the Receivables and the  commencement
of  the Early Amortization Period. See "Description of the Certificates--Pay Out
Events".
 
    In the event of a Servicer Default, if a conservator, receiver or liquidator
is appointed  for  the  Servicer,  and  no  Servicer  Default  other  than  such
conservatorship, receivership, liquidation or insolvency of the Servicer exists,
the conservator, receiver or liquidator may have the power to prevent either the
Trustee  or the  requisite percentage of  holders of Certificates  of all Series
from   appointing   a   successor   Servicer.   See   "The   Pooling   Agreement
Generally--Servicer Default".
 
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS
 
    The relationship between an accountholder and consumer lender is extensively
regulated  by federal, state and local consumer protection laws. With respect to
consumer revolving  credit accounts  owned by  the Banks,  the most  significant
federal  laws include  the Federal  Truth-in-Lending, Equal  Credit Opportunity,
Fair Credit Reporting and  Fair Debt Collection  Practices Acts. These  statutes
impose  disclosure requirements before and when an  Account is opened and at the
end of monthly billing  cycles and, in  addition, limit accountholder  liability
for  unauthorized use,  prohibit certain  discriminatory practices  in extending
credit, impose certain limitations on  the type of account-related charges  that
may be issued and regulate collection practices. In addition, accountholders are
entitled under these laws to have payments and credits applied to their accounts
promptly and to require billing errors to be resolved promptly. The Trust may be
liable  for certain  violations of  consumer protection  laws that  apply to the
Receivables, either  as assignee  from  the Banks  with respect  to  obligations
arising before transfer of the Receivables to the Trust or as the party directly
responsible  for  obligations  arising  after  the  transfer.  In  addition,  an
accountholder may be entitled to assert such violations by way of setoff against
the  obligation   to  pay   the   amount  of   Receivables  owing.   See   "Risk
Factors--Certain  Legal Aspects" and "--The Ability of the Banks to Change Terms
of the Accounts".  All Receivables that  were not created  in compliance in  all
material  respects  with  the  requirements of  such  laws,  subject  to certain
conditions described under "The Pooling Agreement Generally--Representations and
Warranties", will be reassigned  to the Banks. The  Servicer has also agreed  in
the  Pooling  Agreement to  indemnify  the Trust,  among  other things,  for any
liability arising from such violations. For  a discussion of the Trust's  rights
if  the Receivables were not created in compliance in all material respects with
applicable laws,  see  "The  Pooling  Agreement  Generally--Representations  and
Warranties".
 
    The  Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act of  1940 allows individuals on
active duty in the military  to cap the interest  rate on debts incurred  before
the  call to active duty at 6%. In addition, subject to judicial discretion, any
action or  court  proceeding in  which  an  individual in  military  service  is
involved  may be stayed if the individual's rights would be prejudiced by denial
of such a stay.
 
    Application of federal  and state  bankruptcy and debtor  relief laws  would
affect the interests of the Certificateholders of all Series if such laws result
in  any Receivables being charged off  as uncollectible. See "Description of the
Certificates--Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges".
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
                                  TAX MATTERS
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES--GENERAL
 
    Set  forth below is a  discussion of the federal  income tax consequences to
holders of  Certificates  of  each Series  or  Class  that are  intended  to  be
characterized  as  debt;  additional  or different  tax  considerations  will be
disclosed in the applicable Prospectus  Supplement for other Series or  Classes.
This  discussion does  not purport  to deal with  all aspects  of federal income
taxation that may be relevant to holders  of the Certificates in light of  their
personal  investment circumstances, nor  to certain types  of holders subject to
special treatment under the  federal income tax laws  (for example, banks,  life
insurance  companies  and tax-exempt  organizations). Prospective  investors are
advised to consult their own tax advisors with regard to the federal income  tax
consequences  of  holding and  disposing  of Certificates,  as  well as  the tax
consequences arising  under the  laws of  any state,  foreign country  or  other
jurisdiction.  This discussion is based upon  present provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code  of 1986,  as  amended (the  "Code"), the  regulations  promulgated
thereunder,  and  judicial or  ruling  authority, all  of  which are  subject to
change, which  change  may  be retroactive.  No  ruling  on any  of  the  issues
discussed below will be sought from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS").
 
    The  discussion assumes that a Certificate is issued in registered form, has
all payments denominated in U.S. dollars and  has a term that exceeds one  year.
Moreover,  the discussion assumes that the interest formula for the Certificates
meets  the  requirements   for  "qualified  stated   interest"  under   Treasury
regulations (the "OID regulations") relating to original issue discount ("OID"),
and  that any OID on  the Certificates arising from  any excess of the principal
amount of a Certificate over its issue price is DE MINIMIS (I.E., less than 1/4%
of its  principal  amount multiplied  by  the number  of  full years  until  its
maturity  date),  all  within  the  meaning of  the  OID  regulations.  If those
conditions are not satisfied, additional tax considerations will be disclosed in
the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
 
TREATMENT OF THE CERTIFICATES AS INDEBTEDNESS
 
    The Banks and Certificateholders will  express in the Pooling Agreement  the
intent  that for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, the
Certificates will be indebtedness of the  Banks secured by the Receivables.  The
Banks,  by  entering  into the  Pooling  Agreement,  and each  investor,  by the
acceptance  of  a  Certificate,  will   agree  to  treat  the  Certificates   as
indebtedness  of the Banks for federal, state and local income and franchise tax
purposes. However, the  Pooling Agreement  generally refers to  the transfer  of
Receivables  as a "sale", and because different criteria are used in determining
the nontax accounting  treatment of the  transaction, the Banks  will treat  the
Pooling  Agreement, for certain nontax accounting  purposes, as a transfer of an
ownership interest in the Receivables and  not as creating a debt obligation  of
the Banks.
 
    A  basic premise of federal income tax law is that the economic substance of
a  transaction  generally  determines  the  tax  consequences.  The  form  of  a
transaction, while a relevant factor, is not conclusive evidence of its economic
substance.  In appropriate circumstances, the  courts have allowed taxpayers, as
well as  the  IRS,  to treat  a  transaction  in accordance  with  its  economic
substance,  as  determined  under  federal  income  tax  law,  even  though  the
participants in the  transaction have  characterized it  differently for  nontax
purposes.
 
    The  determination of  whether the  economic substance  of a  purchase of an
interest in property is instead a  loan secured by the transferred property  has
been made by the IRS and the courts on the basis of numerous factors designed to
determine  whether the seller has relinquished  (and the purchaser has obtained)
substantial incidents of  ownership in  the property. Among  those factors,  the
primary  factors examined are whether the  purchaser has the opportunity to gain
if the property increases  in value, and  has the risk of  loss if the  property
decreases  in value. Based upon its analysis  of such factors, Cravath, Swaine &
Moore, special federal tax counsel to  the Banks ("Tax Counsel"), has  concluded
that  the holders of Certificates (through  their ownership of the Certificates)
are not the owners of the Receivables for federal income tax purposes. Moreover,
in the opinion of Tax Counsel,  the Certificates will properly be  characterized
for federal income tax purposes as indebtedness.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
TREATMENT OF THE TRUST
 
    The  Trust could be viewed  for federal income tax  purposes either as (1) a
collateral arrangement for debt issued directly  by the Banks and other  holders
of  the  Banks' Certificate  or (2)  a separate  entity owning  the Receivables,
issuing its own  debt. However, in  the opinion  of Tax Counsel,  in the  former
event  the Trust will be disregarded for  federal income tax purposes and in the
latter event under current law the Trust would be a partnership, rather than  an
association   (or  publicly  traded  partnership)   taxable  as  a  corporation.
Therefore, in the opinion of Tax Counsel,  under current law the Trust will  not
be subject to federal income tax.
 
    If  the  Trust were  considered to  be  a partnership,  as described  in the
preceding paragraph, and if  any of its interests  that are properly treated  as
equity  for Federal income  tax purposes were considered  to be publicly traded,
the Trust  might  be treated  as  a publicly  traded  partnership taxable  as  a
corporation,  even though all of its publicly offered Certificates were properly
treated as  debt for  Federal income  tax  purposes. The  Banks intend  to  take
measures  to  minimize the  risk  that the  Trust  would be  considered  to have
publicly traded  equity and  thus to  be a  publicly traded  partnership. It  is
believed such measures will be successful, but no assurance can be given in this
regard.
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES--UNITED STATES INVESTORS
 
INTEREST INCOME TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
 
    Assuming  the  Certificates  are  debt obligations  for  federal  income tax
purposes, based on the above assumptions they will not be considered issued with
OID (except  as discussed  below or  in the  applicable Prospectus  Supplement).
Interest  thereon will be  taxable as ordinary interest  income when received or
accrued by  holders  utilizing  the  cash  or  accrual  methods  of  accounting,
respectively. Under the OID regulations, a holder of a Certificate issued with a
DE  MINIMIS amount of OID must include such  OID in income, on a pro rata basis,
as principal  payments are  made on  the  Certificate. A  purchaser who  buys  a
Certificate  for  more  or less  than  its  principal amount  will  generally be
subject, respectively, to the premium  amortization or market discount rules  of
the Code.
 
    However,  the  application of  the OID  regulations  to the  Certificates is
unclear because the current payment of interest in excess of the cash  available
to  the  Trust is  not  enforceable by  Cetificateholders.  As a  result,  it is
possible that all interest payable on the Certificates would be treated as  OID.
Treatment  of interest on the Certificates as OID would not significantly affect
an accrual basis holder  of Certificates but  would somewhat accelerate  taxable
income  to a  cash basis  holder by  in effect  requiring such  holder to report
interest income on the accrual basis. Moreover, all holders would be required to
accrue any DE  MINIMIS discount into  income over the  life of the  Certificates
rather  than when principal is paid. The Banks intend to take the position that,
pending clarification of the OID regulations, the consequences described in this
paragraph do not apply.
 
    The Paying Agent will be required to report annually to the IRS, and to each
Certificateholder of record, the amount of  interest paid (or, if the  preceding
paragraph  applies, OID accrued) on the Certificates (and the amount of interest
withheld for federal income taxes, if any) for each calendar year, except as  to
exempt   holders   (generally,   holders  that   are   corporations,  tax-exempt
organizations,  qualified   pension   and  profit-sharing   trusts,   individual
retirement accounts, or nonresident aliens who provide certification as to their
status  as nonresidents). As  long as the only  "Certificateholder" of record is
Cede, as nominee for  DTC, Certificateholders and the  IRS will receive tax  and
other  information only from Participants  and Indirect Participants rather than
the Paying Agent. Accordingly, each nonexempt Certificateholder will be required
to provide, under penalties of perjury, a certificate on IRS Form W-9 containing
the holder's name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a
statement that such holder is not subject to backup withholding. If a  nonexempt
Certificateholder  fails to provide the required certification, the Paying Agent
(or the Participants or Indirect Participants) will be required to withhold  (or
cause  to be withheld) 31% of the  interest (and principal) otherwise payable to
the holder, and remit  the withheld amount  to the IRS as  a credit against  the
holder's federal income tax liability.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
POSSIBLE CLASSIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATES AS INTERESTS IN A PARTNERSHIP OR
ASSOCIATION
 
    Although,  as described  above, it  is the opinion  of Tax  Counsel that the
Certificates will  properly be  characterized  as debt  for federal  income  tax
purposes,  such opinion is not  binding on the IRS and  thus no assurance can be
given that such  a characterization  will prevail. If  the IRS  were to  contend
successfully  that some or all of the Certificates were not debt obligations for
federal income tax purposes, the arrangement among the Banks, any other  holders
of the Banks' Certificate, the holders of such Certificates and holders of other
Certificates  might  be  classified  as a  partnership  for  federal  income tax
purposes, as an association  taxable as a corporation  or as a "publicly  traded
partnership" taxable as a corporation.
 
    If  some or  all of the  Certificates are  treated as equity  interests in a
partnership, the partnership would in all  likelihood be treated as a  "publicly
traded  partnership". A publicly traded partnership is, in general, taxable as a
corporation. If the partnership were  nevertheless not taxable as a  corporation
(because  of an exception for an entity  whose income is interest income that is
not derived in the conduct of a  financial business) it would not be subject  to
federal  income  tax. Rather,  each item  of income,  gain, loss,  deduction and
credit generated through  the ownership  of the Receivables  by the  partnership
would be passed through to the partners in such a partnership (including holders
of  Certificates  that  are  treated as  equity  interests  in  the partnership)
according to their respective interests therein.
 
    The  income  reportable  by  Certificateholders   as  partners  in  such   a
partnership  could differ  from the  income reportable  by Certificateholders as
holders of debt. However, except as provided below, it is not expected that such
differences would  be material.  A  cash basis  Certificateholder treated  as  a
partner  might be required to  report income when it  accrues to the partnership
rather  than  when  it  is  received  by  the  Certificateholder.  Moreover,  an
individual  Certificateholder's share  of expenses  of the  partnership would be
miscellaneous itemized deductions that  might not be deductible  in whole or  in
part,  meaning that the holder might be taxed on a greater amount of income than
the stated  interest  on the  Certificates.  Finally, if  any  Certificates  are
treated  as equity  interests in a  partnership in which  other Certificates are
debt, all  or  part  of  a  tax-exempt  investor's  share  of  income  from  the
Certificates   that  are  treated  as  equity  would  be  treated  as  unrelated
debt-financed income under the Code taxable to the investor.
 
    If, alternatively, some or  all of the Certificates  were treated as  equity
interests  in  an association  taxable as  a corporation  or a  "publicly traded
partnership" taxable as a corporation, the resulting entity would be subject  to
federal  income taxes at corporate tax rates  on its taxable income generated by
ownership of  the Receivables.  Moreover, distributions  by the  entity on  such
Certificates  and the  Banks' Certificate  would probably  not be  deductible in
computing   the   entity's   taxable   income   and   distributions   to    such
Certificateholders would probably be treated as dividend income to such holders.
Such   an  entity-level  tax  could  result  in  reduced  distributions  to  all
Certificateholders, and the holders of  Certificates that are treated as  equity
could also be liable for a share of such a tax.
 
    Since  the Banks  will treat  the Certificates  as indebtedness  for federal
income  tax  purposes,   the  Paying  Agent   (and  Participants  and   Indirect
Participants)  will not  comply with the  tax reporting  requirements that would
apply under those alternative characterizations of the Certificates.
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES--NON-UNITED STATES INVESTORS
 
    Tax Counsel has  given its opinion  that the Certificates  will properly  be
classified  as debt  for federal  income tax  purposes. If  the Certificates are
treated as debt:
 
       (a) interest paid  to  a  nonresident alien  or  foreign  corporation  or
           partnership  would be  exempt from U.S.  withholding taxes (including
    backup withholding  taxes), provided  the  holder complies  with  applicable
    identification requirements (and does not actually or constructively own 10%
    or  more of the voting  stock of Providian Corporation,  is not a controlled
    foreign corporation with respect to Providian Corporation, and does not bear
    certain relationships to holders  of the Banks'  Certificate other than  the
    Banks). Applicable identification requirements will be satisfied if there is
    delivered  to a securities clearing organization (or bank or other financial
    institution that  holds  Certificates  on  behalf of  the  customer  in  the
    ordinary  course of  its trade  or business) (i)  IRS Form  W-8 signed under
    penalties of perjury  by the  beneficial owner of  the Certificates  stating
    that the holder is not a U.S. person and
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
    providing  such holder's name and address, (ii)  IRS Form 1001 signed by the
    beneficial owner  of the  Certificates  or such  owner's agent  claiming  an
    exemption from withholding under an applicable tax treaty, or (iii) IRS Form
    4224  signed by  the beneficial  owner of  the Certificates  or such owner's
    agent claiming exemption from  withholding of tax  on income connected  with
    the  conduct of a trade  or business in the  United States; provided that in
    any such case (x)  the applicable form is  delivered pursuant to  applicable
    procedures and is properly transmitted to the United States entity otherwise
    required to withhold tax and (y) none of the entities receiving the form has
    actual  knowledge that the holder is a U.S. person or that any certification
    on the form is false;
 
       (b) a holder  of a  Certificate who  is a  nonresident alien  or  foreign
           corporation  will not be subject to  United States federal income tax
    on gain realized on  the sale, exchange or  redemption of such  Certificate,
    provided  that (i)  such gain  is not  effectively connected  to a  trade or
    business carried on by the holder in the United States, (ii) in the case  of
    a  holder that is  an individual, such  holder is not  present in the United
    States for 183  days or more  during the  taxable year in  which such  sale,
    exchange  or redemption occurs,  and (iii) in the  case of gain representing
    accrued interest, the conditions described in clause (a) are satisfied; and
 
       (c) a Certificate held by  an individual who  at the time  of death is  a
           nonresident alien will not be subject to United States federal estate
    tax as a result of such individual's death if, immediately before his death,
    (i) the individual did not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the
    voting   stock  of  Providian   Corporation,  and  does   not  bear  certain
    relationships to holders of the Banks' Certificate other than the Banks  and
    (ii)  the holding of such Certificate was not effectively connected with the
    conduct by the decedent of a trade or business in the United States.
 
    If the IRS were to contend successfully that some or all of the Certificates
are equity interests in a partnership  (not taxable as a corporation), a  holder
of  such a Certificate that is a  nonresident alien or foreign corporation might
be required to file a U.S. individual or corporate income tax return and pay tax
on its share of partnership income at regular U.S. rates, including in the  case
of a corporation the branch profits tax (and would be subject to withholding tax
on  its share  of partnership income).  If some  or all of  the Certificates are
recharacterized as equity interests in  an association taxable as a  corporation
or  a  "publicly traded  partnership" taxable  as a  corporation, to  the extent
distributions on  such Certificates  were treated  as dividends,  a  nonresident
alien  individual or foreign  corporation would generally be  taxed on the gross
amount of such dividends (and subject to withholding) at the rate of 30%  unless
such rate were reduced by an applicable treaty.
 
STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    CALIFORNIA.    This  discussion  is based  upon  present  provisions  of the
California Revenue & Tax  Code and the  regulations promulgated thereunder,  and
applicable  judicial or  ruling authority, all  of which are  subject to change,
which change may be retroactive. No ruling on any of the issues discussed  below
will be sought from the California Franchise Tax Board.
 
    California imposes an income tax on corporations doing business in the state
and  a  franchise  tax  on  corporations  earning  income  from  the  state. The
California Revenue  &  Tax Code,  which  governs the  taxation  of  individuals,
partnerships, trusts and corporations, largely incorporates the Federal Internal
Revenue  Code. Accordingly, in  the opinion of Farella,  Braun & Martel, special
California  tax  counsel  to  the  Banks  ("California  Tax  Counsel"),  if  the
Certificates  are treated as debt of the  Banks for Federal income tax purposes,
California would also treat the Certificates  as debt of the Banks. Pursuant  to
this  treatment, the Trust would be treated  as a mere security device and would
not  be  subject   to  California   income  or  franchise   tax.  In   addition,
Certificateholders  not otherwise subject  to California taxes  would not become
subject to  them  solely by  reason  of  their ownership  of  the  Certificates.
Certificateholders  already subject to taxation in California, however, could be
required to pay tax on income generated from the Certificates.
 
    If the Trust were treated  for Federal income tax  purposes either (i) as  a
partnership  (not  taxable as  a corporation)  between the  Banks and  any other
owners of  the Banks'  Certificate  (of which  the Certificateholders  or  other
holders  of Certificates are treated as creditors) or (ii) as a partnership (not
taxable as a
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
corporation) among the  Banks, any other  owners of the  Banks' Certificate  and
some or all of the Certificateholders or other holders of Certificates (in which
any  other Certificateholders  or other holders  of Certificates  are treated as
creditors), in the opinion of California Tax Counsel, the same treatment  should
also apply for California tax purposes. Since California follows the Federal tax
treatment  of partnerships, I.E., only  certain publicly traded partnerships are
liable for entity-level income or franchise tax, and all other partnerships  are
100% pass-through, neither kind of partnership should be liable for entity-level
income or franchise tax in California.
 
    If the Pooling Agreement is characterized for Federal income tax purposes as
a  partnership between the Banks and any other owners of the Banks' Certificate,
and the Certificates are  respected as debt of  such a partnership, neither  the
Trustee  nor the  Certificateholders should be  subject to  California income or
franchise tax merely by virtue of their acting as Trustee or their investment in
the Certificates.
 
    If,  however,  the  relationship  created   by  the  Pooling  Agreement   is
characterized for Federal income tax purposes as a partnership that includes not
only  the Banks and any  other owners of the Banks'  Certificate but also one or
more of  the Certificateholders,  California would  view such  a partnership  as
doing  business  in California  to the  extent  the activities  of the  Banks in
servicing the Receivables  take place  principally in California.  As a  result,
each  Certificateholder that is treated as an equity investor of the partnership
for Federal  tax  purposes  would  be  treated as  an  equity  investor  of  the
partnership  for  California tax  purposes and  would  be subject  to California
income or franchise  tax. Under  these circumstances,  such a  Certificateholder
might  be  taxed  by  California  on  its  share  of  the  partnership's  income
apportioned to California and the partnership  would be required to withhold  7%
of  all  distributions in  excess of  $1,500 to  any U.S.  Certificateholder not
resident in California,  unless the  Certificateholder either  obtains a  waiver
from  the  Franchise  Tax  Board  or  notifies  the  partnership  that  (i)  the
Certificateholder reported the income on a duly filed California tax return,  or
(ii)  the Certificateholder has a permanent place of business within California.
In addition, in the event of such a partnership characterization, a holder of  a
Certificate  that is a nonresident alien or foreign corporation would be subject
to California withholding on its share  of California apportioned income at  the
highest  individual or  corporate rate  (11% and  9.3%, respectively). Moreover,
such partnership characterization might cause a Certificateholder not  otherwise
subject to tax in California to pay California tax on income beyond that derived
from the Certificates.
 
    If  the Pooling Agreement were characterized for Federal income tax purposes
as a publicly traded  partnership, which is  taxable as a  corporation, or as  a
corporation, California would follow this characterization. The resulting entity
would  be liable for California income or  franchise tax, which would reduce the
amounts   available   for   distribution   to   the   Certificateholders.    The
Certificateholders, themselves, however, would be treated as owning interests in
a  corporation for California tax purposes, and Certificateholders not otherwise
subject to California taxes  should not become subject  to such taxes solely  by
reason of their ownership of Certificates.
 
    NEW  HAMPSHIRE.  This discussion is based upon present provisions of the New
Hampshire statutes,  the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  and  applicable
judicial  or ruling authority, all of which  are subject to change, which change
may be retroactive.  No ruling  on any  of the  issues discussed  below will  be
sought from the New Hampshire Department of Revenue Administration.
 
    New  Hampshire has a Business Profits Tax, an Interest and Dividends Tax and
a Business Enterprise Tax. New Hampshire taxing authorities would follow federal
income tax standards  on characterization of  the Certificates as  indebtedness.
Accordingly,  it is  the opinion  of Gallagher,  Callahan &  Gartrell, P.A., New
Hampshire tax counsel  to the Banks  ("New Hampshire Tax  Counsel") that if  the
Certificates were characterized as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes,
they would also be characterized as indebtedness for New Hampshire tax purposes.
Pursuant to this characterization, the Trust would be treated as a mere security
device.
 
    The  activities to be  undertaken by the Banks  in originating and conveying
Receivables to  the Trust  might be  viewed as  taking place  in New  Hampshire;
pursuant  to the Pooling  Agreement, FDNB, as Servicer,  will be responsible for
the administration and the servicing  of the Receivables. All Trust  operations,
however,  will take  place outside  of New Hampshire.  Because the  situs of the
Trust is outside the State of New
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
Hampshire and  all  duties and  obligations  of the  trustee  of the  Trust  are
performed  outside of the State of New  Hampshire (except in connection with the
enforcement of rights and remedies in  the event of default), New Hampshire  Tax
Counsel  is of the opinion that the Trust  will not be considered as carrying on
any business activity in the State of  New Hampshire and will not be subject  to
the  Business Profits Tax or the  Business Enterprise Tax. There is insufficient
nexus to justify New Hampshire taxation.
 
    In the alternative, if  the Trust was characterized  for federal income  tax
purposes as a partnership, as a corporation, or as a publicly-traded partnership
taxable  as  a corporation,  there would  still be  insufficient nexus  with New
Hampshire to subject the Trust to New Hampshire taxation at the entity level.
 
    Although it is not  expected that the  Trust will be subject  to tax by  New
Hampshire,  the  effect  of  taxation  at  the  entity  level  would  be reduced
distributions to Certificateholders.  However, Certificateholders not  otherwise
subject  to taxation in New Hampshire would  not become subject to New Hampshire
taxation solely due to ownership of Certificates.
 
    New Hampshire  imposes  a  tax  on interest  and  dividends  received  by  a
partnership,  association  or trust,  the beneficial  interest  in which  is not
represented by  transferable shares.  It is  the opinion  of New  Hampshire  Tax
Counsel that the Trust is not subject to the Interest and Dividends Tax because:
(i)  there is insufficient nexus  with the State of  New Hampshire; and (ii) the
beneficial interests  in  the  Trust are  represented  by  transferable  shares.
Certificateholders  already  subject  to  taxation  in  New  Hampshire  would be
required to  pay  Interest  and  Dividends Tax  on  income  generated  from  the
Certificates.
 
    If  the  relationship established  under the  Pooling Agreement  between the
Banks  and  the  Certificateholders  is   characterized  as  a  partnership   or
corporation for federal tax purposes, and if the activity of FDNB as Servicer is
deemed  to  be  conducted  on  behalf  of  the  partnership  or  corporation and
sufficient to  provide taxable  nexus within  the State  of New  Hampshire,  the
entity  would be liable for Business Profits  Tax and Business Enterprise Tax at
the  entity   level,   which   would  result   in   reduced   distributions   to
Certificateholders.
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
    Section  406  of the  Employee Retirement  Income Security  Act of  1974, as
amended ("ERISA"),  and Section  4975 of  the Code  prohibit a  pension,  profit
sharing  or  other employee  benefit  plan (including  an  individual retirement
account) (collectively referred to as "Benefit Plans") from engaging in  certain
transactions involving "plan assets" with persons that are "parties in interest"
under  ERISA  or "disqualified  persons"  under Section  4975  of the  Code with
respect to the Benefit Plan. A violation of these "prohibited transaction" rules
may generate excise tax and other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for  such
persons.  For example, a prohibited transaction would arise, unless an exemption
were available, if a Certificate were viewed as debt of either of the Banks  and
such  Bank were a disqualified  person or a party in  interest with respect to a
Benefit Plan that acquired the Certificate.
 
    Moreover, additional prohibited transactions could arise if the Trust Assets
were deemed  to  constitute  "plan  assets"  of  any  Benefit  Plan  that  owned
Certificates. The Department of Labor ("DOL") has issued a final regulation (the
"Final  Regulation") concerning the definition of what constitutes "plan assets"
of a Benefit  Plan. Under  the Final Regulation,  the assets  and properties  of
corporations,  partnerships and certain  other entities in  which a Benefit Plan
makes an investment in  an "equity interest" could  in certain circumstances  be
deemed  to be  assets of  the Benefit  Plan, or  "plan assets."  Accordingly, if
Benefit Plans  or  other entities  whose  assets include  plan  assets  purchase
Certificates,  the Trust could be  deemed to hold plan  assets unless one of the
exceptions under the Final Regulation is applicable to the Trust.
 
    The Final Regulation only applies to the use of the assets of a Benefit Plan
to acquire an "equity interest" in an entity. Assuming that a Certificate is  an
equity  interest, the Final Regulation contains an exception which provides that
if assets of a Benefit Plan  are used to acquire a "publicly-offered  security",
the issuer of the security is not deemed to hold plan assets. A publicly-offered
security  is a security that is (i) freely transferable, (ii) part of a class of
securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer  and
of one another at the conclusion of the initial offering and (iii) either is (A)
part  of a class  of securities registered  under Section 12(b)  or 12(g) of the
Exchange   Act,    or    (B)   sold    to    the   Benefit    Plan    as    part
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration
statement  under the Act and the class of securities of which such security is a
part is registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days (or such later time as
may be allowed by the Commission) after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer
during which the offering of such securities to the public occurred.
 
    The Certificates of each Class and  Series must be separately tested  under,
and  may each  meet, the  criteria of  publicly-offered securities  as described
above. There are  no restrictions imposed  on the transfer  of the  Certificates
offered  hereby, and the Certificates offered hereby  will be sold as part of an
offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and  then
will  be timely registered under the Exchange Act. Based on information provided
by an  underwriter,  agent  or  dealer  involved  in  the  distribution  of  the
Certificates  offered hereby, the Banks will notify the Trustee as to whether or
not the Certificates  of a Class  or Series  offered by this  Prospectus and  an
accompanying Supplement will be held by at least 100 separately named persons at
the  conclusion of the offering thereof.  The Banks will not, however, determine
whether  the  100-independent   investor  requirement  of   the  exception   for
publicly-offered  securities  is  satisfied as  to  either a  specific  Class or
Series. Prospective purchasers may obtain  a copy of the notification  described
in  the  second  preceding sentence  from  the  Trustee at  its  Corporate Trust
Department.
 
    If the  Certificates of  a Class  or Series  fail to  meet the  criteria  of
publicly-offered securities and the Trust Assets are deemed to include assets of
Benefit  Plans, transactions  involving the Trust  and "parties  in interest" or
"disqualified persons" with respect  to such Benefit  Plans might be  prohibited
under  Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975  of the Code unless an exemption is
available. Thus,  for example,  if a  participant in  any Benefit  Plan  holding
Certificates   is  an  accountholder  of  one  of  the  Accounts,  under  a  DOL
interpretation the  purchase of  such Certificates  by such  Benefit Plan  could
constitute a prohibited transaction.
 
    Moreover,  as discussed above, while Tax  Counsel has given its opinion that
(unless  otherwise   provided  in   the  related   Prospectus  Supplement)   the
Certificates  of a Series  offered hereby will  properly be treated  as debt for
federal income tax purposes, if any Certificates were instead treated as  equity
interests in a partnership not taxable as a corporation in which any other Class
or Series of Certificates are debt, all or part of a tax-exempt investor's share
of  income from the Certificates that are  treated as equity would be treated as
unrelated debt-financed income under the Code taxable to the investor.
 
    In light of the foregoing, fiduciaries  of Benefit Plans or other  investors
of  "plan assets" considering the purchase  of Certificates should consult their
own counsel  as to  whether the  acquisition  of such  Certificates would  be  a
prohibited  transaction,  whether Trust  Assets  which are  represented  by such
Certificates would be considered plan assets, the consequences that would  apply
if  the Trust Assets were considered plan assets, the applicability of exemptive
relief from the prohibited transaction rules,  and the applicability of the  tax
on  unrelated business income  and unrelated debt-financed  income. In addition,
based on the reasoning of the  United States Supreme Court's recent decision  in
JOHN  HANCOCK LIFE INS. CO. V. HARRIS TRUST AND SAV. BANK, 144 S.Ct. 517 (1993),
under certain  circumstances  assets in  the  general account  of  an  insurance
company  might be deemed to be plan  assets for certain purposes, and under such
reasoning the purchase  of Certificates  with assets of  an insurance  company's
general  account might be subject to  the prohibited transaction rules described
above.
 
    Unless otherwise provided in the Prospectus Supplement, if the Banks do  not
notify  the Trustee, as described above, that the Certificates of any particular
Class or Series  will be  held by  at least  100 separately  named persons,  the
Certificates  of such Class or Series may not be acquired by any Benefit Plan or
by any entity  investing with assets  that are  treated as assets  of a  Benefit
Plan.  Furthermore, in that case, the  Pooling Agreement, the related Supplement
and each Certificate of such  Class or Series will  provide that each holder  of
such  Certificate shall be deemed  to have represented and  warranted that it is
not a Benefit Plan, is  not purchasing such Certificate  on behalf of a  Benefit
Plan,  and is not using  assets treated as assets of  any Benefit Plan to effect
the purchase.
 
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  Banks  may  sell  Certificates  in  any  of  three  ways:  (i)  through
underwriters  or  dealers; (ii)  directly to  one or  more purchasers;  or (iii)
through agents.  The related  Prospectus  Supplement will  set forth  the  terms
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
of   the  offering  of  any  Certificates  offered  hereby,  including,  without
limitation,  the  names  of  any  underwriters,  the  purchase  price  of   such
Certificates  and the  proceeds to  the Banks  from such  sale, any underwriting
discounts and other items  constituting underwriters' compensation, any  initial
public  offering price and any discounts  or concessions allowed or reallowed or
paid to dealers.
 
    If underwriters are used in a sale  of any Certificates of a Series  offered
hereby,  such Certificates  will be acquired  by the underwriters  for their own
account and  may be  resold  from time  to time  in  one or  more  transactions,
including  negotiated  transactions,  at a  fixed  public offering  price  or at
varying prices to be determined at the time of sale or at the time of commitment
therefor. Such  Certificates  may  be  offered  to  the  public  either  through
underwriting  syndicates represented by managing underwriters or by underwriters
without a  syndicate.  Unless otherwise  set  forth in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the obligations of  the underwriters to  purchase such Certificates
will be subject to  certain conditions precedent, and  the underwriters will  be
obligated  to purchase all of such Certificates  if any of such Certificates are
purchased. Any initial public  offering price and  any discounts or  concessions
allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.
 
    Certificates  of a Series offered hereby may also be offered and sold, if so
indicated in the related Prospectus Supplement, in connection with a remarketing
upon their purchase, in  accordance with a redemption  or repayment pursuant  to
their terms, by one or more firms ("remarketing firms") acting as principals for
their  own accounts  or as agents  for the  Banks. Any remarketing  firm will be
identified and  the terms  of its  agreement, if  any, with  the Banks  and  its
compensation will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Remarketing
firms  may  be deemed  to be  underwriters in  connection with  the Certificates
remarketed thereby.
 
    Certificates may  also be  sold  directly by  the  Banks or  through  agents
designated  by the Banks from  time to time. Any agent  involved in the offer or
sale of Certificates will be named, and any commissions payable by the Banks  to
such  agent  will be  set forth,  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement. Unless
otherwise indicated in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  any such agent  will
act on a best efforts basis for the period of its appointment.
 
    Any  underwriters, agents  or dealers  participating in  the distribution of
Certificates may be deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts or  commissions
received  by them  on the  sale or resale  of Certificates  may be  deemed to be
underwriting discounts and commissions, under  the Act. Agents and  underwriters
may  be entitled under agreements entered into with the Banks to indemnification
by the Banks against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under  the
Act, or to contribution with respect to payments that the agents or underwriters
may  be required  to make  in respect  thereof. Agents  and underwriters  may be
customers of, engage in transactions with, or perform services for, the Banks or
their affiliates in the ordinary course of business.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Certain legal matters relating to the  Certificates will be passed upon  for
the  Banks and the Trust by Cravath, Swaine  & Moore, New York, New York and for
any underwriters, agents or dealers by Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe, New York,
New York. Certain federal income tax matters  will be passed upon for the  Banks
by  Cravath, Swaine & Moore, New York,  New York, certain California tax matters
will be passed  upon for the  Banks by  Farella Braun &  Martel, San  Francisco,
California  and certain New  Hampshire tax matters  will be passed  upon for the
Banks by Gallagher, Callahan & Gartrell, P.A., Concord, New Hampshire.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
                            GLOSSARY FOR PROSPECTUS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                                                PAGE
- -----------------------------------------------     -----
<S>                                              <C>
Accounts.......................................           1
Accumulation Period............................           8
Act............................................           2
Addition.......................................          27
Additional Accounts............................          28
Additional Finance Charges.....................          34
Additional Sellers.............................          45
Adjustment Payment.............................          35
Aggregate Additional Limit.....................          28
Automatic Additional Accounts..................          28
Banks..........................................           1
Banks' Certificate.............................           6
Base Rate......................................          38
Benefit Plans..................................          61
California Tax Counsel.........................          59
Capital Cash...................................          20
Cede...........................................           2
CEDEL..........................................          43
CEDEL Participants.............................          43
Certificateholders.............................           2
Certificateholders' Interest...................           5
Certificates...................................           1
Citibank.......................................          42
Class..........................................           1
Code...........................................          56
Collection Account.............................          31
Commission.....................................           2
Controlled Accumulation Amount.................           8
Controlled Amortization Amount.................           9
Controlled Deposit Amount......................           8
Controlled Distribution Amount.................           9
Cooperative....................................          44
Credit Enhancement.............................          11
Credit Enhancer................................          36
Date of Processing.............................          11
Defaulted Amount...............................          35
Defaulted Receivables..........................          35
Definitive Certificates........................          44
Depositaries...................................          42
Depository.....................................          26
Determination Date.............................          11
Disclosure Document............................           6
Distribution Date..............................           8
DOL............................................          61
DTC............................................           2
Early Amortization Period......................           9
Eligible Account...............................          47
Eligible Deposit Account.......................          31
Eligible Institution...........................          31
Eligible Investments...........................          32
 
<CAPTION>
TERM                                                PAGE
- -----------------------------------------------     -----
<S>                                              <C>
Eligible Receivable............................          48
Enhancement Invested Amount....................          36
ERISA..........................................          61
Euroclear......................................          44
Euroclear Operator.............................          44
Euroclear Participants.........................          43
Exchange Act...................................           2
Expected Final Payment Date....................           7
FDIA...........................................          54
FDIC...........................................           5
FDNB...........................................           1
Final Regulation...............................          61
Finance Charge Receivables.....................           4
FIRREA.........................................          54
First Deposit Portfolio........................          20
Floating Allocation Percentage.................          32
Funding Period.................................          10
GAO............................................          16
Group..........................................          34
Holders........................................          45
Indirect Participants..........................          43
Ineligible Receivables.........................          46
Initial Accounts...............................           3
Initial Amount.................................          10
Insolvency Event...............................          15
Interchange....................................          22
Interest Funding Account.......................           7
Interest Payment Dates.........................          30
Invested Amount................................          30
IRS............................................          56
L/C Issuer.....................................          37
Lending Guidelines.............................          19
Monthly Investor Servicing Fee.................          39
Monthly Period.................................          23
Monthly Report.................................          40
Moody's........................................          32
Morgan.........................................          42
New Hampshire Tax Counsel......................          60
New Issuance...................................          30
OID............................................          56
OID regulations................................          56
Participants...................................          42
Participations.................................          27
Pay Out Event..................................          37
PNB............................................           1
Payment Date...................................          41
Pooling Agreement..............................           1
Portfolio Yield................................          38
Prefunding Account.............................          10
Prefunding Account Balance.....................          34
</TABLE>
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                                                PAGE
- -----------------------------------------------     -----
<S>                                              <C>
Principal Allocation Percentage................          32
Principal Commencement Date....................           7
Principal Funding Account......................           8
Principal Receivables..........................           4
Principal Shortfalls...........................          33
Principal Terms................................          30
Prospectus Supplement..........................           1
publicly-offered security......................          61
Rating Agency..................................          13
Ratings Effect.................................          14
Receivables....................................           1
Record Date....................................          40
remarketing firms..............................          63
Removal Date...................................          29
Removal Notice Date............................          29
Removed Accounts...............................           4
Required Principal Balance.....................          17
Required Sellers' Participation Amount.........          17
Required Sellers' Percentage...................          17
Revolving Period...............................           7
rollouts.......................................          23
Scheduled Amortization Period..................           8
Sellers' Interest..............................           5
Series.........................................           1
Series Cut-off Date............................           7
Series Enhancement.............................           3
Series Issuance Date...........................          46
<CAPTION>
TERM                                                PAGE
- -----------------------------------------------     -----
<S>                                              <C>
Series Servicing Fee Percentage................          39
Series Termination Date........................          40
Service Transfer...............................          51
Servicer.......................................          12
Servicer Default...............................          51
Servicing Fee..................................          39
Shared Principal Collections...................          33
Special Funding Account........................          34
Special Payment Date...........................          38
Spread Account.................................          37
Standard & Poor's..............................          32
Supplement.....................................           6
Supplemental Certificate.......................          45
Tax Counsel....................................          56
Tax Opinion....................................          31
Termination Notice.............................          51
Terms and Conditions...........................          44
Total System...................................          20
Transfer Deposit Amount........................          47
Trust..........................................           1
Trust Assets...................................           3
Trust Cut-off Date.............................           3
Trust Portfolio................................          23
Trust Termination Date.........................          46
Trustee........................................           1
UCC............................................          15
Unallocated Principal Collections..............          33
</TABLE>
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
- ---------------------------------------------
                                   ---------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------
                                   ---------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER,  SALESMAN  OR  OTHER  PERSON HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR  TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATIONS  NOT CONTAINED  OR INCORPORATED  BY
REFERENCE  IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR  THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS AND, IF
GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST  NOT BE RELIED UPON  AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE BANKS OR THE UNDERWRITERS. NEITHER THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  NOR THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS CONSTITUTES AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION
BY ANYONE IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED  OR
IN  WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO
OR TO ANYONE TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION.  NEITHER
THE  DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT  OR THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS, NOR
ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY
IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE BANKS SINCE  THE
DATE  HEREOF OR  THEREOF OR  THAT THE  INFORMATION CONTAINED  OR INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE HEREIN OR THEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       PAGE
                                                      -----
<S>                                                 <C>
                    PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Summary of Series Terms...........................         S-3
Maturity Considerations...........................        S-10
The First Deposit Portfolio.......................        S-11
Composition of the Accounts.......................        S-13
The Banks.........................................        S-18
Use of Proceeds...................................        S-18
Series Provisions.................................        S-18
Underwriting......................................        S-30
Glossary for Prospectus Supplement................        S-31
Annex I...........................................         A-1
                          PROSPECTUS
Available Information.............................           2
Reports to Certificateholders.....................           2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference...           2
Prospectus Summary................................           3
Risk Factors......................................          14
The Banks' Credit Card and Consumer Lending
  Business........................................          20
The Accounts......................................          23
The Banks.........................................          25
Use of Proceeds...................................          25
The Trust.........................................          25
Description of the Certificates...................          26
The Pooling Agreement Generally...................          42
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables..........          53
Tax Matters.......................................          56
ERISA Considerations..............................          61
Plan of Distribution..............................          62
Legal Matters.....................................          63
Glossary for Prospectus...........................          64
</TABLE>
 
                             ---------------------
 
    UNTIL                  , 1996  (90 DAYS AFTER  THE DATE  OF THIS  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT),  ALL  DEALERS EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN THE  SENIOR CERTIFICATES,
WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER  A
PROSPECTUS AND A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF
DEALERS  TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS AND  A PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT WHEN  ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                 FIRST DEPOSIT
                                  MASTER TRUST
 
                                  $750,500,000
                           FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED
                                 CERTIFICATES,
                                 SERIES 1996-1
                          FIRST DEPOSIT NATIONAL BANK
                              SELLER AND SERVICER
                            PROVIDIAN NATIONAL BANK
                                     SELLER
                              -------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                   SUPPLEMENT
                              DATED JUNE   , 1996
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
                                CS FIRST BOSTON
                             CHASE SECURITIES, INC.
                           CITICORP SECURITIES, INC.
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
- ---------------------------------------------
                                   ---------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------
                                   ---------------------------------------------


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission